Is a detailed neurologic physical examination always necessary?

Article Type
Changed
Fri, 06/01/2018 - 08:56
Display Headline
Is a detailed neurologic physical examination always necessary?

The article in this issue by Shikino et al1 on a mimic of Bell palsy gives us an opportunity to discuss the question posed by the title of this editorial. The obvious short answer is “no.”

See related article

Any experienced clinician will acknowledge that the extent of the physical examination and the extent of information obtained during the history should be determined by the problem being evaluated at the time and by the setting in which it takes place. The difficulty, of course, is that this relies on the judgment of the clinician, and this may or may not pass the test of hindsight.

Verghese et al2 have eloquently emphasized the hazards of an incomplete or inadequate physical examination. Their study was not designed to determine the prevalence of deficient physical examination, either in its extent or its accuracy. Their purpose was to promote the necessity of proper teaching and performance of examination technique.

The neurologic examination is one of the last bastions of physical assessment.3 Despite remarkable advances in imaging and physiologic techniques, the neurologic physical assessment remains critical for diagnosis and management of the neurologic patient. One of my mentors in neurology used to urge residents to examine patients and record the results of the examination as if every patient would subsequently be the subject of a clinicopathologic conference. Anyone who has reviewed a case for a conference or a case report can identify with that sentiment, wishing that some missing piece of information were available. Yet everyone also recognizes the difficulties, if not the impossibility, of achieving that ideal result.

But recording information obtained during the history or physical examination is important even in the course of a daily routine evaluation. I find myself wishing that a previous examiner had commented on whether the muscle stretch reflexes were somewhat hypoactive (eg, “1+”) or on the brisk side (“3+”) rather than “physiologic.” Was the right leg actually globally weak (“4/5”), or was there a discrepancy between proximal and distal muscles or between the physiologic flexors and the extensors?

This can make a big difference in following a patient’s neurologic progress, even over a short time span. It might tell us whether we are dealing with weakness from a peripheral neuromuscular disorder (eg, Guillain-Barré syndrome) or from a myelopathy due to impending spinal cord compression.

It should be mentioned that although Guillain-Barré syndrome is characterized as an ascending paralysis, ie, beginning distally and spreading rostrally, it is one of the few peripheral neuropathies that can present with predominant proximal weakness. It is, in fact, a radiculoneuropathy. But spinal cord (upper motor neuron) disorders preferentially weaken the physiologic flexors of the lower limbs (hamstrings and ankle dorsiflexors), leading to the characteristic extensor posture of the spastic leg. Other findings that can help differential peripheral vs spinal cord disorders include distal sensory loss and hypoactive or absent muscle stretch reflexes in a peripheral neuropathy, compared with dissociated sensory loss (eg, impaired pain and temperature sensation in one leg with reduced vibration perception and proprioception in the other) along with hyperreflexia with cord lesions.

Therefore, a careful neurologic examination may tell us whether magnetic resonance imaging of the spine or an electrodiagnostic study should be the next step.

Shikino et al describe a patient who presented with what looked like idiopathic facial palsy (Bell palsy) but turned out to be the result of a primary central nervous system (CNS) cause. Would a more detailed neurologic examination have identified this as a CNS disorder? Would more specific information about the degree and distribution of facial paresis have facilitated earlier recognition of a progressive process, making idiopathic facial palsy less likely? How much elevation of the eyebrow occurred with voluntary activation, how many millimeters of sclera were visible with gentle eyelid closure? How much space remained between the lips on attempted lip closure?

Upper facial muscle weakness is typically not seen in CNS disorders, although facial nerve or nucleus involvement at the pontine level can impair eyelid and frontalis function. Such lesions would usually be accompanied by “neighborhood” signs such as subtle ipsilateral lateral rectus or abducens palsy, involvement of the vestibular nuclei with vertigo, or facial sensory impairment from disruption of the descending trigeminal nucleus and tract. These would be “pertinent negatives” for excluding a brainstem lesion, and ipsilateral motor, sensory, or “higher cortical” functions would obviously signal a supratentorial CNS disorder.

In the case described by Shikino et al, observation and recording of the amount of facial motor function at the initial visit, 3 days after onset, could facilitate recognition of an aberrant course even a few days later and prompt further investigation at an early follow-up visit (idiopathic palsy is almost invariably maximal by 72 hours). I would assume that no additional clinical information was available to the subsequent examiner in this case, 2 months later, rather than suggesting that such information was omitted for the sake of parsimony.

Would any of this have made a difference? Probably not, but we need all the help we can get in medicine. Remember that every bit of information you obtain from your history or physical examination that you do not record disappears with you and is irretrievably lost.

References
  1. Shikino K, Suzuki S, Uehara T, Ikusaka M. Primary central nervous system lymphoma mimicking Bell palsy. Cleve Clin J Med 2018: 85(6)442–443. doi:10.3949/ccjm.85a.17061
  2. Verghese A, Charlton B, Kassirer JP, Ramsey M, Ioannidis JP. Inadequacies of physical examination as a cause of medical errors and adverse events: a collection of vignettes. Am J Med 2015; 128(12):1322–1324.e3. doi:10.1016/j.amjmed.2015.06.004
  3. Berger JR. Neurologists: the last bedside physician-scientists. JAMA Neurol 2013; 70(8):965–966. doi:10.1001/jamaneurol.2013.2977
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Richard J. Lederman, MD, PhD
Department of Neurology, Neurological Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Address: Richard J. Lederman, MD, PhD, Department of Neurology, Neurological Institute, S90, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland OH 44195; [email protected]

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 85(6)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
444-445
Legacy Keywords
physical examination, diagnosis, assessment, Bell palsy, lymphoma, weakness, signs, symptoms, Richard Lederman
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Richard J. Lederman, MD, PhD
Department of Neurology, Neurological Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Address: Richard J. Lederman, MD, PhD, Department of Neurology, Neurological Institute, S90, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland OH 44195; [email protected]

Author and Disclosure Information

Richard J. Lederman, MD, PhD
Department of Neurology, Neurological Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Address: Richard J. Lederman, MD, PhD, Department of Neurology, Neurological Institute, S90, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland OH 44195; [email protected]

Article PDF
Article PDF
Related Articles

The article in this issue by Shikino et al1 on a mimic of Bell palsy gives us an opportunity to discuss the question posed by the title of this editorial. The obvious short answer is “no.”

See related article

Any experienced clinician will acknowledge that the extent of the physical examination and the extent of information obtained during the history should be determined by the problem being evaluated at the time and by the setting in which it takes place. The difficulty, of course, is that this relies on the judgment of the clinician, and this may or may not pass the test of hindsight.

Verghese et al2 have eloquently emphasized the hazards of an incomplete or inadequate physical examination. Their study was not designed to determine the prevalence of deficient physical examination, either in its extent or its accuracy. Their purpose was to promote the necessity of proper teaching and performance of examination technique.

The neurologic examination is one of the last bastions of physical assessment.3 Despite remarkable advances in imaging and physiologic techniques, the neurologic physical assessment remains critical for diagnosis and management of the neurologic patient. One of my mentors in neurology used to urge residents to examine patients and record the results of the examination as if every patient would subsequently be the subject of a clinicopathologic conference. Anyone who has reviewed a case for a conference or a case report can identify with that sentiment, wishing that some missing piece of information were available. Yet everyone also recognizes the difficulties, if not the impossibility, of achieving that ideal result.

But recording information obtained during the history or physical examination is important even in the course of a daily routine evaluation. I find myself wishing that a previous examiner had commented on whether the muscle stretch reflexes were somewhat hypoactive (eg, “1+”) or on the brisk side (“3+”) rather than “physiologic.” Was the right leg actually globally weak (“4/5”), or was there a discrepancy between proximal and distal muscles or between the physiologic flexors and the extensors?

This can make a big difference in following a patient’s neurologic progress, even over a short time span. It might tell us whether we are dealing with weakness from a peripheral neuromuscular disorder (eg, Guillain-Barré syndrome) or from a myelopathy due to impending spinal cord compression.

It should be mentioned that although Guillain-Barré syndrome is characterized as an ascending paralysis, ie, beginning distally and spreading rostrally, it is one of the few peripheral neuropathies that can present with predominant proximal weakness. It is, in fact, a radiculoneuropathy. But spinal cord (upper motor neuron) disorders preferentially weaken the physiologic flexors of the lower limbs (hamstrings and ankle dorsiflexors), leading to the characteristic extensor posture of the spastic leg. Other findings that can help differential peripheral vs spinal cord disorders include distal sensory loss and hypoactive or absent muscle stretch reflexes in a peripheral neuropathy, compared with dissociated sensory loss (eg, impaired pain and temperature sensation in one leg with reduced vibration perception and proprioception in the other) along with hyperreflexia with cord lesions.

Therefore, a careful neurologic examination may tell us whether magnetic resonance imaging of the spine or an electrodiagnostic study should be the next step.

Shikino et al describe a patient who presented with what looked like idiopathic facial palsy (Bell palsy) but turned out to be the result of a primary central nervous system (CNS) cause. Would a more detailed neurologic examination have identified this as a CNS disorder? Would more specific information about the degree and distribution of facial paresis have facilitated earlier recognition of a progressive process, making idiopathic facial palsy less likely? How much elevation of the eyebrow occurred with voluntary activation, how many millimeters of sclera were visible with gentle eyelid closure? How much space remained between the lips on attempted lip closure?

Upper facial muscle weakness is typically not seen in CNS disorders, although facial nerve or nucleus involvement at the pontine level can impair eyelid and frontalis function. Such lesions would usually be accompanied by “neighborhood” signs such as subtle ipsilateral lateral rectus or abducens palsy, involvement of the vestibular nuclei with vertigo, or facial sensory impairment from disruption of the descending trigeminal nucleus and tract. These would be “pertinent negatives” for excluding a brainstem lesion, and ipsilateral motor, sensory, or “higher cortical” functions would obviously signal a supratentorial CNS disorder.

In the case described by Shikino et al, observation and recording of the amount of facial motor function at the initial visit, 3 days after onset, could facilitate recognition of an aberrant course even a few days later and prompt further investigation at an early follow-up visit (idiopathic palsy is almost invariably maximal by 72 hours). I would assume that no additional clinical information was available to the subsequent examiner in this case, 2 months later, rather than suggesting that such information was omitted for the sake of parsimony.

Would any of this have made a difference? Probably not, but we need all the help we can get in medicine. Remember that every bit of information you obtain from your history or physical examination that you do not record disappears with you and is irretrievably lost.

The article in this issue by Shikino et al1 on a mimic of Bell palsy gives us an opportunity to discuss the question posed by the title of this editorial. The obvious short answer is “no.”

See related article

Any experienced clinician will acknowledge that the extent of the physical examination and the extent of information obtained during the history should be determined by the problem being evaluated at the time and by the setting in which it takes place. The difficulty, of course, is that this relies on the judgment of the clinician, and this may or may not pass the test of hindsight.

Verghese et al2 have eloquently emphasized the hazards of an incomplete or inadequate physical examination. Their study was not designed to determine the prevalence of deficient physical examination, either in its extent or its accuracy. Their purpose was to promote the necessity of proper teaching and performance of examination technique.

The neurologic examination is one of the last bastions of physical assessment.3 Despite remarkable advances in imaging and physiologic techniques, the neurologic physical assessment remains critical for diagnosis and management of the neurologic patient. One of my mentors in neurology used to urge residents to examine patients and record the results of the examination as if every patient would subsequently be the subject of a clinicopathologic conference. Anyone who has reviewed a case for a conference or a case report can identify with that sentiment, wishing that some missing piece of information were available. Yet everyone also recognizes the difficulties, if not the impossibility, of achieving that ideal result.

But recording information obtained during the history or physical examination is important even in the course of a daily routine evaluation. I find myself wishing that a previous examiner had commented on whether the muscle stretch reflexes were somewhat hypoactive (eg, “1+”) or on the brisk side (“3+”) rather than “physiologic.” Was the right leg actually globally weak (“4/5”), or was there a discrepancy between proximal and distal muscles or between the physiologic flexors and the extensors?

This can make a big difference in following a patient’s neurologic progress, even over a short time span. It might tell us whether we are dealing with weakness from a peripheral neuromuscular disorder (eg, Guillain-Barré syndrome) or from a myelopathy due to impending spinal cord compression.

It should be mentioned that although Guillain-Barré syndrome is characterized as an ascending paralysis, ie, beginning distally and spreading rostrally, it is one of the few peripheral neuropathies that can present with predominant proximal weakness. It is, in fact, a radiculoneuropathy. But spinal cord (upper motor neuron) disorders preferentially weaken the physiologic flexors of the lower limbs (hamstrings and ankle dorsiflexors), leading to the characteristic extensor posture of the spastic leg. Other findings that can help differential peripheral vs spinal cord disorders include distal sensory loss and hypoactive or absent muscle stretch reflexes in a peripheral neuropathy, compared with dissociated sensory loss (eg, impaired pain and temperature sensation in one leg with reduced vibration perception and proprioception in the other) along with hyperreflexia with cord lesions.

Therefore, a careful neurologic examination may tell us whether magnetic resonance imaging of the spine or an electrodiagnostic study should be the next step.

Shikino et al describe a patient who presented with what looked like idiopathic facial palsy (Bell palsy) but turned out to be the result of a primary central nervous system (CNS) cause. Would a more detailed neurologic examination have identified this as a CNS disorder? Would more specific information about the degree and distribution of facial paresis have facilitated earlier recognition of a progressive process, making idiopathic facial palsy less likely? How much elevation of the eyebrow occurred with voluntary activation, how many millimeters of sclera were visible with gentle eyelid closure? How much space remained between the lips on attempted lip closure?

Upper facial muscle weakness is typically not seen in CNS disorders, although facial nerve or nucleus involvement at the pontine level can impair eyelid and frontalis function. Such lesions would usually be accompanied by “neighborhood” signs such as subtle ipsilateral lateral rectus or abducens palsy, involvement of the vestibular nuclei with vertigo, or facial sensory impairment from disruption of the descending trigeminal nucleus and tract. These would be “pertinent negatives” for excluding a brainstem lesion, and ipsilateral motor, sensory, or “higher cortical” functions would obviously signal a supratentorial CNS disorder.

In the case described by Shikino et al, observation and recording of the amount of facial motor function at the initial visit, 3 days after onset, could facilitate recognition of an aberrant course even a few days later and prompt further investigation at an early follow-up visit (idiopathic palsy is almost invariably maximal by 72 hours). I would assume that no additional clinical information was available to the subsequent examiner in this case, 2 months later, rather than suggesting that such information was omitted for the sake of parsimony.

Would any of this have made a difference? Probably not, but we need all the help we can get in medicine. Remember that every bit of information you obtain from your history or physical examination that you do not record disappears with you and is irretrievably lost.

References
  1. Shikino K, Suzuki S, Uehara T, Ikusaka M. Primary central nervous system lymphoma mimicking Bell palsy. Cleve Clin J Med 2018: 85(6)442–443. doi:10.3949/ccjm.85a.17061
  2. Verghese A, Charlton B, Kassirer JP, Ramsey M, Ioannidis JP. Inadequacies of physical examination as a cause of medical errors and adverse events: a collection of vignettes. Am J Med 2015; 128(12):1322–1324.e3. doi:10.1016/j.amjmed.2015.06.004
  3. Berger JR. Neurologists: the last bedside physician-scientists. JAMA Neurol 2013; 70(8):965–966. doi:10.1001/jamaneurol.2013.2977
References
  1. Shikino K, Suzuki S, Uehara T, Ikusaka M. Primary central nervous system lymphoma mimicking Bell palsy. Cleve Clin J Med 2018: 85(6)442–443. doi:10.3949/ccjm.85a.17061
  2. Verghese A, Charlton B, Kassirer JP, Ramsey M, Ioannidis JP. Inadequacies of physical examination as a cause of medical errors and adverse events: a collection of vignettes. Am J Med 2015; 128(12):1322–1324.e3. doi:10.1016/j.amjmed.2015.06.004
  3. Berger JR. Neurologists: the last bedside physician-scientists. JAMA Neurol 2013; 70(8):965–966. doi:10.1001/jamaneurol.2013.2977
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 85(6)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 85(6)
Page Number
444-445
Page Number
444-445
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Is a detailed neurologic physical examination always necessary?
Display Headline
Is a detailed neurologic physical examination always necessary?
Legacy Keywords
physical examination, diagnosis, assessment, Bell palsy, lymphoma, weakness, signs, symptoms, Richard Lederman
Legacy Keywords
physical examination, diagnosis, assessment, Bell palsy, lymphoma, weakness, signs, symptoms, Richard Lederman
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Gate On Date
Tue, 05/29/2018 - 08:45
Un-Gate On Date
Tue, 05/29/2018 - 08:45
Use ProPublica
CFC Schedule Remove Status
Tue, 05/29/2018 - 08:45
Article PDF Media

Evaluating suspected pulmonary hypertension: A structured approach

Article Type
Changed
Mon, 06/03/2019 - 08:39
Display Headline
Evaluating suspected pulmonary hypertension: A structured approach

Pulmonary arterial hypertension (PAH) is a hemodynamic disorder that affects small and medium-size pulmonary arteries through cellular proliferation and luminal narrowing.1 Increased pulmonary vascular resistance causes restricted blood flow in these arteries, leading to elevated pulmonary arterial pressure and afterload on the right ventricle. Despite advances in therapy, death usually occurs as a result of right ventricular failure.

Updated World Health Organization classification of pulmonary hypertension
However, PAH is neither the only form of pulmonary hypertension nor the most common. Pulmonary hypertension, defined as an elevated pulmonary arterial pressure (≥ 25 mm Hg) on right heart catheterization,1 has a myriad of causes. The World Health Organization (WHO) classifies pulmonary hypertension into 5 separate groups based on the pathophysiologic mechanism (Table 1):

  • Group 1—PAH, due to narrowed pulmonary arteries
  • Group 2—due to left heart disease
  • Group 3—due to lung disease or hypoxia, or both
  • Group 4—due to chronic thromboembolism or other pulmonary artery obstruction
  • Group 5—due to uncertain or multifactorial causes.

Experts recognize the morbidity and mortality associated with pulmonary hypertension now more than in the past, and they emphasize recognizing it early. Guidelines for its diagnosis and treatment were updated in 2015.1

Below, we use a case to discuss recommendations for initial evaluation and classification of pulmonary hypertension, particularly PAH.

A PATIENT SUSPECTED OF HAVING PULMONARY HYPERTENSION

A 63-year-old woman with a 25-pack-year history of tobacco use, as well as pulmonary embolism and coronary artery disease, presents to her primary care physician with exertional dyspnea. She had been a clerk at a hardware store and physically active until she took early retirement 8 months ago because of increasing fatigue. She initially felt the fatigue was simply “a sign of getting old.”

Since retiring, she has noticed the slow onset of progressive dyspnea on exertion. She can no longer climb more than 1 flight of stairs or walk more than 1 block. She also complains of mild, fluctuating edema in her lower extremities over the past month. She quit smoking 8 years ago after undergoing placement of a drug-eluting stent in the mid-left circumflex artery. After this, she received clopidogrel and was followed by a cardiologist for 2 years but stopped taking the medication because of bruising. She has not seen her cardiologist in more than 5 years.

She underwent elective right total knee arthroplasty 3 years ago, complicated by acute deep vein thrombosis in the right common femoral vein. Computed tomography (CT) at that time did not reveal pulmonary emboli. She received warfarin therapy for 3 months.

She reports no current cough, chest pain, lightheadedness, or syncope. She has no orthopnea, and she feels normal at rest.

Her family history is unremarkable, and she has had no exposure to illicit substances, environmental toxins, or dietary supplements. She takes aspirin 81 mg daily, metoprolol 25 mg twice daily, lisinopril 10 mg daily, and simvastatin 40 mg at bedtime.

Her primary care physician detects a murmur in the left lower sternal border and sends her for transthoracic echocardiography, which demonstrates mild right ventricular dilation, right atrial dilation, and mildly reduced right ventricular function. The calculated right ventricular systolic pressure is 69 mm Hg. The left ventricle shows mild concentric hypertrophy; the left atrium is normal in size.

DIAGNOSTIC EVALUATION OF SUSPECTED PULMONARY HYPERTENSION

Diagnostic algorithm for evaluating a patient suspected of having pulmonary hypertension
Figure 1.
Accurate diagnosis and classification of pulmonary hypertension requires both a high level of suspicion for the disease and appropriate diagnostic testing. Figure 1 depicts current recommendations for evaluating a patient suspected of having pulmonary hypertension. We will use this algorithm to guide proper risk stratification, classification, and invasive testing.

CLINICAL MANIFESTATIONS

Natural progression of disease in patients with pulmonary arterial hypertension
Figure 2. Natural progression of disease in patients with pulmonary arterial hypertension.
Clinical manifestations of pulmonary hypertension are invariably related to right ventricular dysfunction. As pulmonary arterial pressure and pulmonary vascular resistance increase, the right ventricle initially compensates to preserve cardiac output through up-regulation of sympathetic responses, dilation, and myocardial hypertrophy. For this reason, early clinical signs are either absent or nonspecific.2 Eventually, however, the right ventricle can no longer compensate,3 and cardiac output declines (Figure 2).

Symptoms and signs. As in the patient described above, the first symptoms such as exertional dyspnea, fatigue, and lightheadedness usually arise in situations that call for increased cardiac output.4 As right ventricular function worsens, symptoms start to occur at rest, and signs of increased right ventricular preload appear, such as abdominal and lower-extremity edema and pericardial effusion. Syncope is a sign of severe right ventricular dysfunction.5

Physical examination. Look for signs of increased right ventricular loading and failure, eg:

  • An accentuated intensity and persistent splitting of the second heart sound
  • A prominent parasternal heave
  • A prominent jugular “a” wave
  • A systolic murmur along the left sternal border at the fourth intercostal space, which may worsen with breath-holding
  • Pitting lower-extremity edema
  • Hepatomegaly
  • Hepatojugular reflux
  • Hepatic pulsatility.6

 

 

ECHOCARDIOGRAPHY IN SUSPECTED PULMONARY HYPERTENSION

Echocardiographic views of a patient with pulmonary hypertension and a patient without
Figure 3. Echocardiographic views of a patient with pulmonary hypertension (left) and a patient without (right). Note the increased right ventricular-left ventricular ratio and right atrial enlargement in the patient with pulmonary hypertension.
Since the early signs and symptoms of pulmonary hypertension are often nonspecific, the diagnosis is often delayed,7 and it is first suspected when transthoracic echocardiography reveals signs of right ventricular dysfunction. Transthoracic echocardiography is relatively inexpensive, noninvasive, and reproducible, and it can give estimated values of several measures of right ventricular function, size, and pressure (Figure 3).

Many practitioners rely heavily on the estimated right ventricular systolic pressure in diagnosing pulmonary hypertension. In theory, this number should be nearly the same as the pulmonary arterial systolic pressure. However, technical and patient-related aspects of transthoracic echocardiography often limit accurate measurement of the right ventricular systolic pressure, and readings often differ from those measured with right heart catheterization.8

Echographic features supporting pulmonary hypertension
The 2015 European Respiratory Society and European Society of Cardiology guidelines recommend using additional echocardiographic variables to determine the probability that a patient has pulmonary hypertension (Table 2).1 While this recommendation is largely based on expert opinion, it supports the notion that right ventricular systolic pressure alone is not enough to determine the probability of pulmonary hypertension. Accordingly, patients with a right ventricular systolic pressure that is significantly elevated (> 50 mm Hg) or moderately elevated (> 40 mm Hg), along with other signs of right ventricular dysfunction (eg, a dilated right ventricle or atrium, septal flattening), should be considered for additional diagnostic testing.

Our patient had a markedly elevated right ventricular systolic pressure and signs of right ventricular dysfunction, suggesting a high probability of pulmonary hypertension.

EVALUATING LEFT HEART DISEASE (WHO GROUP 2)

More than 75% of cases of pulmonary hypertension are directly related to left ventricular dysfunction or mitral or aortic valve disease (WHO group 2).1 Since group 2 differs markedly from group 1 (PAH) in its pathophysiology and treatment, it is important to distinguish between them.

Compared with WHO group 1 patients, those in group 2 tend to be older, more of them are male, and more of them have comorbidities such as metabolic syndrome, hypertension, and coronary artery disease.1,9 A combination of risk factors and clinical findings should be considered in identifying these patients.10

Transthoracic echocardiography is used to detect features of systolic and diastolic dysfunction. Left atrial enlargement is a clue that left heart disease may be present. In addition, signs of left ventricular or valvular dysfunction on electrocardiography or chest radiography are often helpful.

When estimated right ventricular systolic pressures are only minimally abnormal and no significant right ventricular dysfunction exists, further diagnostic evaluation is not warranted. However, because no single identifying feature or variable can readily distinguish group 2 from the other WHO groups, further evaluation should be considered if the right ventricular systolic pressure is significantly elevated or right ventricular dysfunction exists.

Our patient had several risk factors for left heart disease, including a history of smoking and coronary artery disease. Nonetheless, findings consistent with severe right ventricular dysfunction necessitated further evaluation for other possible causes of her suspected pulmonary hypertension.

Postcapillary pulmonary hypertension

In patients for whom further evaluation is pursued, the diagnosis of WHO group 2 pulmonary hypertension is ultimately based on findings consistent with postcapillary or “passive” pulmonary hypertension on right heart catheterization. Although mean pulmonary arterial pressures must be at least 25 mm Hg to certify the diagnosis of pulmonary hypertension, a pulmonary artery occlusion pressure greater than 15 mm Hg (normal 6–12) and pulmonary vascular resistance of 3 Wood units or less (normal 0.3–1.6) suggests the pulmonary hypertension is due to elevated left atrial pressure (ie, postcapillary) rather than precapillary pulmonary arterial remodeling.

Mixed pre- and postcapillary pulmonary hypertension

Distinguishing pulmonary venous hypertension from PAH is important, since their management differs. In particular, PAH-specific therapies (ie, prostacyclin analogues, prostaglandin I2 receptor agonists, endothelin receptor antagonists, phosphodiesterase-5 inhibitors, and cyclic guanosine monophosphate stimulators) can have a detrimental effect in WHO group 2 patients by causing increased pulmonary capillary leakage with pulmonary edema.11,12

In some patients, chronic passive congestion in the pulmonary venous circulation causes additional disruption of the homeostatic milieu regulating precapillary smooth muscle and endothelial function. These changes result in structural remodeling of precapillary arterioles and increased precapillary vascular resistance, creating a “mixed” pulmonary hypertension with both pre- and postcapillary abnormalities.

There is controversy over the ideal way to identify these patients but little disagreement that they face a worse prognosis than those without precapillary remodeling.13 In light of this, efforts have been made to characterize this cohort.

Historically, mixed pre- and postcapillary pulmonary hypertension was defined as the combination of all of the following:

  • Mean pulmonary arterial pressure ≥ 25 mm Hg
  • Pulmonary artery occlusion pressure > 15 mm Hg
  • Transpulmonary gradient (the mean pulmonary arterial pressure minus the pulmonary artery occlusion pressure) > 12 mm Hg.14

However, the utility of the transpulmonary gradient for distinguishing mixed pulmonary hypertension has been questioned because of  concerns over its susceptibility to variations in stroke volume and loading conditions.15

The diastolic pulmonary gradient (the pulmonary arterial diastolic pressure minus the pulmonary artery occlusion pressure) has been proposed as an alternative to the transpulmonary gradient under the theory that it is less sensitive to fluctuation from variations in flow or loading.15

Current guidelines1 suggest that a patient who has all of the following should be considered to have mixed pulmonary hypertension:

  • A mean pulmonary arterial pressure > 25 mm Hg
  • A pulmonary artery occlusion pressure > 15 mm Hg
  • A diastolic pulmonary gradient > 7 mm Hg or  a pulmonary vascular resistance > 3 Wood units, or both.

Occult group 2 pulmonary hypertension

Currently, the diagnosis of WHO group 2 pulmonary hypertension is based on elevated resting pulmonary artery occlusion pressure. However, some patients with WHO group 2 pulmonary hypertension and transiently low preload from aggressive diuresis or fasting may have a low pulmonary artery occlusion pressure during right heart catheterization and be misdiagnosed as having WHO group 1 PAH.12,16

This concern was acknowledged in the 2015 Ambrisentan and Tadalafil in Patients With Pulmonary Arterial Hypertension (AMBITION) study after investigators changed the protocol to exclude patients who technically met the criteria for WHO group 1 PAH, but had borderline-elevated pulmonary artery occlusion pressure and additional risk factors worrisome for left heart disease and occult WHO group 2 pulmonary hypertension.17,18

Several strategies, including passive leg-raising, fluid challenge, and exercise during diagnostic right heart catheterization, have been proposed to better classify these patients.19 Unfortunately, due to a lack of standardization of normal values and methodology for executing these maneuvers, consensus is lacking over their routine use, and recommendations for their use have not been provided.1

 

 

EVALUATION OF LUNG DISEASE (WHO GROUP 3)

All patients with suspected pulmonary hypertension should also be assessed for underlying pulmonary parenchymal or physiologic disease.

WHO group 3 consists of pulmonary disorders that, over an extended time, can lead to pulmonary hypertension. The most common of these disorders include chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, interstitial lung disease, and combined pulmonary fibrosis and emphysema.1

Pulmonary hypertension in these patients is precapillary, and changes in pulmonary vascular resistance are influenced by multiple factors, the most significant of which is alveolar hypoxia. Hypoxia induces pulmonary artery vasoconstrictionn (in contrast to the reflexive hemodynamics seen in peripheral tissues, where systemic vascular tone is generally lower in states of hypoxia) as a mechanism to divert pulmonary blood flow to well-ventilated portions of the lung and maintain ventilation-perfusion matching.

Repeated chronic hypoxia also alters cellular structure and function of pulmonary vessels and leads to medial hypertrophy and increased vascular tone, thus contributing to the development of pulmonary hypertension in many of these patients.20

Obstructive sleep apnea. Up to 70% of patients with obstructive sleep apnea have pulmonary hypertension.21 Chronic repetitive hypoxia throughout the night increases the levels of reactive oxygen species and alters cellular and molecular signaling, thus inducing vascular remodeling. In addition, apneic events during sleep promote catecholamine-driven elevations in systemic blood pressure. Over time, patients are at higher risk of developing left ventricular dysfunction and concomitant postcapillary group 2 pulmonary hypertension.22 Because typical methods of obstructive sleep apnea screening (eg, the Epworth Sleep Scale) have been historically poor at discriminating PAH patients with obstructive sleep apnea from those without, patients diagnosed with PAH should be considered for formal sleep testing.23,24

Pulmonary function tests, chest imaging

Pulmonary function tests and high-resolution computed tomography are essential to any PAH evaluation and help to exclude WHO group 3 pulmonary hypertension.1

An abnormal result on CT or spirometry can help point toward parenchymal lung disease. Normal spirometry and lung volumes with an isolated reduction in the diffusing capacity of the lung for carbon monoxide (Dlco) is typical of patients with WHO group 1 PAH.

A patient with combined pulmonary fibrosis and emphysema
Figure 4. A patient with combined pulmonary fibrosis and emphysema. In patients with findings consistent with underlying structural lung disease, further diagnostic testing for pulmonary arterial hypertension may not be warranted.
As in WHO group 2 pulmonary hypertension, patients with significant obstructive sleep apnea or underlying parenchymal lung disease who exhibit only features of mild pulmonary hypertension usually do not require further pulmonary hypertension evaluation, as management of the underlying lung disease is the preferred treatment in these patients.1 However, since the diagnostic accuracy of echocardiography (Figure 4) is lower in patients with advanced lung disease,25 those who have inconclusive echocardiographic results, who have symptoms consistent with advanced pulmonary hypertension or right ventricular dysfunction, or who are planning to undergo a surgical procedure (eg, transplant, lung volume reduction) should undergo further testing and be evaluated at a pulmonary hypertension referral center.1

In our patient, CT of the chest did not show any evidence of parenchymal lung disease, and pulmonary function tests showed no evidence of obstruction or restriction. There was a moderate decrease in Dlco, which did not reach normal limits when adjusted for lung volumes. In this setting, further evaluation of her PAH was warranted.

EVALUATION OF THROMBOEMBOLIC DISEASE (WHO GROUP 4)

Once pulmonary hypertension due to underlying left heart disease or parenchymal lung disease has been excluded, testing for chronic thromboembolic pulmonary hypertension is necessary, even in the absence of prior known pulmonary embolism. Identifying these patients is paramount, as chronic thromboembolic pulmonary hypertension (WHO group 4) is the only type of pulmonary hypertension for which a definitive cure is available.26

Up to 9% of patients who survive acute pulmonary embolism exhibit features of chronic proximal thrombosis and remodeling of distal pulmonary arteries.27

It remains unknown exactly why some patients develop chronic thromboembolic pulmonary hypertension and others do not, but the pathophysiology involves inappropriate thrombus resolution after venous thromboembolic events. Monocyte recruitment (which plays an important role in thrombus resolution) is reduced, angiogenesis is impaired (preventing effective vascular collateralization), and abnormal fibroblast proliferation leads to distal pulmonary vascular wall thickening.28 There is some evidence of increased thrombophilic risk in this population, and approximately 10% to 20% of patients are positive for antiphospholipid antibodies or lupus anticoagulant.29,30

Patients with chronic thromboembolic pulmonary hypertension usually present with symptoms similar to those of WHO group 1 PAH. Up to one-quarter of patients have no recollection of prior pulmonary embolism.31 As the disease progresses, signs and symptoms related to elevated pulmonary vascular resistance and right ventricular dysfunction are common.32,33

Although thrombi usually resolve quickly, the diagnosis of chronic thromboembolic pulmonary hypertension should be made only after at least 3 months of appropriate anticoagulation to avoid treatment of transient hemodynamic changes often seen after an acute pulmonary embolism.1

Radiographic changes associated with chronic thromboembolic pulmonary hypertension are distinct from the intraluminal filling defects seen with acute thromboembolism, since chronic thrombi tend to become organized and eccentric. On imaging, one may see features of rapid luminal narrowing or eccentric filling defects rather than the conventional central filling defects of acute pulmonary embolism. These changes are often overlooked by radiologists who are not specifically looking for chronic thromboembolic pulmonary hypertension.34 For this reason, the sensitivity and specificity of identifying chronic thromboembolic disease using radionuclide ventilation-perfusion lung scanning is superior to that of CT angiography.

All patients with suspected PAH should undergo a ventilation-perfusion scan.1,35 In patients with ventilation-perfusion mismatch on radionuclide scanning, pulmonary angiography can fulfill multiple goals of measuring pulmonary arterial pressures, identifying the extent and location of chronic thromboemboli, and can determine whether surgical thromboendarterectomy is feasible.

If chronic thromboembolic pulmonary hypertension is identified, it is imperative that patients be referred to a center of excellence specializing in its management regardless of symptom severity, as surgery can be curative and may prevent development of progressive right ventricular dysfunction.36

Our patient’s ventilation-perfusion scan was normal, effectively ruling out the possibility of chronic thromboembolism as a cause of her pulmonary hypertension.

 

 

RIGHT HEART CATHETERIZATION


Once the above-mentioned conditions have been evaluated, patients with suspected PAH should be referred to a pulmonary hypertension center of excellence to undergo right heart catheterization. If this test reveals PAH, further vasoreactivity testing should be performed if the etiology of the PAH is considered to be idiopathic, heritable, or drug-induced.1

Vasoreactivity is most commonly tested using 20 ppm of inhaled nitric oxide, but alternative formulations including intravenous epoprostenol, intravenous adenosine, or inhaled iloprost are acceptable. Patients who have a positive vasoreactive test usually respond well to high-dose calcium channel blocker therapy and have a significantly better prognosis than other patients with PAH.37

Patients with WHO group 1 PAH who do not have idiopathic, heritable, or drug-induced PAH have not been shown to have favorable outcomes using calcium channel blockers even if they have a positive vasoreactive response. A positive vasoreactive response is defined as a drop in mean pulmonary arterial pressure of at least 10 mm Hg to an absolute level of 40 mm Hg or less. Cardiac output should be preserved or elevated compared with baseline values during the challenge.1

In reality, only 10% to 15% of patients with idiopathic PAH have a positive vasoreactive response, and half of these patients stop responding within 1 year.38 Therefore, clinicians should not assume that calcium channel blockers will be successful in the long term in a vasoreactive patient, and these patients should have follow-up right heart catheterization after 3 to 6 months and annually thereafter to ensure continued vasoreactivity.1

In patients who are no longer vasoreactive or whose functional status is worse than New York Heart Association functional class I or II, conventional PAH-specific therapy should be started.

LOOKING FOR CAUSES OF ‘IDIOPATHIC’ PAH

Pulmonary hypertension is considered the final common pathway of many varied diseases and syndromes, and therefore one cannot say it is idiopathic without making a robust effort to identify features of alternative causes and rule out other contributing factors.
Although the exact etiology of idiopathic PAH is unclear, well-characterized imbalances in vascular homeostasis have been identified. These include processes that promote vasoconstriction, cell proliferation, and thrombosis (thromboxane A2, endothelin-1, and serotonin) and those that suppress prostacyclin, nitric oxide, and vasoactive intestinal peptide-mediated vasodilation.1 Furthermore, an abnormal angiogenic response to hypoxia and vascular endothelial growth factor has been observed.39

Before considering a diagnosis of idiopathic PAH, a careful history is essential. Other causative agents include appetite-suppressing medications, such as fenfluramine derivatives or stimulants such as amphetamines. Human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) or hepatitis, a history of splenectomy, and prior thyroid or liver disease are also common causes of PAH. Joint pain, myalgias, Raynaud features, or a rash characteristic of connective tissue disease can be identified on history and physical examination. Worldwide, chronic exposure to high-altitude climates and exposure to schistosomiasis are significant causes of PAH, but are rarely seen in developed nations. Confirmatory serum tests for HIV, antinuclear antibody, scleroderma antibody, and thyroid function are essential.1

Genetic factors

If patients report having relatives with possible or probable PAH, genetic counseling is recommended, particularly for rare but causative gene mutations.

BMPR2, the gene that codes for the bone morphogenetic protein receptor type 2, can carry mutations with variable penetrance over the patient’s lifetime depending on other genetic polymorphisms, concurrent inflammation, and the patient’s sex.40

The population carrier estimates of BMPR2 mutations are only 0.001% to 0.01%, but mutations in this gene are identified in approximately 25% of nonfamilial PAH patients and in over 75% of those with a familial inheritance pattern. The BMPR2 protein is a part of the transforming growth factor beta family and is partially responsible for control of vascular cell proliferation. Mutations in this gene lead to PAH at a younger age than in those with mutation-negative idiopathic PAH and to a more severe clinical phenotype in terms of pulmonary vascular resistance and cardiac function.40

Other mutations. Although BMPR2 is the most commonly identified gene mutation in patients with PAH, other gene mutations within this family have also been recognized. These include mutations in the genes for activin receptor-like kinase 1 and endoglin, which, although better known for their association with hereditary hemorrhagic telangiectasia, can lead directly to PAH.40

More recently, a novel autosomal recessive gene mutation in eukaryotic translation initiation factor 2 alpha kinase 4 (EIF2AK4) has been identified in patients with pulmonary veno-occlusive disease41 and pulmonary capillary hemangiomatosis,42 which are specific subclasses of WHO group 1 PAH. The mechanistic parallels between EIF2AK4 and these diseases are not clear, but the prevalence of disease in those with a familial inheritance pattern and an EIF2AK4 mutation is nearly 100%.41 Thus, identification of this mutation has been accepted as a way to confirm pulmonary veno-occlusive disease and pulmonary capillary hemangiomatosis in patients suspected of PAH with features of these diseases.43,44

GROUP 5: MISCELLANEOUS FORMS OF PULMONARY HYPERTENSION

WHO group 5 pulmonary hypertension encompasses disorders whose pathophysiology does not fit neatly within the context of the other pulmonary hypertension subtypes. Nonetheless, appreciation of these disorders is important in determining the etiology and appropriate therapy for patients with pulmonary hypertension. The mechanism driving abnormal pulmonary arterial pressures in patients with group 5 pulmonary hypertension is not always clear and may involve intrinsic or extrinsic factors.1

Diseases within group 5 include those that cause extrinsic compression of the pulmonary arteries (ie, fibrosing mediastinitis) or intrinsic elevations in pulmonary vascular resistance (sarcoidosis, pulmonary Langerhans cell histiocytosis, sickle cell anemia, polycythemia vera, and malignancy).

The most common cause of pulmonary hypertension in this category is sarcoidosis. Current theories suggest that, for most patients, invasion of granulomatous inflammation within the arterial walls induces PAH via fibrotic or inflammatory vascular occlusion. Extrinsic compression due to lymphadenopathy, right or left ventricular dysfunction due to cardiac myocite infiltration, and endothelin-induced pulmonary vasoconstriction are other possible links between the PAH and sarcoidosis.45

 

 

PROGNOSTIC RISK STRATIFICATION IN THE PATIENTS WITH PAH

Risk assessment in pulmonary arterial hypertension
The final challenge in evaluating patients with suspected PAH is to estimate their risk of death. Although nonmodifiable risk factors including age, sex, and associated comorbidities play a significant role in determining prognosis, several potentially modifiable risk factors should be used to estimate the 1-year mortality risk (Table 3). These include features on physical examination consistent with right heart failure, New York Heart Association functional class, 6-minute walking distance or cardiopulmonary exercise capacity, N-terminal pro-B-type natriuretic peptide (NT-proBNP) level, and findings on echocardiography and right heart catheterization.1

Cardiac magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) has gained popularity as a noninvasive and reproducible alternative to echocardiography. Image fidelity and characterization of right ventricular function and right ventricular ejection fraction are all more accurate than with echocardiography, and serial MRI has proven valuable in its ability to guide patient prognosis.46

However, MRI is more expensive than echocardiography, and some patients cannot tolerate the procedure. In addition, for those who can tolerate it, MRI is not a suitable alternative to right heart catheterization, since it cannot accurately estimate pulmonary artery occlusion pressure or pulmonary arterial pressures.1 For these reasons, cardiac MRI use varies across pulmonary hypertension centers.

A goal of treatment is to reduce a patient’s risk. While no consensus has been achieved over which PAH-specific therapy to start with, evidence is robust that using more than 1 class of agent is beneficial, capitalizing on multiple therapeutic targets.17,47

In our patient, right heart catheterization revealed PAH with a mean pulmonary arterial pressure of 44 mm Hg, pulmonary artery occlusion pressure 6 mm Hg, and a cardiac index of 2.1 L/min/m2. Ancillary testing for alternative causes of PAH was unrevealing, as was vasoreactivity testing. Our patient could walk only 314 meters on her 6-minute walk test and had an initial NT-proBNP level of 750 ng/L.

Based on these and the findings during her evaluation, she would be classified as having intermediate-risk PAH with an estimated 1-year mortality risk of 5% to 10%.1 Appropriate therapy and follow-up would be guided by this determination. Specific therapy is beyond the scope of this article but we would start her on dual oral therapy with close follow-up to reassess her 1-year mortality risk. If there were no improvement over a short period of time, we would add further therapy.

References
  1. Galiè N, Humbert M, Vachiery JL, et al. 2015 ESC/ERS guidelines for the diagnosis and treatment of pulmonary hypertension: the Joint Task Force for the Diagnosis and Treatment of Pulmonary Hypertension of the European Society of Cardiology (ESC) and the European Respiratory Society (ERS): Endorsed by: Association for European Paediatric and Congenital Cardiology (AEPC), International Society for Heart and Lung Transplantation (ISHLT). Eur Respir J 2015; 46(4):903–975. doi:10.1183/13993003.01032-2015
  2. Galiè N, Rubin LJ, Hoeper M, et al. Treatment of patients with mildly symptomatic pulmonary arterial hypertension with bosentan (EARLY study): a double-blind, randomized controlled trial. Lancet 2008; 371(9630):2093–2100. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(08)60919-8
  3. Howard LS. Prognostic factors in pulmonary arterial hypertension: assessing the course of the disease. Eur Respir Rev 2011; 20:236–242. doi:10.1183/09059180.00006711
  4. Brown LM, Chen H, Halpern S, et al. Delay in recognition of pulmonary arterial hypertension: factors identified from the REVEAL registry. Chest 2011; 140:19–26. doi:10.1378/chest.10-1166
  5. Elliot CG, Farber H, Frost A, Liou TG, Turner M. REVEAL Registry: medical history and time to diagnosis of enrolled patients. Chest 2007; 132(4):631a. doi:10.1378/chest.132.4_MeetingAbstracts.631a
  6. Minai OA, Budev MM. Diagnostic strategies for suspected pulmonary arterial hypertension: a primer for the internist. Cleve Clin J Med 2007; 74(10):737–747. pmid:17941295
  7. Badesch DB, Raskob GE, Elliott CG, et al. Pulmonary arterial hypertension: baseline characteristics from the REVEAL registry. Chest 2010; 137(2):376–387. doi:10.1378/chest.09-1140
  8. Fisher MR, Forfia PR, Chamera E, et al. Accuracy of Doppler echocardiography in the hemodynamic assessment of pulmonary hypertension. Am J Respir Crit Care Med 2009; 179(7):615–621. doi:10.1164/rccm.200811-1691OC
  9. Robbins IM, Newman JH, Johnson RF, et al. Association of the metabolic syndrome with pulmonary venous hypertension. Chest 2009; 136(1):31–36. doi:10.1378/chest.08-2008
  10. Rosenkranz S, Gibbs JS, Wachter R, De Marco T, Vonk-Noordegraaf A, Vachiery JL. Left ventricular heart failure and pulmonary hypertension. Eur Heart J 2016; 37(12):942–954. doi:10.1093/eurheartj/ehv512
  11. Opitz CF, Hoeper MM, Gibbs JSR, et al. Pre-capillary, combined, and post-capillary pulmonary hypertension: a pathophysiological continuum. J Am Coll Cardiol 2016; 68:368–378. doi: 10.1016/j.jacc.2016.05.047
  12. Robbins IM, Hemnes AR, Pugh ME, et al. High prevalence of occult pulmonary venous hypertension revealed by fluid challenge in pulmonary hypertension. Circ Heart Fail 2014; 7(1):116–122. doi:10.1161/CIRCHEARTFAILURE.113.000468
  13. Gerges C, Gerges M, Lang MB, et al. Diastolic pulmonary vascular pressure gradient: a predictor of prognosis in “out-of-proportion” pulmonary hypertension. Chest 2013; 143(3):758–766. doi:10.1378/chest.12-1653
  14. Task Force for Diagnosis and Treatment of Pulmonary Hypertension of European Society of Cardiology (ESC); European Respiratory Society (ERS); International Society of Heart and Lung Transplantation (ISHLT); Galiè N, Hoeper MM, Humbert M, et al. Guidelines for the diagnosis and treatment of pulmonary hypertension. Eur Respir J 2009; 34(6):1219–1263. doi:10.1183/09031936.00139009
  15. Naeije R, Vachiery JL, Yerly P, Vanderpool R. The transpulmonary pressure gradient for the diagnosis of pulmonary vascular disease. Eur Respir J 2013; 41(1):217–223. doi:10.1183/09031936.00074312
  16. Frost AE, Badesch DB, Miller DP, Benza RL, Meltzer LA, McGoon MD. Evaluation of the predictive value of a clinical worsening definition using 2-year outcomes in patients with pulmonary arterial hypertension: a REVEAL registry analysis. Chest 2013; 144(5):1521–1529. doi:10.1378/chest.12-3023
  17. Galiè N, Barberà JA, Frost AE, et al; AMBITION Investigators. Initial use of ambrisentan plus tadalafil in pulmonary arterial hypertension. N Engl J Med 2015; 373(9):834–844. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1413687
  18. Farr G, Shah K, Markley R, Abbate A, Salloum FN, Grinnan D. Development of pulmonary hypertension in heart failure with preserved ejection fraction. Prog Cardiovasc Dis 2016; 59(1):52–58. doi:10.1016/j.pcad.2016.06.002
  19. Hoeper MM, Barberà JA, Channick RN, et al. Diagnosis, assessment, and treatment of non-pulmonary arterial hypertension pulmonary hypertension. J Am Coll Cardiol 2009; 54(suppl 1):S85–S96. doi:10.1016/j.jacc.2009.04.008
  20. Chaouat A, Naeije R, Weitzenblum E. Pulmonary hypertension in COPD. Eur Respir J 2008; 32(5):1371–1385. doi:10.1183/09031936.00015608
  21. Minai OA, Ricaurte B, Kaw R, et al. Frequency and impact of pulmonary hypertension in patients with obstructive sleep apnea syndrome. Am J Cardiol 2009; 104(9):1300–1306. doi:10.1016/j.amjcard.2009.06.048
  22. Kholdani C, Fares WH, Mohsenin V. Pulmonary hypertension in obstructive sleep apnea: is it clinically significant? A critical analysis of the association and pathophysiology. Pulm Circ 2015; 5(2):220–227. doi:10.1086/679995
  23. Prisco DL, Sica AL, Talwar A, et al. Correlation of pulmonary hypertension severity with metrics of comorbid sleep-disordered breathing. Sleep Breath 2011; 15(4):633–639. doi:10.1007/s11325-010-0411-y
  24. Dumitrascu R, Tiede H, Eckermann J, et al. Sleep apnea in precapillary pulmonary hypertension. Sleep Med 2013; 14(3):247–251. doi:10.1016/j.sleep.2012.11.013
  25. Arcasoy SM, Christie JD, Ferrari VA, et al. Echocardiographic assessment of pulmonary hypertension in patients with advanced lung disease. Am J Respir Crit Care Med 2003; 167(5):735–740. doi:10.1164/rccm.200210-1130OC
  26. Pepke-Zaba J, Jansa P, Kim NH, Naeije R, Simonneau G. Chronic thromboembolic pulmonary hypertension: role of medical therapy. Eur Respir J 2013; 41(4):985–990. doi:10.1183/09031936.00201612
  27. Guérin L, Couturaud F, Parent F, et al. Prevalence of chronic thromboembolic pulmonary hypertension after acute pulmonary embolism. Prevalence of CTEPH after pulmonary embolism. Thromb Haemost 2014; 112(3):598–605. doi:10.1160/TH13-07-0538
  28. Lang IM, Pesavento R, Bonderman D, Yuan JX. Risk factors and basic mechanisms of chronic thromboembolic pulmonary hypertension: a current understanding. Eur Respir J 2013; 41(2):462–468. doi:10.1183/09031936.00049312
  29. Pepke-Zaba J. Diagnostic testing to guide the management of chronic thromboembolic pulmonary hypertension: state of the art. Eur Respir Rev 2010; 19(115):55–58. doi:10.1183/09059180.00007209
  30. Bonderman D, Turecek PL, Jakowitsch J, et al. High prevalence of elevated clotting factor VIII in chronic thromboembolic pulmonary hypertension. Thromb Haemost 2003; 90(3):372–376. doi:10.1160/TH03-02-0067
  31. Pepke-Zaba J, Delcroix M, Lang I, et al. Chronic thromboembolic pulmonary hypertension (CTEPH): results from an international prospective registry. Circulation 2011; 124(18):1973–1981. doi:10.1161/CIRCULATIONAHA.110.015008
  32. Kim NH, Delcroix M, Jenkins DP, et al. Chronic thromboembolic pulmonary hypertension. J Am Coll Cardiol 2013; 62:(suppl 25):D92–D99. doi:10.1016/j.jacc.2013.10.024
  33. Moser KM, Auger WR, Fedullo PF. Chronic major-vessel thromboembolic pulmonary hypertension. Circulation 1990; 81(6):1735–1743. pmid:2188751
  34. McNeil K, Dunning J. Chronic thromboembolic pulmonary hypertension (CTEPH). Heart 2007; 93(9):1152–1158. doi:10.1136/hrt.2004.053603
  35. Tunariu N, Gibbs SJ, Win Z, et al. Ventilation-perfusion scintigraphy is more sensitive than multidetector CTPA in detecting chronic thromboembolic pulmonary disease as a treatable cause of pulmonary hypertension. J Nucl Med 2007; 48(5):680–684. doi:10.2967/jnumed.106.039438
  36. Fedullo P, Kerr KM, Kim NH, Auger WR. Chronic thromboembolic pulmonary hypertension. Am J Respir Crit Care Med 2011; 183(12):1605–1613. doi:10.1164/rccm.201011-1854CI
  37. Rich S, Kaufmann E, Levy PS. The effect of high doses of calcium-channel blockers on survival in primary pulmonary hypertension. N Engl J Med 1992; 327(2):76–81. doi:10.1056/NEJM199207093270203
  38. Sitbon O, Humbert M, Jaıs X, et al. Long-term response to calcium channel blockers in idiopathic pulmonary arterial hypertension. Circulation 2005; 111(23):3105–3111. doi:10.1161/CIRCULATIONAHA.104.488486
  39. Chin KM, Rubin LJ. Pulmonary arterial hypertension. J Am Coll Cardiol 2008; 51(16):1527–1538. doi:10.1016/j.jacc.2008.01.024
  40. Soubrier F, Chung WK, Machado R, et al. Genetics and genomics of pulmonary arterial hypertension. J Am Coll Cardiol 2013; 62(suppl 25):D13–D21. doi:10.1016/j.jacc.2013.10.035
  41. Eyries M, Montani D, Girerd B, et al. EIF2AK4 mutations cause pulmonary veno-occlusive disease, a recessive form of pulmonary hypertension. Nat Genet 2014; 46(1):65–69. doi: 10.1038/ng.2844
  42. Best DH, Sumner KL, Austin ED, et al. EIF2AK4 mutations in pulmonary capillary hemangiomatosis. Chest 2014; 145(2):231–236. doi:10.1378/chest.13-2366
  43. Best DH, Sumner KL, Smith BP, et al. EIF2AK4 mutations in patients diagnosed with pulmonary arterial hypertension. Chest 2017; 151(4):821–828. doi:10.1016/j.chest.2016.11.014
  44. Hadinnapola C, Bleda M, Haimel M, et al; NIHR BioResource–Rare Diseases Consortium; UK National Cohort Study of Idiopathic and Heritable PAH. Phenotypic characterization of EIF2AK4 mutation carriers in a large cohort of patients diagnosed clinically with pulmonary arterial hypertension. Circulation 2017; 136(21):2022–2033. doi:10.1161/CIRCULATIONAHA.117.028351
  45. Diaz-Guzman E, Farver C, Parambil J, Culver DA. Pulmonary hypertension caused by sarcoidosis. Clin Chest Med 2008; 29(3):549–563. doi:10.1016/j.ccm.2008.03.010
  46. Mauritz GJ, Kind T, Marcus JT, et al. Progressive changes in right ventricular geometric shortening and long-term survival in pulmonary arterial hypertension. Chest 2012; 141(4):935–943. doi:10.1378/chest.10-3277
  47. Galiè N, Palazzini M, Manes A. Pulmonary arterial hypertension: from the kingdom of the near-dead to multiple clinical trial meta-analyses. Eur Heart J 2010; 31(17):2080–2086. doi:10.1093/eurheartj/ehq152
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Akshay Bhatnagar, MD
Department of Internal Medicine, Cleveland Clinic

Jonathan Wiesen, MD
Community Intensivists, Cleveland, OH; Ben Gurion University, Be’er Sheva, Israel

Raed Dweik, MD
Interim Institute Chair, Respiratory Institute, Cleveland Clinic; Professor, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine of Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH

Neal F. Chaisson, MD
Department of Critical Care Medicine, Respiratory Institute, Cleveland Clinic; Assistant Professor, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine of Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH

Address: Neal F. Chaisson, MD, Respiratory Institute, A90, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; [email protected]

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 85(6)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
468-480
Legacy Keywords
pulmonary hypertension, PH, pulmonary arterial hypertension, PAH, World Health Organization, WHO, left heart disease, chronic thromboembolic pulmonary hypertension, CTPH, Akshay Bhatnagar, Jonathan Wiesen, Raed Dweik, Neal Chaisson
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Akshay Bhatnagar, MD
Department of Internal Medicine, Cleveland Clinic

Jonathan Wiesen, MD
Community Intensivists, Cleveland, OH; Ben Gurion University, Be’er Sheva, Israel

Raed Dweik, MD
Interim Institute Chair, Respiratory Institute, Cleveland Clinic; Professor, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine of Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH

Neal F. Chaisson, MD
Department of Critical Care Medicine, Respiratory Institute, Cleveland Clinic; Assistant Professor, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine of Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH

Address: Neal F. Chaisson, MD, Respiratory Institute, A90, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; [email protected]

Author and Disclosure Information

Akshay Bhatnagar, MD
Department of Internal Medicine, Cleveland Clinic

Jonathan Wiesen, MD
Community Intensivists, Cleveland, OH; Ben Gurion University, Be’er Sheva, Israel

Raed Dweik, MD
Interim Institute Chair, Respiratory Institute, Cleveland Clinic; Professor, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine of Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH

Neal F. Chaisson, MD
Department of Critical Care Medicine, Respiratory Institute, Cleveland Clinic; Assistant Professor, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine of Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH

Address: Neal F. Chaisson, MD, Respiratory Institute, A90, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; [email protected]

Article PDF
Article PDF
Related Articles

Pulmonary arterial hypertension (PAH) is a hemodynamic disorder that affects small and medium-size pulmonary arteries through cellular proliferation and luminal narrowing.1 Increased pulmonary vascular resistance causes restricted blood flow in these arteries, leading to elevated pulmonary arterial pressure and afterload on the right ventricle. Despite advances in therapy, death usually occurs as a result of right ventricular failure.

Updated World Health Organization classification of pulmonary hypertension
However, PAH is neither the only form of pulmonary hypertension nor the most common. Pulmonary hypertension, defined as an elevated pulmonary arterial pressure (≥ 25 mm Hg) on right heart catheterization,1 has a myriad of causes. The World Health Organization (WHO) classifies pulmonary hypertension into 5 separate groups based on the pathophysiologic mechanism (Table 1):

  • Group 1—PAH, due to narrowed pulmonary arteries
  • Group 2—due to left heart disease
  • Group 3—due to lung disease or hypoxia, or both
  • Group 4—due to chronic thromboembolism or other pulmonary artery obstruction
  • Group 5—due to uncertain or multifactorial causes.

Experts recognize the morbidity and mortality associated with pulmonary hypertension now more than in the past, and they emphasize recognizing it early. Guidelines for its diagnosis and treatment were updated in 2015.1

Below, we use a case to discuss recommendations for initial evaluation and classification of pulmonary hypertension, particularly PAH.

A PATIENT SUSPECTED OF HAVING PULMONARY HYPERTENSION

A 63-year-old woman with a 25-pack-year history of tobacco use, as well as pulmonary embolism and coronary artery disease, presents to her primary care physician with exertional dyspnea. She had been a clerk at a hardware store and physically active until she took early retirement 8 months ago because of increasing fatigue. She initially felt the fatigue was simply “a sign of getting old.”

Since retiring, she has noticed the slow onset of progressive dyspnea on exertion. She can no longer climb more than 1 flight of stairs or walk more than 1 block. She also complains of mild, fluctuating edema in her lower extremities over the past month. She quit smoking 8 years ago after undergoing placement of a drug-eluting stent in the mid-left circumflex artery. After this, she received clopidogrel and was followed by a cardiologist for 2 years but stopped taking the medication because of bruising. She has not seen her cardiologist in more than 5 years.

She underwent elective right total knee arthroplasty 3 years ago, complicated by acute deep vein thrombosis in the right common femoral vein. Computed tomography (CT) at that time did not reveal pulmonary emboli. She received warfarin therapy for 3 months.

She reports no current cough, chest pain, lightheadedness, or syncope. She has no orthopnea, and she feels normal at rest.

Her family history is unremarkable, and she has had no exposure to illicit substances, environmental toxins, or dietary supplements. She takes aspirin 81 mg daily, metoprolol 25 mg twice daily, lisinopril 10 mg daily, and simvastatin 40 mg at bedtime.

Her primary care physician detects a murmur in the left lower sternal border and sends her for transthoracic echocardiography, which demonstrates mild right ventricular dilation, right atrial dilation, and mildly reduced right ventricular function. The calculated right ventricular systolic pressure is 69 mm Hg. The left ventricle shows mild concentric hypertrophy; the left atrium is normal in size.

DIAGNOSTIC EVALUATION OF SUSPECTED PULMONARY HYPERTENSION

Diagnostic algorithm for evaluating a patient suspected of having pulmonary hypertension
Figure 1.
Accurate diagnosis and classification of pulmonary hypertension requires both a high level of suspicion for the disease and appropriate diagnostic testing. Figure 1 depicts current recommendations for evaluating a patient suspected of having pulmonary hypertension. We will use this algorithm to guide proper risk stratification, classification, and invasive testing.

CLINICAL MANIFESTATIONS

Natural progression of disease in patients with pulmonary arterial hypertension
Figure 2. Natural progression of disease in patients with pulmonary arterial hypertension.
Clinical manifestations of pulmonary hypertension are invariably related to right ventricular dysfunction. As pulmonary arterial pressure and pulmonary vascular resistance increase, the right ventricle initially compensates to preserve cardiac output through up-regulation of sympathetic responses, dilation, and myocardial hypertrophy. For this reason, early clinical signs are either absent or nonspecific.2 Eventually, however, the right ventricle can no longer compensate,3 and cardiac output declines (Figure 2).

Symptoms and signs. As in the patient described above, the first symptoms such as exertional dyspnea, fatigue, and lightheadedness usually arise in situations that call for increased cardiac output.4 As right ventricular function worsens, symptoms start to occur at rest, and signs of increased right ventricular preload appear, such as abdominal and lower-extremity edema and pericardial effusion. Syncope is a sign of severe right ventricular dysfunction.5

Physical examination. Look for signs of increased right ventricular loading and failure, eg:

  • An accentuated intensity and persistent splitting of the second heart sound
  • A prominent parasternal heave
  • A prominent jugular “a” wave
  • A systolic murmur along the left sternal border at the fourth intercostal space, which may worsen with breath-holding
  • Pitting lower-extremity edema
  • Hepatomegaly
  • Hepatojugular reflux
  • Hepatic pulsatility.6

 

 

ECHOCARDIOGRAPHY IN SUSPECTED PULMONARY HYPERTENSION

Echocardiographic views of a patient with pulmonary hypertension and a patient without
Figure 3. Echocardiographic views of a patient with pulmonary hypertension (left) and a patient without (right). Note the increased right ventricular-left ventricular ratio and right atrial enlargement in the patient with pulmonary hypertension.
Since the early signs and symptoms of pulmonary hypertension are often nonspecific, the diagnosis is often delayed,7 and it is first suspected when transthoracic echocardiography reveals signs of right ventricular dysfunction. Transthoracic echocardiography is relatively inexpensive, noninvasive, and reproducible, and it can give estimated values of several measures of right ventricular function, size, and pressure (Figure 3).

Many practitioners rely heavily on the estimated right ventricular systolic pressure in diagnosing pulmonary hypertension. In theory, this number should be nearly the same as the pulmonary arterial systolic pressure. However, technical and patient-related aspects of transthoracic echocardiography often limit accurate measurement of the right ventricular systolic pressure, and readings often differ from those measured with right heart catheterization.8

Echographic features supporting pulmonary hypertension
The 2015 European Respiratory Society and European Society of Cardiology guidelines recommend using additional echocardiographic variables to determine the probability that a patient has pulmonary hypertension (Table 2).1 While this recommendation is largely based on expert opinion, it supports the notion that right ventricular systolic pressure alone is not enough to determine the probability of pulmonary hypertension. Accordingly, patients with a right ventricular systolic pressure that is significantly elevated (> 50 mm Hg) or moderately elevated (> 40 mm Hg), along with other signs of right ventricular dysfunction (eg, a dilated right ventricle or atrium, septal flattening), should be considered for additional diagnostic testing.

Our patient had a markedly elevated right ventricular systolic pressure and signs of right ventricular dysfunction, suggesting a high probability of pulmonary hypertension.

EVALUATING LEFT HEART DISEASE (WHO GROUP 2)

More than 75% of cases of pulmonary hypertension are directly related to left ventricular dysfunction or mitral or aortic valve disease (WHO group 2).1 Since group 2 differs markedly from group 1 (PAH) in its pathophysiology and treatment, it is important to distinguish between them.

Compared with WHO group 1 patients, those in group 2 tend to be older, more of them are male, and more of them have comorbidities such as metabolic syndrome, hypertension, and coronary artery disease.1,9 A combination of risk factors and clinical findings should be considered in identifying these patients.10

Transthoracic echocardiography is used to detect features of systolic and diastolic dysfunction. Left atrial enlargement is a clue that left heart disease may be present. In addition, signs of left ventricular or valvular dysfunction on electrocardiography or chest radiography are often helpful.

When estimated right ventricular systolic pressures are only minimally abnormal and no significant right ventricular dysfunction exists, further diagnostic evaluation is not warranted. However, because no single identifying feature or variable can readily distinguish group 2 from the other WHO groups, further evaluation should be considered if the right ventricular systolic pressure is significantly elevated or right ventricular dysfunction exists.

Our patient had several risk factors for left heart disease, including a history of smoking and coronary artery disease. Nonetheless, findings consistent with severe right ventricular dysfunction necessitated further evaluation for other possible causes of her suspected pulmonary hypertension.

Postcapillary pulmonary hypertension

In patients for whom further evaluation is pursued, the diagnosis of WHO group 2 pulmonary hypertension is ultimately based on findings consistent with postcapillary or “passive” pulmonary hypertension on right heart catheterization. Although mean pulmonary arterial pressures must be at least 25 mm Hg to certify the diagnosis of pulmonary hypertension, a pulmonary artery occlusion pressure greater than 15 mm Hg (normal 6–12) and pulmonary vascular resistance of 3 Wood units or less (normal 0.3–1.6) suggests the pulmonary hypertension is due to elevated left atrial pressure (ie, postcapillary) rather than precapillary pulmonary arterial remodeling.

Mixed pre- and postcapillary pulmonary hypertension

Distinguishing pulmonary venous hypertension from PAH is important, since their management differs. In particular, PAH-specific therapies (ie, prostacyclin analogues, prostaglandin I2 receptor agonists, endothelin receptor antagonists, phosphodiesterase-5 inhibitors, and cyclic guanosine monophosphate stimulators) can have a detrimental effect in WHO group 2 patients by causing increased pulmonary capillary leakage with pulmonary edema.11,12

In some patients, chronic passive congestion in the pulmonary venous circulation causes additional disruption of the homeostatic milieu regulating precapillary smooth muscle and endothelial function. These changes result in structural remodeling of precapillary arterioles and increased precapillary vascular resistance, creating a “mixed” pulmonary hypertension with both pre- and postcapillary abnormalities.

There is controversy over the ideal way to identify these patients but little disagreement that they face a worse prognosis than those without precapillary remodeling.13 In light of this, efforts have been made to characterize this cohort.

Historically, mixed pre- and postcapillary pulmonary hypertension was defined as the combination of all of the following:

  • Mean pulmonary arterial pressure ≥ 25 mm Hg
  • Pulmonary artery occlusion pressure > 15 mm Hg
  • Transpulmonary gradient (the mean pulmonary arterial pressure minus the pulmonary artery occlusion pressure) > 12 mm Hg.14

However, the utility of the transpulmonary gradient for distinguishing mixed pulmonary hypertension has been questioned because of  concerns over its susceptibility to variations in stroke volume and loading conditions.15

The diastolic pulmonary gradient (the pulmonary arterial diastolic pressure minus the pulmonary artery occlusion pressure) has been proposed as an alternative to the transpulmonary gradient under the theory that it is less sensitive to fluctuation from variations in flow or loading.15

Current guidelines1 suggest that a patient who has all of the following should be considered to have mixed pulmonary hypertension:

  • A mean pulmonary arterial pressure > 25 mm Hg
  • A pulmonary artery occlusion pressure > 15 mm Hg
  • A diastolic pulmonary gradient > 7 mm Hg or  a pulmonary vascular resistance > 3 Wood units, or both.

Occult group 2 pulmonary hypertension

Currently, the diagnosis of WHO group 2 pulmonary hypertension is based on elevated resting pulmonary artery occlusion pressure. However, some patients with WHO group 2 pulmonary hypertension and transiently low preload from aggressive diuresis or fasting may have a low pulmonary artery occlusion pressure during right heart catheterization and be misdiagnosed as having WHO group 1 PAH.12,16

This concern was acknowledged in the 2015 Ambrisentan and Tadalafil in Patients With Pulmonary Arterial Hypertension (AMBITION) study after investigators changed the protocol to exclude patients who technically met the criteria for WHO group 1 PAH, but had borderline-elevated pulmonary artery occlusion pressure and additional risk factors worrisome for left heart disease and occult WHO group 2 pulmonary hypertension.17,18

Several strategies, including passive leg-raising, fluid challenge, and exercise during diagnostic right heart catheterization, have been proposed to better classify these patients.19 Unfortunately, due to a lack of standardization of normal values and methodology for executing these maneuvers, consensus is lacking over their routine use, and recommendations for their use have not been provided.1

 

 

EVALUATION OF LUNG DISEASE (WHO GROUP 3)

All patients with suspected pulmonary hypertension should also be assessed for underlying pulmonary parenchymal or physiologic disease.

WHO group 3 consists of pulmonary disorders that, over an extended time, can lead to pulmonary hypertension. The most common of these disorders include chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, interstitial lung disease, and combined pulmonary fibrosis and emphysema.1

Pulmonary hypertension in these patients is precapillary, and changes in pulmonary vascular resistance are influenced by multiple factors, the most significant of which is alveolar hypoxia. Hypoxia induces pulmonary artery vasoconstrictionn (in contrast to the reflexive hemodynamics seen in peripheral tissues, where systemic vascular tone is generally lower in states of hypoxia) as a mechanism to divert pulmonary blood flow to well-ventilated portions of the lung and maintain ventilation-perfusion matching.

Repeated chronic hypoxia also alters cellular structure and function of pulmonary vessels and leads to medial hypertrophy and increased vascular tone, thus contributing to the development of pulmonary hypertension in many of these patients.20

Obstructive sleep apnea. Up to 70% of patients with obstructive sleep apnea have pulmonary hypertension.21 Chronic repetitive hypoxia throughout the night increases the levels of reactive oxygen species and alters cellular and molecular signaling, thus inducing vascular remodeling. In addition, apneic events during sleep promote catecholamine-driven elevations in systemic blood pressure. Over time, patients are at higher risk of developing left ventricular dysfunction and concomitant postcapillary group 2 pulmonary hypertension.22 Because typical methods of obstructive sleep apnea screening (eg, the Epworth Sleep Scale) have been historically poor at discriminating PAH patients with obstructive sleep apnea from those without, patients diagnosed with PAH should be considered for formal sleep testing.23,24

Pulmonary function tests, chest imaging

Pulmonary function tests and high-resolution computed tomography are essential to any PAH evaluation and help to exclude WHO group 3 pulmonary hypertension.1

An abnormal result on CT or spirometry can help point toward parenchymal lung disease. Normal spirometry and lung volumes with an isolated reduction in the diffusing capacity of the lung for carbon monoxide (Dlco) is typical of patients with WHO group 1 PAH.

A patient with combined pulmonary fibrosis and emphysema
Figure 4. A patient with combined pulmonary fibrosis and emphysema. In patients with findings consistent with underlying structural lung disease, further diagnostic testing for pulmonary arterial hypertension may not be warranted.
As in WHO group 2 pulmonary hypertension, patients with significant obstructive sleep apnea or underlying parenchymal lung disease who exhibit only features of mild pulmonary hypertension usually do not require further pulmonary hypertension evaluation, as management of the underlying lung disease is the preferred treatment in these patients.1 However, since the diagnostic accuracy of echocardiography (Figure 4) is lower in patients with advanced lung disease,25 those who have inconclusive echocardiographic results, who have symptoms consistent with advanced pulmonary hypertension or right ventricular dysfunction, or who are planning to undergo a surgical procedure (eg, transplant, lung volume reduction) should undergo further testing and be evaluated at a pulmonary hypertension referral center.1

In our patient, CT of the chest did not show any evidence of parenchymal lung disease, and pulmonary function tests showed no evidence of obstruction or restriction. There was a moderate decrease in Dlco, which did not reach normal limits when adjusted for lung volumes. In this setting, further evaluation of her PAH was warranted.

EVALUATION OF THROMBOEMBOLIC DISEASE (WHO GROUP 4)

Once pulmonary hypertension due to underlying left heart disease or parenchymal lung disease has been excluded, testing for chronic thromboembolic pulmonary hypertension is necessary, even in the absence of prior known pulmonary embolism. Identifying these patients is paramount, as chronic thromboembolic pulmonary hypertension (WHO group 4) is the only type of pulmonary hypertension for which a definitive cure is available.26

Up to 9% of patients who survive acute pulmonary embolism exhibit features of chronic proximal thrombosis and remodeling of distal pulmonary arteries.27

It remains unknown exactly why some patients develop chronic thromboembolic pulmonary hypertension and others do not, but the pathophysiology involves inappropriate thrombus resolution after venous thromboembolic events. Monocyte recruitment (which plays an important role in thrombus resolution) is reduced, angiogenesis is impaired (preventing effective vascular collateralization), and abnormal fibroblast proliferation leads to distal pulmonary vascular wall thickening.28 There is some evidence of increased thrombophilic risk in this population, and approximately 10% to 20% of patients are positive for antiphospholipid antibodies or lupus anticoagulant.29,30

Patients with chronic thromboembolic pulmonary hypertension usually present with symptoms similar to those of WHO group 1 PAH. Up to one-quarter of patients have no recollection of prior pulmonary embolism.31 As the disease progresses, signs and symptoms related to elevated pulmonary vascular resistance and right ventricular dysfunction are common.32,33

Although thrombi usually resolve quickly, the diagnosis of chronic thromboembolic pulmonary hypertension should be made only after at least 3 months of appropriate anticoagulation to avoid treatment of transient hemodynamic changes often seen after an acute pulmonary embolism.1

Radiographic changes associated with chronic thromboembolic pulmonary hypertension are distinct from the intraluminal filling defects seen with acute thromboembolism, since chronic thrombi tend to become organized and eccentric. On imaging, one may see features of rapid luminal narrowing or eccentric filling defects rather than the conventional central filling defects of acute pulmonary embolism. These changes are often overlooked by radiologists who are not specifically looking for chronic thromboembolic pulmonary hypertension.34 For this reason, the sensitivity and specificity of identifying chronic thromboembolic disease using radionuclide ventilation-perfusion lung scanning is superior to that of CT angiography.

All patients with suspected PAH should undergo a ventilation-perfusion scan.1,35 In patients with ventilation-perfusion mismatch on radionuclide scanning, pulmonary angiography can fulfill multiple goals of measuring pulmonary arterial pressures, identifying the extent and location of chronic thromboemboli, and can determine whether surgical thromboendarterectomy is feasible.

If chronic thromboembolic pulmonary hypertension is identified, it is imperative that patients be referred to a center of excellence specializing in its management regardless of symptom severity, as surgery can be curative and may prevent development of progressive right ventricular dysfunction.36

Our patient’s ventilation-perfusion scan was normal, effectively ruling out the possibility of chronic thromboembolism as a cause of her pulmonary hypertension.

 

 

RIGHT HEART CATHETERIZATION


Once the above-mentioned conditions have been evaluated, patients with suspected PAH should be referred to a pulmonary hypertension center of excellence to undergo right heart catheterization. If this test reveals PAH, further vasoreactivity testing should be performed if the etiology of the PAH is considered to be idiopathic, heritable, or drug-induced.1

Vasoreactivity is most commonly tested using 20 ppm of inhaled nitric oxide, but alternative formulations including intravenous epoprostenol, intravenous adenosine, or inhaled iloprost are acceptable. Patients who have a positive vasoreactive test usually respond well to high-dose calcium channel blocker therapy and have a significantly better prognosis than other patients with PAH.37

Patients with WHO group 1 PAH who do not have idiopathic, heritable, or drug-induced PAH have not been shown to have favorable outcomes using calcium channel blockers even if they have a positive vasoreactive response. A positive vasoreactive response is defined as a drop in mean pulmonary arterial pressure of at least 10 mm Hg to an absolute level of 40 mm Hg or less. Cardiac output should be preserved or elevated compared with baseline values during the challenge.1

In reality, only 10% to 15% of patients with idiopathic PAH have a positive vasoreactive response, and half of these patients stop responding within 1 year.38 Therefore, clinicians should not assume that calcium channel blockers will be successful in the long term in a vasoreactive patient, and these patients should have follow-up right heart catheterization after 3 to 6 months and annually thereafter to ensure continued vasoreactivity.1

In patients who are no longer vasoreactive or whose functional status is worse than New York Heart Association functional class I or II, conventional PAH-specific therapy should be started.

LOOKING FOR CAUSES OF ‘IDIOPATHIC’ PAH

Pulmonary hypertension is considered the final common pathway of many varied diseases and syndromes, and therefore one cannot say it is idiopathic without making a robust effort to identify features of alternative causes and rule out other contributing factors.
Although the exact etiology of idiopathic PAH is unclear, well-characterized imbalances in vascular homeostasis have been identified. These include processes that promote vasoconstriction, cell proliferation, and thrombosis (thromboxane A2, endothelin-1, and serotonin) and those that suppress prostacyclin, nitric oxide, and vasoactive intestinal peptide-mediated vasodilation.1 Furthermore, an abnormal angiogenic response to hypoxia and vascular endothelial growth factor has been observed.39

Before considering a diagnosis of idiopathic PAH, a careful history is essential. Other causative agents include appetite-suppressing medications, such as fenfluramine derivatives or stimulants such as amphetamines. Human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) or hepatitis, a history of splenectomy, and prior thyroid or liver disease are also common causes of PAH. Joint pain, myalgias, Raynaud features, or a rash characteristic of connective tissue disease can be identified on history and physical examination. Worldwide, chronic exposure to high-altitude climates and exposure to schistosomiasis are significant causes of PAH, but are rarely seen in developed nations. Confirmatory serum tests for HIV, antinuclear antibody, scleroderma antibody, and thyroid function are essential.1

Genetic factors

If patients report having relatives with possible or probable PAH, genetic counseling is recommended, particularly for rare but causative gene mutations.

BMPR2, the gene that codes for the bone morphogenetic protein receptor type 2, can carry mutations with variable penetrance over the patient’s lifetime depending on other genetic polymorphisms, concurrent inflammation, and the patient’s sex.40

The population carrier estimates of BMPR2 mutations are only 0.001% to 0.01%, but mutations in this gene are identified in approximately 25% of nonfamilial PAH patients and in over 75% of those with a familial inheritance pattern. The BMPR2 protein is a part of the transforming growth factor beta family and is partially responsible for control of vascular cell proliferation. Mutations in this gene lead to PAH at a younger age than in those with mutation-negative idiopathic PAH and to a more severe clinical phenotype in terms of pulmonary vascular resistance and cardiac function.40

Other mutations. Although BMPR2 is the most commonly identified gene mutation in patients with PAH, other gene mutations within this family have also been recognized. These include mutations in the genes for activin receptor-like kinase 1 and endoglin, which, although better known for their association with hereditary hemorrhagic telangiectasia, can lead directly to PAH.40

More recently, a novel autosomal recessive gene mutation in eukaryotic translation initiation factor 2 alpha kinase 4 (EIF2AK4) has been identified in patients with pulmonary veno-occlusive disease41 and pulmonary capillary hemangiomatosis,42 which are specific subclasses of WHO group 1 PAH. The mechanistic parallels between EIF2AK4 and these diseases are not clear, but the prevalence of disease in those with a familial inheritance pattern and an EIF2AK4 mutation is nearly 100%.41 Thus, identification of this mutation has been accepted as a way to confirm pulmonary veno-occlusive disease and pulmonary capillary hemangiomatosis in patients suspected of PAH with features of these diseases.43,44

GROUP 5: MISCELLANEOUS FORMS OF PULMONARY HYPERTENSION

WHO group 5 pulmonary hypertension encompasses disorders whose pathophysiology does not fit neatly within the context of the other pulmonary hypertension subtypes. Nonetheless, appreciation of these disorders is important in determining the etiology and appropriate therapy for patients with pulmonary hypertension. The mechanism driving abnormal pulmonary arterial pressures in patients with group 5 pulmonary hypertension is not always clear and may involve intrinsic or extrinsic factors.1

Diseases within group 5 include those that cause extrinsic compression of the pulmonary arteries (ie, fibrosing mediastinitis) or intrinsic elevations in pulmonary vascular resistance (sarcoidosis, pulmonary Langerhans cell histiocytosis, sickle cell anemia, polycythemia vera, and malignancy).

The most common cause of pulmonary hypertension in this category is sarcoidosis. Current theories suggest that, for most patients, invasion of granulomatous inflammation within the arterial walls induces PAH via fibrotic or inflammatory vascular occlusion. Extrinsic compression due to lymphadenopathy, right or left ventricular dysfunction due to cardiac myocite infiltration, and endothelin-induced pulmonary vasoconstriction are other possible links between the PAH and sarcoidosis.45

 

 

PROGNOSTIC RISK STRATIFICATION IN THE PATIENTS WITH PAH

Risk assessment in pulmonary arterial hypertension
The final challenge in evaluating patients with suspected PAH is to estimate their risk of death. Although nonmodifiable risk factors including age, sex, and associated comorbidities play a significant role in determining prognosis, several potentially modifiable risk factors should be used to estimate the 1-year mortality risk (Table 3). These include features on physical examination consistent with right heart failure, New York Heart Association functional class, 6-minute walking distance or cardiopulmonary exercise capacity, N-terminal pro-B-type natriuretic peptide (NT-proBNP) level, and findings on echocardiography and right heart catheterization.1

Cardiac magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) has gained popularity as a noninvasive and reproducible alternative to echocardiography. Image fidelity and characterization of right ventricular function and right ventricular ejection fraction are all more accurate than with echocardiography, and serial MRI has proven valuable in its ability to guide patient prognosis.46

However, MRI is more expensive than echocardiography, and some patients cannot tolerate the procedure. In addition, for those who can tolerate it, MRI is not a suitable alternative to right heart catheterization, since it cannot accurately estimate pulmonary artery occlusion pressure or pulmonary arterial pressures.1 For these reasons, cardiac MRI use varies across pulmonary hypertension centers.

A goal of treatment is to reduce a patient’s risk. While no consensus has been achieved over which PAH-specific therapy to start with, evidence is robust that using more than 1 class of agent is beneficial, capitalizing on multiple therapeutic targets.17,47

In our patient, right heart catheterization revealed PAH with a mean pulmonary arterial pressure of 44 mm Hg, pulmonary artery occlusion pressure 6 mm Hg, and a cardiac index of 2.1 L/min/m2. Ancillary testing for alternative causes of PAH was unrevealing, as was vasoreactivity testing. Our patient could walk only 314 meters on her 6-minute walk test and had an initial NT-proBNP level of 750 ng/L.

Based on these and the findings during her evaluation, she would be classified as having intermediate-risk PAH with an estimated 1-year mortality risk of 5% to 10%.1 Appropriate therapy and follow-up would be guided by this determination. Specific therapy is beyond the scope of this article but we would start her on dual oral therapy with close follow-up to reassess her 1-year mortality risk. If there were no improvement over a short period of time, we would add further therapy.

Pulmonary arterial hypertension (PAH) is a hemodynamic disorder that affects small and medium-size pulmonary arteries through cellular proliferation and luminal narrowing.1 Increased pulmonary vascular resistance causes restricted blood flow in these arteries, leading to elevated pulmonary arterial pressure and afterload on the right ventricle. Despite advances in therapy, death usually occurs as a result of right ventricular failure.

Updated World Health Organization classification of pulmonary hypertension
However, PAH is neither the only form of pulmonary hypertension nor the most common. Pulmonary hypertension, defined as an elevated pulmonary arterial pressure (≥ 25 mm Hg) on right heart catheterization,1 has a myriad of causes. The World Health Organization (WHO) classifies pulmonary hypertension into 5 separate groups based on the pathophysiologic mechanism (Table 1):

  • Group 1—PAH, due to narrowed pulmonary arteries
  • Group 2—due to left heart disease
  • Group 3—due to lung disease or hypoxia, or both
  • Group 4—due to chronic thromboembolism or other pulmonary artery obstruction
  • Group 5—due to uncertain or multifactorial causes.

Experts recognize the morbidity and mortality associated with pulmonary hypertension now more than in the past, and they emphasize recognizing it early. Guidelines for its diagnosis and treatment were updated in 2015.1

Below, we use a case to discuss recommendations for initial evaluation and classification of pulmonary hypertension, particularly PAH.

A PATIENT SUSPECTED OF HAVING PULMONARY HYPERTENSION

A 63-year-old woman with a 25-pack-year history of tobacco use, as well as pulmonary embolism and coronary artery disease, presents to her primary care physician with exertional dyspnea. She had been a clerk at a hardware store and physically active until she took early retirement 8 months ago because of increasing fatigue. She initially felt the fatigue was simply “a sign of getting old.”

Since retiring, she has noticed the slow onset of progressive dyspnea on exertion. She can no longer climb more than 1 flight of stairs or walk more than 1 block. She also complains of mild, fluctuating edema in her lower extremities over the past month. She quit smoking 8 years ago after undergoing placement of a drug-eluting stent in the mid-left circumflex artery. After this, she received clopidogrel and was followed by a cardiologist for 2 years but stopped taking the medication because of bruising. She has not seen her cardiologist in more than 5 years.

She underwent elective right total knee arthroplasty 3 years ago, complicated by acute deep vein thrombosis in the right common femoral vein. Computed tomography (CT) at that time did not reveal pulmonary emboli. She received warfarin therapy for 3 months.

She reports no current cough, chest pain, lightheadedness, or syncope. She has no orthopnea, and she feels normal at rest.

Her family history is unremarkable, and she has had no exposure to illicit substances, environmental toxins, or dietary supplements. She takes aspirin 81 mg daily, metoprolol 25 mg twice daily, lisinopril 10 mg daily, and simvastatin 40 mg at bedtime.

Her primary care physician detects a murmur in the left lower sternal border and sends her for transthoracic echocardiography, which demonstrates mild right ventricular dilation, right atrial dilation, and mildly reduced right ventricular function. The calculated right ventricular systolic pressure is 69 mm Hg. The left ventricle shows mild concentric hypertrophy; the left atrium is normal in size.

DIAGNOSTIC EVALUATION OF SUSPECTED PULMONARY HYPERTENSION

Diagnostic algorithm for evaluating a patient suspected of having pulmonary hypertension
Figure 1.
Accurate diagnosis and classification of pulmonary hypertension requires both a high level of suspicion for the disease and appropriate diagnostic testing. Figure 1 depicts current recommendations for evaluating a patient suspected of having pulmonary hypertension. We will use this algorithm to guide proper risk stratification, classification, and invasive testing.

CLINICAL MANIFESTATIONS

Natural progression of disease in patients with pulmonary arterial hypertension
Figure 2. Natural progression of disease in patients with pulmonary arterial hypertension.
Clinical manifestations of pulmonary hypertension are invariably related to right ventricular dysfunction. As pulmonary arterial pressure and pulmonary vascular resistance increase, the right ventricle initially compensates to preserve cardiac output through up-regulation of sympathetic responses, dilation, and myocardial hypertrophy. For this reason, early clinical signs are either absent or nonspecific.2 Eventually, however, the right ventricle can no longer compensate,3 and cardiac output declines (Figure 2).

Symptoms and signs. As in the patient described above, the first symptoms such as exertional dyspnea, fatigue, and lightheadedness usually arise in situations that call for increased cardiac output.4 As right ventricular function worsens, symptoms start to occur at rest, and signs of increased right ventricular preload appear, such as abdominal and lower-extremity edema and pericardial effusion. Syncope is a sign of severe right ventricular dysfunction.5

Physical examination. Look for signs of increased right ventricular loading and failure, eg:

  • An accentuated intensity and persistent splitting of the second heart sound
  • A prominent parasternal heave
  • A prominent jugular “a” wave
  • A systolic murmur along the left sternal border at the fourth intercostal space, which may worsen with breath-holding
  • Pitting lower-extremity edema
  • Hepatomegaly
  • Hepatojugular reflux
  • Hepatic pulsatility.6

 

 

ECHOCARDIOGRAPHY IN SUSPECTED PULMONARY HYPERTENSION

Echocardiographic views of a patient with pulmonary hypertension and a patient without
Figure 3. Echocardiographic views of a patient with pulmonary hypertension (left) and a patient without (right). Note the increased right ventricular-left ventricular ratio and right atrial enlargement in the patient with pulmonary hypertension.
Since the early signs and symptoms of pulmonary hypertension are often nonspecific, the diagnosis is often delayed,7 and it is first suspected when transthoracic echocardiography reveals signs of right ventricular dysfunction. Transthoracic echocardiography is relatively inexpensive, noninvasive, and reproducible, and it can give estimated values of several measures of right ventricular function, size, and pressure (Figure 3).

Many practitioners rely heavily on the estimated right ventricular systolic pressure in diagnosing pulmonary hypertension. In theory, this number should be nearly the same as the pulmonary arterial systolic pressure. However, technical and patient-related aspects of transthoracic echocardiography often limit accurate measurement of the right ventricular systolic pressure, and readings often differ from those measured with right heart catheterization.8

Echographic features supporting pulmonary hypertension
The 2015 European Respiratory Society and European Society of Cardiology guidelines recommend using additional echocardiographic variables to determine the probability that a patient has pulmonary hypertension (Table 2).1 While this recommendation is largely based on expert opinion, it supports the notion that right ventricular systolic pressure alone is not enough to determine the probability of pulmonary hypertension. Accordingly, patients with a right ventricular systolic pressure that is significantly elevated (> 50 mm Hg) or moderately elevated (> 40 mm Hg), along with other signs of right ventricular dysfunction (eg, a dilated right ventricle or atrium, septal flattening), should be considered for additional diagnostic testing.

Our patient had a markedly elevated right ventricular systolic pressure and signs of right ventricular dysfunction, suggesting a high probability of pulmonary hypertension.

EVALUATING LEFT HEART DISEASE (WHO GROUP 2)

More than 75% of cases of pulmonary hypertension are directly related to left ventricular dysfunction or mitral or aortic valve disease (WHO group 2).1 Since group 2 differs markedly from group 1 (PAH) in its pathophysiology and treatment, it is important to distinguish between them.

Compared with WHO group 1 patients, those in group 2 tend to be older, more of them are male, and more of them have comorbidities such as metabolic syndrome, hypertension, and coronary artery disease.1,9 A combination of risk factors and clinical findings should be considered in identifying these patients.10

Transthoracic echocardiography is used to detect features of systolic and diastolic dysfunction. Left atrial enlargement is a clue that left heart disease may be present. In addition, signs of left ventricular or valvular dysfunction on electrocardiography or chest radiography are often helpful.

When estimated right ventricular systolic pressures are only minimally abnormal and no significant right ventricular dysfunction exists, further diagnostic evaluation is not warranted. However, because no single identifying feature or variable can readily distinguish group 2 from the other WHO groups, further evaluation should be considered if the right ventricular systolic pressure is significantly elevated or right ventricular dysfunction exists.

Our patient had several risk factors for left heart disease, including a history of smoking and coronary artery disease. Nonetheless, findings consistent with severe right ventricular dysfunction necessitated further evaluation for other possible causes of her suspected pulmonary hypertension.

Postcapillary pulmonary hypertension

In patients for whom further evaluation is pursued, the diagnosis of WHO group 2 pulmonary hypertension is ultimately based on findings consistent with postcapillary or “passive” pulmonary hypertension on right heart catheterization. Although mean pulmonary arterial pressures must be at least 25 mm Hg to certify the diagnosis of pulmonary hypertension, a pulmonary artery occlusion pressure greater than 15 mm Hg (normal 6–12) and pulmonary vascular resistance of 3 Wood units or less (normal 0.3–1.6) suggests the pulmonary hypertension is due to elevated left atrial pressure (ie, postcapillary) rather than precapillary pulmonary arterial remodeling.

Mixed pre- and postcapillary pulmonary hypertension

Distinguishing pulmonary venous hypertension from PAH is important, since their management differs. In particular, PAH-specific therapies (ie, prostacyclin analogues, prostaglandin I2 receptor agonists, endothelin receptor antagonists, phosphodiesterase-5 inhibitors, and cyclic guanosine monophosphate stimulators) can have a detrimental effect in WHO group 2 patients by causing increased pulmonary capillary leakage with pulmonary edema.11,12

In some patients, chronic passive congestion in the pulmonary venous circulation causes additional disruption of the homeostatic milieu regulating precapillary smooth muscle and endothelial function. These changes result in structural remodeling of precapillary arterioles and increased precapillary vascular resistance, creating a “mixed” pulmonary hypertension with both pre- and postcapillary abnormalities.

There is controversy over the ideal way to identify these patients but little disagreement that they face a worse prognosis than those without precapillary remodeling.13 In light of this, efforts have been made to characterize this cohort.

Historically, mixed pre- and postcapillary pulmonary hypertension was defined as the combination of all of the following:

  • Mean pulmonary arterial pressure ≥ 25 mm Hg
  • Pulmonary artery occlusion pressure > 15 mm Hg
  • Transpulmonary gradient (the mean pulmonary arterial pressure minus the pulmonary artery occlusion pressure) > 12 mm Hg.14

However, the utility of the transpulmonary gradient for distinguishing mixed pulmonary hypertension has been questioned because of  concerns over its susceptibility to variations in stroke volume and loading conditions.15

The diastolic pulmonary gradient (the pulmonary arterial diastolic pressure minus the pulmonary artery occlusion pressure) has been proposed as an alternative to the transpulmonary gradient under the theory that it is less sensitive to fluctuation from variations in flow or loading.15

Current guidelines1 suggest that a patient who has all of the following should be considered to have mixed pulmonary hypertension:

  • A mean pulmonary arterial pressure > 25 mm Hg
  • A pulmonary artery occlusion pressure > 15 mm Hg
  • A diastolic pulmonary gradient > 7 mm Hg or  a pulmonary vascular resistance > 3 Wood units, or both.

Occult group 2 pulmonary hypertension

Currently, the diagnosis of WHO group 2 pulmonary hypertension is based on elevated resting pulmonary artery occlusion pressure. However, some patients with WHO group 2 pulmonary hypertension and transiently low preload from aggressive diuresis or fasting may have a low pulmonary artery occlusion pressure during right heart catheterization and be misdiagnosed as having WHO group 1 PAH.12,16

This concern was acknowledged in the 2015 Ambrisentan and Tadalafil in Patients With Pulmonary Arterial Hypertension (AMBITION) study after investigators changed the protocol to exclude patients who technically met the criteria for WHO group 1 PAH, but had borderline-elevated pulmonary artery occlusion pressure and additional risk factors worrisome for left heart disease and occult WHO group 2 pulmonary hypertension.17,18

Several strategies, including passive leg-raising, fluid challenge, and exercise during diagnostic right heart catheterization, have been proposed to better classify these patients.19 Unfortunately, due to a lack of standardization of normal values and methodology for executing these maneuvers, consensus is lacking over their routine use, and recommendations for their use have not been provided.1

 

 

EVALUATION OF LUNG DISEASE (WHO GROUP 3)

All patients with suspected pulmonary hypertension should also be assessed for underlying pulmonary parenchymal or physiologic disease.

WHO group 3 consists of pulmonary disorders that, over an extended time, can lead to pulmonary hypertension. The most common of these disorders include chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, interstitial lung disease, and combined pulmonary fibrosis and emphysema.1

Pulmonary hypertension in these patients is precapillary, and changes in pulmonary vascular resistance are influenced by multiple factors, the most significant of which is alveolar hypoxia. Hypoxia induces pulmonary artery vasoconstrictionn (in contrast to the reflexive hemodynamics seen in peripheral tissues, where systemic vascular tone is generally lower in states of hypoxia) as a mechanism to divert pulmonary blood flow to well-ventilated portions of the lung and maintain ventilation-perfusion matching.

Repeated chronic hypoxia also alters cellular structure and function of pulmonary vessels and leads to medial hypertrophy and increased vascular tone, thus contributing to the development of pulmonary hypertension in many of these patients.20

Obstructive sleep apnea. Up to 70% of patients with obstructive sleep apnea have pulmonary hypertension.21 Chronic repetitive hypoxia throughout the night increases the levels of reactive oxygen species and alters cellular and molecular signaling, thus inducing vascular remodeling. In addition, apneic events during sleep promote catecholamine-driven elevations in systemic blood pressure. Over time, patients are at higher risk of developing left ventricular dysfunction and concomitant postcapillary group 2 pulmonary hypertension.22 Because typical methods of obstructive sleep apnea screening (eg, the Epworth Sleep Scale) have been historically poor at discriminating PAH patients with obstructive sleep apnea from those without, patients diagnosed with PAH should be considered for formal sleep testing.23,24

Pulmonary function tests, chest imaging

Pulmonary function tests and high-resolution computed tomography are essential to any PAH evaluation and help to exclude WHO group 3 pulmonary hypertension.1

An abnormal result on CT or spirometry can help point toward parenchymal lung disease. Normal spirometry and lung volumes with an isolated reduction in the diffusing capacity of the lung for carbon monoxide (Dlco) is typical of patients with WHO group 1 PAH.

A patient with combined pulmonary fibrosis and emphysema
Figure 4. A patient with combined pulmonary fibrosis and emphysema. In patients with findings consistent with underlying structural lung disease, further diagnostic testing for pulmonary arterial hypertension may not be warranted.
As in WHO group 2 pulmonary hypertension, patients with significant obstructive sleep apnea or underlying parenchymal lung disease who exhibit only features of mild pulmonary hypertension usually do not require further pulmonary hypertension evaluation, as management of the underlying lung disease is the preferred treatment in these patients.1 However, since the diagnostic accuracy of echocardiography (Figure 4) is lower in patients with advanced lung disease,25 those who have inconclusive echocardiographic results, who have symptoms consistent with advanced pulmonary hypertension or right ventricular dysfunction, or who are planning to undergo a surgical procedure (eg, transplant, lung volume reduction) should undergo further testing and be evaluated at a pulmonary hypertension referral center.1

In our patient, CT of the chest did not show any evidence of parenchymal lung disease, and pulmonary function tests showed no evidence of obstruction or restriction. There was a moderate decrease in Dlco, which did not reach normal limits when adjusted for lung volumes. In this setting, further evaluation of her PAH was warranted.

EVALUATION OF THROMBOEMBOLIC DISEASE (WHO GROUP 4)

Once pulmonary hypertension due to underlying left heart disease or parenchymal lung disease has been excluded, testing for chronic thromboembolic pulmonary hypertension is necessary, even in the absence of prior known pulmonary embolism. Identifying these patients is paramount, as chronic thromboembolic pulmonary hypertension (WHO group 4) is the only type of pulmonary hypertension for which a definitive cure is available.26

Up to 9% of patients who survive acute pulmonary embolism exhibit features of chronic proximal thrombosis and remodeling of distal pulmonary arteries.27

It remains unknown exactly why some patients develop chronic thromboembolic pulmonary hypertension and others do not, but the pathophysiology involves inappropriate thrombus resolution after venous thromboembolic events. Monocyte recruitment (which plays an important role in thrombus resolution) is reduced, angiogenesis is impaired (preventing effective vascular collateralization), and abnormal fibroblast proliferation leads to distal pulmonary vascular wall thickening.28 There is some evidence of increased thrombophilic risk in this population, and approximately 10% to 20% of patients are positive for antiphospholipid antibodies or lupus anticoagulant.29,30

Patients with chronic thromboembolic pulmonary hypertension usually present with symptoms similar to those of WHO group 1 PAH. Up to one-quarter of patients have no recollection of prior pulmonary embolism.31 As the disease progresses, signs and symptoms related to elevated pulmonary vascular resistance and right ventricular dysfunction are common.32,33

Although thrombi usually resolve quickly, the diagnosis of chronic thromboembolic pulmonary hypertension should be made only after at least 3 months of appropriate anticoagulation to avoid treatment of transient hemodynamic changes often seen after an acute pulmonary embolism.1

Radiographic changes associated with chronic thromboembolic pulmonary hypertension are distinct from the intraluminal filling defects seen with acute thromboembolism, since chronic thrombi tend to become organized and eccentric. On imaging, one may see features of rapid luminal narrowing or eccentric filling defects rather than the conventional central filling defects of acute pulmonary embolism. These changes are often overlooked by radiologists who are not specifically looking for chronic thromboembolic pulmonary hypertension.34 For this reason, the sensitivity and specificity of identifying chronic thromboembolic disease using radionuclide ventilation-perfusion lung scanning is superior to that of CT angiography.

All patients with suspected PAH should undergo a ventilation-perfusion scan.1,35 In patients with ventilation-perfusion mismatch on radionuclide scanning, pulmonary angiography can fulfill multiple goals of measuring pulmonary arterial pressures, identifying the extent and location of chronic thromboemboli, and can determine whether surgical thromboendarterectomy is feasible.

If chronic thromboembolic pulmonary hypertension is identified, it is imperative that patients be referred to a center of excellence specializing in its management regardless of symptom severity, as surgery can be curative and may prevent development of progressive right ventricular dysfunction.36

Our patient’s ventilation-perfusion scan was normal, effectively ruling out the possibility of chronic thromboembolism as a cause of her pulmonary hypertension.

 

 

RIGHT HEART CATHETERIZATION


Once the above-mentioned conditions have been evaluated, patients with suspected PAH should be referred to a pulmonary hypertension center of excellence to undergo right heart catheterization. If this test reveals PAH, further vasoreactivity testing should be performed if the etiology of the PAH is considered to be idiopathic, heritable, or drug-induced.1

Vasoreactivity is most commonly tested using 20 ppm of inhaled nitric oxide, but alternative formulations including intravenous epoprostenol, intravenous adenosine, or inhaled iloprost are acceptable. Patients who have a positive vasoreactive test usually respond well to high-dose calcium channel blocker therapy and have a significantly better prognosis than other patients with PAH.37

Patients with WHO group 1 PAH who do not have idiopathic, heritable, or drug-induced PAH have not been shown to have favorable outcomes using calcium channel blockers even if they have a positive vasoreactive response. A positive vasoreactive response is defined as a drop in mean pulmonary arterial pressure of at least 10 mm Hg to an absolute level of 40 mm Hg or less. Cardiac output should be preserved or elevated compared with baseline values during the challenge.1

In reality, only 10% to 15% of patients with idiopathic PAH have a positive vasoreactive response, and half of these patients stop responding within 1 year.38 Therefore, clinicians should not assume that calcium channel blockers will be successful in the long term in a vasoreactive patient, and these patients should have follow-up right heart catheterization after 3 to 6 months and annually thereafter to ensure continued vasoreactivity.1

In patients who are no longer vasoreactive or whose functional status is worse than New York Heart Association functional class I or II, conventional PAH-specific therapy should be started.

LOOKING FOR CAUSES OF ‘IDIOPATHIC’ PAH

Pulmonary hypertension is considered the final common pathway of many varied diseases and syndromes, and therefore one cannot say it is idiopathic without making a robust effort to identify features of alternative causes and rule out other contributing factors.
Although the exact etiology of idiopathic PAH is unclear, well-characterized imbalances in vascular homeostasis have been identified. These include processes that promote vasoconstriction, cell proliferation, and thrombosis (thromboxane A2, endothelin-1, and serotonin) and those that suppress prostacyclin, nitric oxide, and vasoactive intestinal peptide-mediated vasodilation.1 Furthermore, an abnormal angiogenic response to hypoxia and vascular endothelial growth factor has been observed.39

Before considering a diagnosis of idiopathic PAH, a careful history is essential. Other causative agents include appetite-suppressing medications, such as fenfluramine derivatives or stimulants such as amphetamines. Human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) or hepatitis, a history of splenectomy, and prior thyroid or liver disease are also common causes of PAH. Joint pain, myalgias, Raynaud features, or a rash characteristic of connective tissue disease can be identified on history and physical examination. Worldwide, chronic exposure to high-altitude climates and exposure to schistosomiasis are significant causes of PAH, but are rarely seen in developed nations. Confirmatory serum tests for HIV, antinuclear antibody, scleroderma antibody, and thyroid function are essential.1

Genetic factors

If patients report having relatives with possible or probable PAH, genetic counseling is recommended, particularly for rare but causative gene mutations.

BMPR2, the gene that codes for the bone morphogenetic protein receptor type 2, can carry mutations with variable penetrance over the patient’s lifetime depending on other genetic polymorphisms, concurrent inflammation, and the patient’s sex.40

The population carrier estimates of BMPR2 mutations are only 0.001% to 0.01%, but mutations in this gene are identified in approximately 25% of nonfamilial PAH patients and in over 75% of those with a familial inheritance pattern. The BMPR2 protein is a part of the transforming growth factor beta family and is partially responsible for control of vascular cell proliferation. Mutations in this gene lead to PAH at a younger age than in those with mutation-negative idiopathic PAH and to a more severe clinical phenotype in terms of pulmonary vascular resistance and cardiac function.40

Other mutations. Although BMPR2 is the most commonly identified gene mutation in patients with PAH, other gene mutations within this family have also been recognized. These include mutations in the genes for activin receptor-like kinase 1 and endoglin, which, although better known for their association with hereditary hemorrhagic telangiectasia, can lead directly to PAH.40

More recently, a novel autosomal recessive gene mutation in eukaryotic translation initiation factor 2 alpha kinase 4 (EIF2AK4) has been identified in patients with pulmonary veno-occlusive disease41 and pulmonary capillary hemangiomatosis,42 which are specific subclasses of WHO group 1 PAH. The mechanistic parallels between EIF2AK4 and these diseases are not clear, but the prevalence of disease in those with a familial inheritance pattern and an EIF2AK4 mutation is nearly 100%.41 Thus, identification of this mutation has been accepted as a way to confirm pulmonary veno-occlusive disease and pulmonary capillary hemangiomatosis in patients suspected of PAH with features of these diseases.43,44

GROUP 5: MISCELLANEOUS FORMS OF PULMONARY HYPERTENSION

WHO group 5 pulmonary hypertension encompasses disorders whose pathophysiology does not fit neatly within the context of the other pulmonary hypertension subtypes. Nonetheless, appreciation of these disorders is important in determining the etiology and appropriate therapy for patients with pulmonary hypertension. The mechanism driving abnormal pulmonary arterial pressures in patients with group 5 pulmonary hypertension is not always clear and may involve intrinsic or extrinsic factors.1

Diseases within group 5 include those that cause extrinsic compression of the pulmonary arteries (ie, fibrosing mediastinitis) or intrinsic elevations in pulmonary vascular resistance (sarcoidosis, pulmonary Langerhans cell histiocytosis, sickle cell anemia, polycythemia vera, and malignancy).

The most common cause of pulmonary hypertension in this category is sarcoidosis. Current theories suggest that, for most patients, invasion of granulomatous inflammation within the arterial walls induces PAH via fibrotic or inflammatory vascular occlusion. Extrinsic compression due to lymphadenopathy, right or left ventricular dysfunction due to cardiac myocite infiltration, and endothelin-induced pulmonary vasoconstriction are other possible links between the PAH and sarcoidosis.45

 

 

PROGNOSTIC RISK STRATIFICATION IN THE PATIENTS WITH PAH

Risk assessment in pulmonary arterial hypertension
The final challenge in evaluating patients with suspected PAH is to estimate their risk of death. Although nonmodifiable risk factors including age, sex, and associated comorbidities play a significant role in determining prognosis, several potentially modifiable risk factors should be used to estimate the 1-year mortality risk (Table 3). These include features on physical examination consistent with right heart failure, New York Heart Association functional class, 6-minute walking distance or cardiopulmonary exercise capacity, N-terminal pro-B-type natriuretic peptide (NT-proBNP) level, and findings on echocardiography and right heart catheterization.1

Cardiac magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) has gained popularity as a noninvasive and reproducible alternative to echocardiography. Image fidelity and characterization of right ventricular function and right ventricular ejection fraction are all more accurate than with echocardiography, and serial MRI has proven valuable in its ability to guide patient prognosis.46

However, MRI is more expensive than echocardiography, and some patients cannot tolerate the procedure. In addition, for those who can tolerate it, MRI is not a suitable alternative to right heart catheterization, since it cannot accurately estimate pulmonary artery occlusion pressure or pulmonary arterial pressures.1 For these reasons, cardiac MRI use varies across pulmonary hypertension centers.

A goal of treatment is to reduce a patient’s risk. While no consensus has been achieved over which PAH-specific therapy to start with, evidence is robust that using more than 1 class of agent is beneficial, capitalizing on multiple therapeutic targets.17,47

In our patient, right heart catheterization revealed PAH with a mean pulmonary arterial pressure of 44 mm Hg, pulmonary artery occlusion pressure 6 mm Hg, and a cardiac index of 2.1 L/min/m2. Ancillary testing for alternative causes of PAH was unrevealing, as was vasoreactivity testing. Our patient could walk only 314 meters on her 6-minute walk test and had an initial NT-proBNP level of 750 ng/L.

Based on these and the findings during her evaluation, she would be classified as having intermediate-risk PAH with an estimated 1-year mortality risk of 5% to 10%.1 Appropriate therapy and follow-up would be guided by this determination. Specific therapy is beyond the scope of this article but we would start her on dual oral therapy with close follow-up to reassess her 1-year mortality risk. If there were no improvement over a short period of time, we would add further therapy.

References
  1. Galiè N, Humbert M, Vachiery JL, et al. 2015 ESC/ERS guidelines for the diagnosis and treatment of pulmonary hypertension: the Joint Task Force for the Diagnosis and Treatment of Pulmonary Hypertension of the European Society of Cardiology (ESC) and the European Respiratory Society (ERS): Endorsed by: Association for European Paediatric and Congenital Cardiology (AEPC), International Society for Heart and Lung Transplantation (ISHLT). Eur Respir J 2015; 46(4):903–975. doi:10.1183/13993003.01032-2015
  2. Galiè N, Rubin LJ, Hoeper M, et al. Treatment of patients with mildly symptomatic pulmonary arterial hypertension with bosentan (EARLY study): a double-blind, randomized controlled trial. Lancet 2008; 371(9630):2093–2100. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(08)60919-8
  3. Howard LS. Prognostic factors in pulmonary arterial hypertension: assessing the course of the disease. Eur Respir Rev 2011; 20:236–242. doi:10.1183/09059180.00006711
  4. Brown LM, Chen H, Halpern S, et al. Delay in recognition of pulmonary arterial hypertension: factors identified from the REVEAL registry. Chest 2011; 140:19–26. doi:10.1378/chest.10-1166
  5. Elliot CG, Farber H, Frost A, Liou TG, Turner M. REVEAL Registry: medical history and time to diagnosis of enrolled patients. Chest 2007; 132(4):631a. doi:10.1378/chest.132.4_MeetingAbstracts.631a
  6. Minai OA, Budev MM. Diagnostic strategies for suspected pulmonary arterial hypertension: a primer for the internist. Cleve Clin J Med 2007; 74(10):737–747. pmid:17941295
  7. Badesch DB, Raskob GE, Elliott CG, et al. Pulmonary arterial hypertension: baseline characteristics from the REVEAL registry. Chest 2010; 137(2):376–387. doi:10.1378/chest.09-1140
  8. Fisher MR, Forfia PR, Chamera E, et al. Accuracy of Doppler echocardiography in the hemodynamic assessment of pulmonary hypertension. Am J Respir Crit Care Med 2009; 179(7):615–621. doi:10.1164/rccm.200811-1691OC
  9. Robbins IM, Newman JH, Johnson RF, et al. Association of the metabolic syndrome with pulmonary venous hypertension. Chest 2009; 136(1):31–36. doi:10.1378/chest.08-2008
  10. Rosenkranz S, Gibbs JS, Wachter R, De Marco T, Vonk-Noordegraaf A, Vachiery JL. Left ventricular heart failure and pulmonary hypertension. Eur Heart J 2016; 37(12):942–954. doi:10.1093/eurheartj/ehv512
  11. Opitz CF, Hoeper MM, Gibbs JSR, et al. Pre-capillary, combined, and post-capillary pulmonary hypertension: a pathophysiological continuum. J Am Coll Cardiol 2016; 68:368–378. doi: 10.1016/j.jacc.2016.05.047
  12. Robbins IM, Hemnes AR, Pugh ME, et al. High prevalence of occult pulmonary venous hypertension revealed by fluid challenge in pulmonary hypertension. Circ Heart Fail 2014; 7(1):116–122. doi:10.1161/CIRCHEARTFAILURE.113.000468
  13. Gerges C, Gerges M, Lang MB, et al. Diastolic pulmonary vascular pressure gradient: a predictor of prognosis in “out-of-proportion” pulmonary hypertension. Chest 2013; 143(3):758–766. doi:10.1378/chest.12-1653
  14. Task Force for Diagnosis and Treatment of Pulmonary Hypertension of European Society of Cardiology (ESC); European Respiratory Society (ERS); International Society of Heart and Lung Transplantation (ISHLT); Galiè N, Hoeper MM, Humbert M, et al. Guidelines for the diagnosis and treatment of pulmonary hypertension. Eur Respir J 2009; 34(6):1219–1263. doi:10.1183/09031936.00139009
  15. Naeije R, Vachiery JL, Yerly P, Vanderpool R. The transpulmonary pressure gradient for the diagnosis of pulmonary vascular disease. Eur Respir J 2013; 41(1):217–223. doi:10.1183/09031936.00074312
  16. Frost AE, Badesch DB, Miller DP, Benza RL, Meltzer LA, McGoon MD. Evaluation of the predictive value of a clinical worsening definition using 2-year outcomes in patients with pulmonary arterial hypertension: a REVEAL registry analysis. Chest 2013; 144(5):1521–1529. doi:10.1378/chest.12-3023
  17. Galiè N, Barberà JA, Frost AE, et al; AMBITION Investigators. Initial use of ambrisentan plus tadalafil in pulmonary arterial hypertension. N Engl J Med 2015; 373(9):834–844. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1413687
  18. Farr G, Shah K, Markley R, Abbate A, Salloum FN, Grinnan D. Development of pulmonary hypertension in heart failure with preserved ejection fraction. Prog Cardiovasc Dis 2016; 59(1):52–58. doi:10.1016/j.pcad.2016.06.002
  19. Hoeper MM, Barberà JA, Channick RN, et al. Diagnosis, assessment, and treatment of non-pulmonary arterial hypertension pulmonary hypertension. J Am Coll Cardiol 2009; 54(suppl 1):S85–S96. doi:10.1016/j.jacc.2009.04.008
  20. Chaouat A, Naeije R, Weitzenblum E. Pulmonary hypertension in COPD. Eur Respir J 2008; 32(5):1371–1385. doi:10.1183/09031936.00015608
  21. Minai OA, Ricaurte B, Kaw R, et al. Frequency and impact of pulmonary hypertension in patients with obstructive sleep apnea syndrome. Am J Cardiol 2009; 104(9):1300–1306. doi:10.1016/j.amjcard.2009.06.048
  22. Kholdani C, Fares WH, Mohsenin V. Pulmonary hypertension in obstructive sleep apnea: is it clinically significant? A critical analysis of the association and pathophysiology. Pulm Circ 2015; 5(2):220–227. doi:10.1086/679995
  23. Prisco DL, Sica AL, Talwar A, et al. Correlation of pulmonary hypertension severity with metrics of comorbid sleep-disordered breathing. Sleep Breath 2011; 15(4):633–639. doi:10.1007/s11325-010-0411-y
  24. Dumitrascu R, Tiede H, Eckermann J, et al. Sleep apnea in precapillary pulmonary hypertension. Sleep Med 2013; 14(3):247–251. doi:10.1016/j.sleep.2012.11.013
  25. Arcasoy SM, Christie JD, Ferrari VA, et al. Echocardiographic assessment of pulmonary hypertension in patients with advanced lung disease. Am J Respir Crit Care Med 2003; 167(5):735–740. doi:10.1164/rccm.200210-1130OC
  26. Pepke-Zaba J, Jansa P, Kim NH, Naeije R, Simonneau G. Chronic thromboembolic pulmonary hypertension: role of medical therapy. Eur Respir J 2013; 41(4):985–990. doi:10.1183/09031936.00201612
  27. Guérin L, Couturaud F, Parent F, et al. Prevalence of chronic thromboembolic pulmonary hypertension after acute pulmonary embolism. Prevalence of CTEPH after pulmonary embolism. Thromb Haemost 2014; 112(3):598–605. doi:10.1160/TH13-07-0538
  28. Lang IM, Pesavento R, Bonderman D, Yuan JX. Risk factors and basic mechanisms of chronic thromboembolic pulmonary hypertension: a current understanding. Eur Respir J 2013; 41(2):462–468. doi:10.1183/09031936.00049312
  29. Pepke-Zaba J. Diagnostic testing to guide the management of chronic thromboembolic pulmonary hypertension: state of the art. Eur Respir Rev 2010; 19(115):55–58. doi:10.1183/09059180.00007209
  30. Bonderman D, Turecek PL, Jakowitsch J, et al. High prevalence of elevated clotting factor VIII in chronic thromboembolic pulmonary hypertension. Thromb Haemost 2003; 90(3):372–376. doi:10.1160/TH03-02-0067
  31. Pepke-Zaba J, Delcroix M, Lang I, et al. Chronic thromboembolic pulmonary hypertension (CTEPH): results from an international prospective registry. Circulation 2011; 124(18):1973–1981. doi:10.1161/CIRCULATIONAHA.110.015008
  32. Kim NH, Delcroix M, Jenkins DP, et al. Chronic thromboembolic pulmonary hypertension. J Am Coll Cardiol 2013; 62:(suppl 25):D92–D99. doi:10.1016/j.jacc.2013.10.024
  33. Moser KM, Auger WR, Fedullo PF. Chronic major-vessel thromboembolic pulmonary hypertension. Circulation 1990; 81(6):1735–1743. pmid:2188751
  34. McNeil K, Dunning J. Chronic thromboembolic pulmonary hypertension (CTEPH). Heart 2007; 93(9):1152–1158. doi:10.1136/hrt.2004.053603
  35. Tunariu N, Gibbs SJ, Win Z, et al. Ventilation-perfusion scintigraphy is more sensitive than multidetector CTPA in detecting chronic thromboembolic pulmonary disease as a treatable cause of pulmonary hypertension. J Nucl Med 2007; 48(5):680–684. doi:10.2967/jnumed.106.039438
  36. Fedullo P, Kerr KM, Kim NH, Auger WR. Chronic thromboembolic pulmonary hypertension. Am J Respir Crit Care Med 2011; 183(12):1605–1613. doi:10.1164/rccm.201011-1854CI
  37. Rich S, Kaufmann E, Levy PS. The effect of high doses of calcium-channel blockers on survival in primary pulmonary hypertension. N Engl J Med 1992; 327(2):76–81. doi:10.1056/NEJM199207093270203
  38. Sitbon O, Humbert M, Jaıs X, et al. Long-term response to calcium channel blockers in idiopathic pulmonary arterial hypertension. Circulation 2005; 111(23):3105–3111. doi:10.1161/CIRCULATIONAHA.104.488486
  39. Chin KM, Rubin LJ. Pulmonary arterial hypertension. J Am Coll Cardiol 2008; 51(16):1527–1538. doi:10.1016/j.jacc.2008.01.024
  40. Soubrier F, Chung WK, Machado R, et al. Genetics and genomics of pulmonary arterial hypertension. J Am Coll Cardiol 2013; 62(suppl 25):D13–D21. doi:10.1016/j.jacc.2013.10.035
  41. Eyries M, Montani D, Girerd B, et al. EIF2AK4 mutations cause pulmonary veno-occlusive disease, a recessive form of pulmonary hypertension. Nat Genet 2014; 46(1):65–69. doi: 10.1038/ng.2844
  42. Best DH, Sumner KL, Austin ED, et al. EIF2AK4 mutations in pulmonary capillary hemangiomatosis. Chest 2014; 145(2):231–236. doi:10.1378/chest.13-2366
  43. Best DH, Sumner KL, Smith BP, et al. EIF2AK4 mutations in patients diagnosed with pulmonary arterial hypertension. Chest 2017; 151(4):821–828. doi:10.1016/j.chest.2016.11.014
  44. Hadinnapola C, Bleda M, Haimel M, et al; NIHR BioResource–Rare Diseases Consortium; UK National Cohort Study of Idiopathic and Heritable PAH. Phenotypic characterization of EIF2AK4 mutation carriers in a large cohort of patients diagnosed clinically with pulmonary arterial hypertension. Circulation 2017; 136(21):2022–2033. doi:10.1161/CIRCULATIONAHA.117.028351
  45. Diaz-Guzman E, Farver C, Parambil J, Culver DA. Pulmonary hypertension caused by sarcoidosis. Clin Chest Med 2008; 29(3):549–563. doi:10.1016/j.ccm.2008.03.010
  46. Mauritz GJ, Kind T, Marcus JT, et al. Progressive changes in right ventricular geometric shortening and long-term survival in pulmonary arterial hypertension. Chest 2012; 141(4):935–943. doi:10.1378/chest.10-3277
  47. Galiè N, Palazzini M, Manes A. Pulmonary arterial hypertension: from the kingdom of the near-dead to multiple clinical trial meta-analyses. Eur Heart J 2010; 31(17):2080–2086. doi:10.1093/eurheartj/ehq152
References
  1. Galiè N, Humbert M, Vachiery JL, et al. 2015 ESC/ERS guidelines for the diagnosis and treatment of pulmonary hypertension: the Joint Task Force for the Diagnosis and Treatment of Pulmonary Hypertension of the European Society of Cardiology (ESC) and the European Respiratory Society (ERS): Endorsed by: Association for European Paediatric and Congenital Cardiology (AEPC), International Society for Heart and Lung Transplantation (ISHLT). Eur Respir J 2015; 46(4):903–975. doi:10.1183/13993003.01032-2015
  2. Galiè N, Rubin LJ, Hoeper M, et al. Treatment of patients with mildly symptomatic pulmonary arterial hypertension with bosentan (EARLY study): a double-blind, randomized controlled trial. Lancet 2008; 371(9630):2093–2100. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(08)60919-8
  3. Howard LS. Prognostic factors in pulmonary arterial hypertension: assessing the course of the disease. Eur Respir Rev 2011; 20:236–242. doi:10.1183/09059180.00006711
  4. Brown LM, Chen H, Halpern S, et al. Delay in recognition of pulmonary arterial hypertension: factors identified from the REVEAL registry. Chest 2011; 140:19–26. doi:10.1378/chest.10-1166
  5. Elliot CG, Farber H, Frost A, Liou TG, Turner M. REVEAL Registry: medical history and time to diagnosis of enrolled patients. Chest 2007; 132(4):631a. doi:10.1378/chest.132.4_MeetingAbstracts.631a
  6. Minai OA, Budev MM. Diagnostic strategies for suspected pulmonary arterial hypertension: a primer for the internist. Cleve Clin J Med 2007; 74(10):737–747. pmid:17941295
  7. Badesch DB, Raskob GE, Elliott CG, et al. Pulmonary arterial hypertension: baseline characteristics from the REVEAL registry. Chest 2010; 137(2):376–387. doi:10.1378/chest.09-1140
  8. Fisher MR, Forfia PR, Chamera E, et al. Accuracy of Doppler echocardiography in the hemodynamic assessment of pulmonary hypertension. Am J Respir Crit Care Med 2009; 179(7):615–621. doi:10.1164/rccm.200811-1691OC
  9. Robbins IM, Newman JH, Johnson RF, et al. Association of the metabolic syndrome with pulmonary venous hypertension. Chest 2009; 136(1):31–36. doi:10.1378/chest.08-2008
  10. Rosenkranz S, Gibbs JS, Wachter R, De Marco T, Vonk-Noordegraaf A, Vachiery JL. Left ventricular heart failure and pulmonary hypertension. Eur Heart J 2016; 37(12):942–954. doi:10.1093/eurheartj/ehv512
  11. Opitz CF, Hoeper MM, Gibbs JSR, et al. Pre-capillary, combined, and post-capillary pulmonary hypertension: a pathophysiological continuum. J Am Coll Cardiol 2016; 68:368–378. doi: 10.1016/j.jacc.2016.05.047
  12. Robbins IM, Hemnes AR, Pugh ME, et al. High prevalence of occult pulmonary venous hypertension revealed by fluid challenge in pulmonary hypertension. Circ Heart Fail 2014; 7(1):116–122. doi:10.1161/CIRCHEARTFAILURE.113.000468
  13. Gerges C, Gerges M, Lang MB, et al. Diastolic pulmonary vascular pressure gradient: a predictor of prognosis in “out-of-proportion” pulmonary hypertension. Chest 2013; 143(3):758–766. doi:10.1378/chest.12-1653
  14. Task Force for Diagnosis and Treatment of Pulmonary Hypertension of European Society of Cardiology (ESC); European Respiratory Society (ERS); International Society of Heart and Lung Transplantation (ISHLT); Galiè N, Hoeper MM, Humbert M, et al. Guidelines for the diagnosis and treatment of pulmonary hypertension. Eur Respir J 2009; 34(6):1219–1263. doi:10.1183/09031936.00139009
  15. Naeije R, Vachiery JL, Yerly P, Vanderpool R. The transpulmonary pressure gradient for the diagnosis of pulmonary vascular disease. Eur Respir J 2013; 41(1):217–223. doi:10.1183/09031936.00074312
  16. Frost AE, Badesch DB, Miller DP, Benza RL, Meltzer LA, McGoon MD. Evaluation of the predictive value of a clinical worsening definition using 2-year outcomes in patients with pulmonary arterial hypertension: a REVEAL registry analysis. Chest 2013; 144(5):1521–1529. doi:10.1378/chest.12-3023
  17. Galiè N, Barberà JA, Frost AE, et al; AMBITION Investigators. Initial use of ambrisentan plus tadalafil in pulmonary arterial hypertension. N Engl J Med 2015; 373(9):834–844. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1413687
  18. Farr G, Shah K, Markley R, Abbate A, Salloum FN, Grinnan D. Development of pulmonary hypertension in heart failure with preserved ejection fraction. Prog Cardiovasc Dis 2016; 59(1):52–58. doi:10.1016/j.pcad.2016.06.002
  19. Hoeper MM, Barberà JA, Channick RN, et al. Diagnosis, assessment, and treatment of non-pulmonary arterial hypertension pulmonary hypertension. J Am Coll Cardiol 2009; 54(suppl 1):S85–S96. doi:10.1016/j.jacc.2009.04.008
  20. Chaouat A, Naeije R, Weitzenblum E. Pulmonary hypertension in COPD. Eur Respir J 2008; 32(5):1371–1385. doi:10.1183/09031936.00015608
  21. Minai OA, Ricaurte B, Kaw R, et al. Frequency and impact of pulmonary hypertension in patients with obstructive sleep apnea syndrome. Am J Cardiol 2009; 104(9):1300–1306. doi:10.1016/j.amjcard.2009.06.048
  22. Kholdani C, Fares WH, Mohsenin V. Pulmonary hypertension in obstructive sleep apnea: is it clinically significant? A critical analysis of the association and pathophysiology. Pulm Circ 2015; 5(2):220–227. doi:10.1086/679995
  23. Prisco DL, Sica AL, Talwar A, et al. Correlation of pulmonary hypertension severity with metrics of comorbid sleep-disordered breathing. Sleep Breath 2011; 15(4):633–639. doi:10.1007/s11325-010-0411-y
  24. Dumitrascu R, Tiede H, Eckermann J, et al. Sleep apnea in precapillary pulmonary hypertension. Sleep Med 2013; 14(3):247–251. doi:10.1016/j.sleep.2012.11.013
  25. Arcasoy SM, Christie JD, Ferrari VA, et al. Echocardiographic assessment of pulmonary hypertension in patients with advanced lung disease. Am J Respir Crit Care Med 2003; 167(5):735–740. doi:10.1164/rccm.200210-1130OC
  26. Pepke-Zaba J, Jansa P, Kim NH, Naeije R, Simonneau G. Chronic thromboembolic pulmonary hypertension: role of medical therapy. Eur Respir J 2013; 41(4):985–990. doi:10.1183/09031936.00201612
  27. Guérin L, Couturaud F, Parent F, et al. Prevalence of chronic thromboembolic pulmonary hypertension after acute pulmonary embolism. Prevalence of CTEPH after pulmonary embolism. Thromb Haemost 2014; 112(3):598–605. doi:10.1160/TH13-07-0538
  28. Lang IM, Pesavento R, Bonderman D, Yuan JX. Risk factors and basic mechanisms of chronic thromboembolic pulmonary hypertension: a current understanding. Eur Respir J 2013; 41(2):462–468. doi:10.1183/09031936.00049312
  29. Pepke-Zaba J. Diagnostic testing to guide the management of chronic thromboembolic pulmonary hypertension: state of the art. Eur Respir Rev 2010; 19(115):55–58. doi:10.1183/09059180.00007209
  30. Bonderman D, Turecek PL, Jakowitsch J, et al. High prevalence of elevated clotting factor VIII in chronic thromboembolic pulmonary hypertension. Thromb Haemost 2003; 90(3):372–376. doi:10.1160/TH03-02-0067
  31. Pepke-Zaba J, Delcroix M, Lang I, et al. Chronic thromboembolic pulmonary hypertension (CTEPH): results from an international prospective registry. Circulation 2011; 124(18):1973–1981. doi:10.1161/CIRCULATIONAHA.110.015008
  32. Kim NH, Delcroix M, Jenkins DP, et al. Chronic thromboembolic pulmonary hypertension. J Am Coll Cardiol 2013; 62:(suppl 25):D92–D99. doi:10.1016/j.jacc.2013.10.024
  33. Moser KM, Auger WR, Fedullo PF. Chronic major-vessel thromboembolic pulmonary hypertension. Circulation 1990; 81(6):1735–1743. pmid:2188751
  34. McNeil K, Dunning J. Chronic thromboembolic pulmonary hypertension (CTEPH). Heart 2007; 93(9):1152–1158. doi:10.1136/hrt.2004.053603
  35. Tunariu N, Gibbs SJ, Win Z, et al. Ventilation-perfusion scintigraphy is more sensitive than multidetector CTPA in detecting chronic thromboembolic pulmonary disease as a treatable cause of pulmonary hypertension. J Nucl Med 2007; 48(5):680–684. doi:10.2967/jnumed.106.039438
  36. Fedullo P, Kerr KM, Kim NH, Auger WR. Chronic thromboembolic pulmonary hypertension. Am J Respir Crit Care Med 2011; 183(12):1605–1613. doi:10.1164/rccm.201011-1854CI
  37. Rich S, Kaufmann E, Levy PS. The effect of high doses of calcium-channel blockers on survival in primary pulmonary hypertension. N Engl J Med 1992; 327(2):76–81. doi:10.1056/NEJM199207093270203
  38. Sitbon O, Humbert M, Jaıs X, et al. Long-term response to calcium channel blockers in idiopathic pulmonary arterial hypertension. Circulation 2005; 111(23):3105–3111. doi:10.1161/CIRCULATIONAHA.104.488486
  39. Chin KM, Rubin LJ. Pulmonary arterial hypertension. J Am Coll Cardiol 2008; 51(16):1527–1538. doi:10.1016/j.jacc.2008.01.024
  40. Soubrier F, Chung WK, Machado R, et al. Genetics and genomics of pulmonary arterial hypertension. J Am Coll Cardiol 2013; 62(suppl 25):D13–D21. doi:10.1016/j.jacc.2013.10.035
  41. Eyries M, Montani D, Girerd B, et al. EIF2AK4 mutations cause pulmonary veno-occlusive disease, a recessive form of pulmonary hypertension. Nat Genet 2014; 46(1):65–69. doi: 10.1038/ng.2844
  42. Best DH, Sumner KL, Austin ED, et al. EIF2AK4 mutations in pulmonary capillary hemangiomatosis. Chest 2014; 145(2):231–236. doi:10.1378/chest.13-2366
  43. Best DH, Sumner KL, Smith BP, et al. EIF2AK4 mutations in patients diagnosed with pulmonary arterial hypertension. Chest 2017; 151(4):821–828. doi:10.1016/j.chest.2016.11.014
  44. Hadinnapola C, Bleda M, Haimel M, et al; NIHR BioResource–Rare Diseases Consortium; UK National Cohort Study of Idiopathic and Heritable PAH. Phenotypic characterization of EIF2AK4 mutation carriers in a large cohort of patients diagnosed clinically with pulmonary arterial hypertension. Circulation 2017; 136(21):2022–2033. doi:10.1161/CIRCULATIONAHA.117.028351
  45. Diaz-Guzman E, Farver C, Parambil J, Culver DA. Pulmonary hypertension caused by sarcoidosis. Clin Chest Med 2008; 29(3):549–563. doi:10.1016/j.ccm.2008.03.010
  46. Mauritz GJ, Kind T, Marcus JT, et al. Progressive changes in right ventricular geometric shortening and long-term survival in pulmonary arterial hypertension. Chest 2012; 141(4):935–943. doi:10.1378/chest.10-3277
  47. Galiè N, Palazzini M, Manes A. Pulmonary arterial hypertension: from the kingdom of the near-dead to multiple clinical trial meta-analyses. Eur Heart J 2010; 31(17):2080–2086. doi:10.1093/eurheartj/ehq152
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 85(6)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 85(6)
Page Number
468-480
Page Number
468-480
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Evaluating suspected pulmonary hypertension: A structured approach
Display Headline
Evaluating suspected pulmonary hypertension: A structured approach
Legacy Keywords
pulmonary hypertension, PH, pulmonary arterial hypertension, PAH, World Health Organization, WHO, left heart disease, chronic thromboembolic pulmonary hypertension, CTPH, Akshay Bhatnagar, Jonathan Wiesen, Raed Dweik, Neal Chaisson
Legacy Keywords
pulmonary hypertension, PH, pulmonary arterial hypertension, PAH, World Health Organization, WHO, left heart disease, chronic thromboembolic pulmonary hypertension, CTPH, Akshay Bhatnagar, Jonathan Wiesen, Raed Dweik, Neal Chaisson
Sections
Inside the Article

KEY POINTS

  • PAH has nonspecific symptoms, largely attributable to right ventricular dysfunction but seen in a host of other common cardiopulmonary ailments.
  • In a patient suspected of having pulmonary hypertension, it is important to take a methodic diagnostic approach to identify underlying contributors and minimize unnecessary testing.
  • Patients suspected of having PAH should be referred to a pulmonary hypertension center of excellence for evaluation and right heart catheterization.
  • Once testing is complete, therapy and management should be guided both by data obtained during the initial evaluation and by factors with prognostic significance. This approach has changed PAH from a disease with a grim outlook to one in which appropriate evaluation and guidance can improve patient outcomes.
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Gate On Date
Thu, 05/24/2018 - 09:00
Un-Gate On Date
Thu, 05/24/2018 - 09:00
Use ProPublica
CFC Schedule Remove Status
Thu, 05/24/2018 - 09:00
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.
Article PDF Media

An MRI Analysis of the Pelvis to Determine the Ideal Method for Ultrasound-Guided Bone Marrow Aspiration from the Iliac Crest

Article Type
Changed
Thu, 09/19/2019 - 13:18
Display Headline
An MRI Analysis of the Pelvis to Determine the Ideal Method for Ultrasound-Guided Bone Marrow Aspiration from the Iliac Crest

ABSTRACT

Use of mesenchymal stem cells from bone marrow has gained significant popularity. The iliac crest has been determined to be an effective site for harvesting mesenchymal stem cells. Review of the literature reveals that multiple techniques are used to harvest bone marrow aspirate from the iliac crest, but the descriptions are based on the experience of various authors as opposed to studied anatomy. A safe, reliable, and reproducible method for aspiration has yet to be studied and described. We hypothesized that there would be an ideal angle and distance for aspiration that would be the safest, most consistent, and most reliable. Using magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), we reviewed 26 total lumbar spine MRI scans (13 males, 13 females) and found that an angle of 24° should be used when entering the most medial aspect of the posterior superior iliac spine (PSIS) and that this angle did not differ between the sexes. The distance that the trocar can advance after entry before hitting the anterior ilium wall varied significantly between males and females, being 7.53 cm in males and 6.74 cm in females. In addition, the size of the PSIS table was significantly different between males and females (1.20 cm and 0.96 cm, respectively). No other significant differences in the measurements gathered were found. Using the data gleaned from this study, we developed an aspiration technique. This method uses ultrasound to determine the location of the PSIS and the entry point on the PSIS. This contrasts with most techniques that use landmark palpation, which is known to be unreliable and inaccurate. The described technique for aspiration from the PSIS is safe, reliable, reproducible, and substantiated by data.

The iliac crest is an effective site for harvesting bone marrow stem cells. It allows for easy access and is superficial in most individuals, allowing for a relatively quick and simple procedure. Use of mesenchymal stem cells (MSCs) for treatment of orthopedic injuries has grown recently. Whereas overall use has increased, review of the literature reveals very few techniques for iliac crest aspiration,1 but these are not based on anatomic relationships or studies. Hernigou and colleagues2,3 attempted to quantitatively evaluate potential “sectors” allowing for safe aspiration using cadaver and computed tomographic reconstruction imaging. We used magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) to analyze aspiration parameters. Owing to the ilium’s anatomy, improper positioning or aspiration technique during aspiration can result in serious injury.2,4-6 We hypothesized that there is an ideal angle and positioning for bone marrow aspiration from the posterior superior iliac spine (PSIS) that is safe, consistent, and reproducible. Although most aspiration techniques use landmark palpation, this is unreliable and inaccurate, especially when compared with ultrasound-guided injections7-16 and procedures.9,12,17-19 We describe our technique using ultrasound to visualize patient anatomy and accurately determine anatomic entry with the trocar.

METHODS

MRI scans of 26 patients (13 males, 13 females) were reviewed to determine average angles and distances. Axial T2-weighted views of the lumbar spine were used in all analyses. The sacroiliac (SI) joint angle was defined as the angle formed between the vector through the midline of the pelvis and the vector that is parallel to the SI joint. The approach angle was defined as the angle formed between the vector of the most medial aspect of the PSIS through the ilium to the anterior wall and the vector through the midline of the pelvis (Figure 1). 

The distance, in centimeters, of the PSIS to the anterior ilium wall was measured to determine the maximum distance the trocar can advance without puncturing the anterior ilium wall. The perpendicular distance from the PSIS table to the anterior aspect of the ilium was measured to determine the average depth the trocar could advance if the clinician entered it perpendicular to the patient’s coronal plane (Figure 2). 
The PSIS table width was defined as the width, in centimeters, of the PSIS posteriorly. The minimum width, in centimeters, of the ilium was measured at the thinnest region of the ilium to determine the degree of variation if the trocar were entered too far laterally and advanced to the anterior ilium wall (Figure 3). 
Means and standard deviations were calculated by sex and as a total. Student’s t test was used to determine statistical significance (P < .05).

Continue to: For the 13 males, the mean SI joint...

 

 

RESULTS

The results are reported in the Table

Table. Measurements of Patients Taken on Axial T2-Weighted Views of Lumbosacral MRI Scansa

Patient

SI Joint Angle (°)

Approach Angle (°)

PSIS Table Width (cm)

PSIS to Anterior Ilium Wall (cm)

Perpendicular Distance PSIS to Anterior Joint (cm)

Post Ilium Wall to SI Joint Width (cm)

Males

1

28.80

19.50

1.24

8.80

4.16

1.52

2

31.80

27.60

1.70

7.89

3.49

1.02

3

33.70

27.70

1.12

8.14

3.15

1.28

4

23.70

26.40

0.95

6.66

3.22

0.65

5

35.90

28.40

0.84

7.60

2.57

0.95

6

33.80

29.30

1.20

7.73

2.34

0.90

7

30.30

21.20

1.36

8.44

3.95

1.18

8

34.50

20.40

1.53

7.08

3.98

1.56

9

28.70

24.00

1.34

8.19

3.51

1.31

10

22.40

20.10

1.37

7.30

3.87

1.28

11

33.60

20.80

0.88

6.43

3.26

0.94

12

48.50

31.00

1.15

6.69

2.97

1.38

13

20.20

20.90

0.94

6.95

3.79

1.05

Averages

31.22

24.41

1.20

7.53

3.40

1.16

Standard Deviation

7.18

4.11

0.26

0.75

0.56

0.26

       

Females

      

14

22.80

23.20

1.54

7.21

3.45

1.39

15

33.30

21.40

1.09

7.26

3.57

0.98

16

19.70

15.60

0.78

8.32

3.76

0.86

17

17.50

15.60

0.61

7.57

3.37

1.03

18

48.20

26.60

0.94

6.62

3.16

0.71

19

38.20

28.30

0.90

6.32

2.23

0.91

20

44.50

31.70

0.99

6.19

3.06

0.76

21

24.10

18.00

0.92

6.99

3.23

0.71

22

17.20

14.80

0.81

6.00

2.81

1.13

23

42.00

38.50

1.00

5.33

2.47

1.42

24

32.00

25.50

0.98

6.01

2.79

1.21

25

24.70

24.80

0.87

6.09

2.79

1.02

26

19.80

22.30

1.04

7.71

2.37

1.36

Averages

29.54

23.56

0.96

6.74

3.00

1.04

Standard Deviation

10.84

6.88

0.21

0.85

0.48

0.25

       

All patients

Averages

30.38

23.98

1.08

7.14

3.20

1.10

Standard Deviation

9.05

5.57

0.26

0.88

0.55

0.26

aStatistical significance is denoted as P < .02.

Abbreviations: MRI, magnetic resonance imaging; PSIS, posterior iliac spine; SI, sacroiliac.

For the 13 males, the mean SI joint angle was 31.22° ± 7.18° (range, 20.20° to 48.50°). The mean approach angle was 24.41° ± 4.11° (range, 19.50° to 31.00°). The mean PSIS table width was 1.20 cm ± 0.26 cm (range, 0.84 cm to 1.70 cm). The mean distance from the PSIS to the anterior ilium wall was 7.53 cm ± 0.75 cm (range, 6.43 cm to 8.80 cm). The mean perpendicular distance from the PSIS table to the anterior ilium was 3.40 cm ± 0.56 cm (range, 2.34 cm to 4.16 cm). The mean minimum width of the ilium to the SI joint was 1.16 cm ± 0.26 cm (range, 0.65 cm to 1.56 cm).

For the 13 females, the mean SI joint angle was 29.54° ± 10.84° (range, 17.20° to 48.20°). The mean approach angle was 23.56° ± 6.88° (range, 14.80° to 38.50°). The mean PSIS table width was 0.96 cm ± 0.21 cm (range, 0.61 cm to 1.54 cm). The mean distance from the PSIS to the anterior ilium wall was 6.74 cm ± 0.85 cm (range, 5.33 cm to 8.32 cm). The mean perpendicular distance from the PSIS table to the anterior ilium was 3.00 cm ± 0.48 cm (range, 2.23 cm to 3.76 cm). The mean minimum width of the ilium to the SI joint was 1.04 cm ± 0.25 cm (range, 0.71 cm to 1.42 cm).

For the 26 total patients, the mean SI joint angle was 30.38° ± 9.05° (range, 17.20° to 48.50°). The mean approach angle was 23.98° ± 5.57° (range, 14.80° to 38.50°). The mean PSIS table width was 1.08 cm ± 0.26 cm (range, 0.61 cm to 1.70 cm). The mean distance from the PSIS to the anterior ilium wall was 7.14 cm ± 0.88 cm (range, 5.33 cm to 8.80 cm). The mean perpendicular distance from the PSIS table to the anterior ilium was 3.20 cm ± 0.55 cm (range, 2.23 cm to 4.16 cm). The mean minimum width of the ilium to the SI joint was 1.10 cm ± 0.26 cm (range, 0.65 cm to 1.56 cm).

There was a statistically significant difference between the male and female groups for the maximum distance the trocar can be advanced from the PSIS to the anterior ilium wall (P < .02), and a statistically significant difference for the PSIS table width (P < .02). There were no significant differences between the male and female groups for the approach angle, the SI joint angle, the perpendicular distance from the PSIS to the anterior ilium, and the minimum width of the ilium to the SI joint.

Continue to: The patient is brought to the procedure...

 

 

TECHNIQUE: ILIAC CREST (PSIS) BONE MARROW ASPIRATION

The patient is brought to the procedure room and placed in a prone position. The donor site is prepared and draped in the usual sterile manner. Ultrasound is used to identify the median sacral crest in a short-axis view. The probe is then moved laterally to identify the PSIS (Figures 4A, 4B). 

The probe can be moved superiorly and inferiorly to determine the most prominent and central portion of the PSIS. The SI joint and ilium can also be visualized if needed.

The crosshairs on the ultrasound probe are used to mark the center lines of each plane. The central point marks the location of the PSIS. Alternatively, an in-plane technique can be used to place a spinal needle on the exact entry point on the PSIS. Once the PSIS and entry point are identified, the site is blocked with 10 mL of 0.5% ropivacaine.

Prior to introduction of the trocar, all instrumentation is primed with heparin and syringes are prepped with anticoagulant citrate dextrose solution, solution A. A stab incision is made at the site. The trocar is placed at the entry point, which should be centered in a superior-inferior plane and at the most medial point of the PSIS. Starting with the trocar vertical, the trocar is angled laterally 24° by dropping the hand medially toward the midline. No angulation cephalad or caudad is necessary, but cephalad must be avoided so as not to skive superiorly. This angle, which is recommended for both males and females, allows for the greatest distance the trocar can travel in bone before hitting the anterior ilium wall. A standard deviation of 5.57° is present, which should be considered. Steady pressure should be applied with a slight twisting motion on the PSIS. If advancement of the trocar is too difficult, a mallet or drill can be used to assist in penetration.

With the trocar advanced into the bone 1 cm, the trocar needle is removed while the cannula remains in place. The syringe is attached to the top of the cannula. The syringe plunger is pulled back to aspirate 20 mL of bone marrow. The cannula and syringe assembly are advanced 2 cm farther into the bone to allow for aspiration of a new location within the bone marrow cavity, and 20 mL of bone marrow are again aspirated. This is done a final time, advancing the trocar another 2 cm and aspirating a final 20 mL of bone marrow. The entire process should yield roughly 60 mL of bone marrow from one side. If desired, the same process can be repeated for the contralateral PSIS to yield a total of 120 mL of bone marrow from the 2 sites.

Based on our data, the average distance to the anterior ilium wall was 7 cm, but the shortest distance noted in this study was 5 cm. On the basis of the data presented, this technique allows for safe advancement based on even the shortest measured distance, without fear of puncturing the anterior ilium wall. Perforation could damage the femoral nerve and the internal or external iliac artery or vein that lie anterior to the ilium.

Continue to: We hypothesized that there...

 

 

DISCUSSION

We hypothesized that there would be an optimal angle of entry and maximal safe distance the trocar could advance through the ilium when aspirating. Because male and female pelvic anatomy differs, we also hypothesized that there would be differences in distance and size measurements for males and females. Our results supported our hypothesis that there is an ideal approach angle. The results also showed that the maximum distance the trocar can advance and the width of the PSIS table differ significantly between males and females.

Although pelvic anatomy differs between males and females, there should be an ideal entry angle that would allow maximum advancement into the ilium without perforating the anterior wall, which we defined as the approach angle. In our comparison of 26 MRI scans, we found that the approach angle did not differ significantly between the 2 groups (13 males, 13 females). This allows clinicians to enter the PSIS at roughly 24° medial to the parasagittal line, maximizing the space before puncturing into the anterior pelvis in either males or females.

If clinicians were to enter perpendicular to the patient’s PSIS, they would, on average, be able to advance only 3.20 cm before encountering the SI joint. When entering at 24° as we recommend, the average distance increases to 7.14 cm. Although the angle did not differ significantly, there was a significant difference between males and females in the length from the PSIS to the anterior wall, with males having 7.53 cm distance and females 6.74 cm. This is an important measurement because if the anterior ilium wall is punctured, the femoral nerve and the common, internal and external iliac arteries and veins could be damaged, resulting in retroperitoneal hemorrhage.

A fatality in 2001 in the United Kingdom led to a national audit of bone marrow aspiration and biopsies.4-6 Although these procedures were done primarily for patients with cancer, hemorrhagic events were the most frequent and serious events. This audit led to the identification of many risk factors. Bain4-6 conducted reviews of bone marrow aspirations and biopsies in the United Kingdom from 2002 to 2004. Of a total of 53,088 procedures conducted during that time frame, 48 (0.09%) adverse events occurred, with 29 (0.05%) being hemorrhagic events. Although infrequent, hemorrhagic adverse events represent significant morbidity. Reviews such as those conducted by Bain4-6 highlight the importance of a study that helps determine the optimal parameters for aspiration to ensure safety and reliability.

Hernigou and colleagues2,3 conducted studies analyzing different “sectors” in an attempt to develop a safe aspiration technique. They found that obese patients were at higher risk, and some sites of aspiration (sectors 1, 4, 5) had increased risk for perforation and damage to surrounding structures. Their sector 6, which incorporated the entirety of the PSIS table, was considered the safest, most reliable site for trocar introduction.2,3 Hernigou and colleagues,2 in comparing the bone mass of the sectors, also noted that sector 6 has the greatest bone thickness close to the entry point, making it the most favorable site. The PSIS is not just a point; it is more a “table.” The PSIS can be palpated posteriorly, but this is inaccurate and unreliable, particularly in larger individuals. The PSIS table can be identified on ultrasound before introducing the trocar, which is a more reliable method of landmark identification than palpation guidance, just as in ultrasound-guided injections7-16 and procedures.9,12,17-19

Continue to: If the PSIS is not accurately...

 

 

If the PSIS is not accurately identified, penetration laterally will result in entering the ilium wing, where it is quite narrow. We found the distance between the posterior ilium wall and the SI joint to be only 1.10 cm wide (Figure 3); we defined this area as the narrow corridor. Superior and lateral entry could damage the superior cluneal nerves coming over the iliac crest, which are located 6 cm lateral to the SI joint. Inferior and lateral entry 6 cm below the PSIS could reach the greater sciatic foramen, damaging the sacral plexus and superior gluteal artery and vein. If the entry slips above the PSIS over the pelvis, the trocar could enter the retroperitoneal space and damage the femoral nerve and common iliac artery and vein, leading to a retroperitoneal hemorrhage.4-6,20

MSCs are found as perivascular cells and lie in the cortices of bones.21 Following the approach angle and directed line from the PSIS to the anterior ilium wall described in this study (Figures 1 and 2), the trocar would pass through the narrow corridor as it advances farther into the ilium. The minimum width of this corridor was measured in this study and, on average, was 1.10 cm wide from cortex to cortex (Figure 3). As the bone marrow is aspirated from this narrow corridor, the clinician is gathering MSCs from both the lateral and medial cortices of the ilium. By aspirating from a greater surface area of the cortices, it is believed that this will increase the total collection of MSCs.

CONCLUSION

Although there are reports in the literature that describe techniques for bone marrow aspiration from the iliac crest, the techniques are very general and vague regarding the ideal angles and methods. Studies have attempted to quantify the safest entry sites for aspiration but have not detailed ideal parameters for collection. Blind aspiration from the iliac crest can have serious implications if adverse events occur, and thus there is a need for a safe and reliable method of aspiration from the iliac crest. Ultrasound guidance to identify anatomy, as opposed to palpation guidance, ensures anatomic placement of the trocar while minimizing the risk of aspiration. Based on the measurements gathered in this study, an optimal angle of entry and safe distance of penetration have been identified. Using our data and relevant literature, we developed a technique for a safe, consistent, and reliable method of bone marrow aspiration out of the iliac crest.

References

1. Chahla J, Mannava S, Cinque ME, Geeslin AG, Codina D, LaPrade RF. Bone marrow aspirate concentrate harvesting and processing technique. Arthrosc Tech. 2017;6(2):e441-e445. doi:10.1016/j.eats.2016.10.024.

2. Hernigou J, Alves A, Homma Y, Guissou I, Hernigou P. Anatomy of the ilium for bone marrow aspiration: map of sectors and implication for safe trocar placement. Int Orthop. 2014;38(12):2585-2590. doi:10.1007/s00264-014-2353-7.

3. Hernigou J, Picard L, Alves A, Silvera J, Homma Y, Hernigou P. Understanding bone safety zones during bone marrow aspiration from the iliac crest: the sector rule. Int Orthop. 2014;38(11):2377-2384. doi:10.1007/s00264-014-2343-9.

4. Bain BJ. Bone marrow biopsy morbidity: review of 2003. J Clin Pathol. 2005;58(4):406-408. doi:10.1136/jcp.2004.022178.

5. Bain BJ. Bone marrow biopsy morbidity and mortality: 2002 data. Clin Lab Haematol. 2004;26(5):315-318. doi:10.1111/j.1365-2257.2004.00630.x.

6. Bain BJ. Morbidity associated with bone marrow aspiration and trephine biopsy - a review of UK data for 2004. Haematologica. 2006;91(9):1293-1294.

7. Berkoff DJ, Miller LE, Block JE. Clinical utility of ultrasound guidance for intra-articular knee injections: a review. Clin Interv Aging. 2012;7:89-95. doi:10.2147/CIA.S29265.

8. Henkus HE, Cobben LP, Coerkamp EG, Nelissen RG, van Arkel ER. The accuracy of subacromial injections: a prospective randomized magnetic resonance imaging study. Arthroscopy. 2006;22(3):277-282. doi:10.1016/j.arthro.2005.12.019.

9. Hirahara AM, Panero AJ. A guide to ultrasound of the shoulder, part 3: interventional and procedural uses. Am J Orthop. 2016;45(7):440-445.

10. Jackson DW, Evans NA, Thomas BM. Accuracy of needle placement into the intra-articular space of the knee. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2002;84-A(9):1522-1527.

11. Naredo E, Cabero F, Beneyto P, et al. A randomized comparative study of short term response to blind versus sonographic-guided injection of local corticosteroids in patients with painful shoulder. J Rheumatol. 2004;31(2):308-314.

12. Panero AJ, Hirahara AM. A guide to ultrasound of the shoulder, part 2: the diagnostic evaluation. Am J Orthop. 2016;45(4):233-238.

13. Sethi PM, El Attrache N. Accuracy of intra-articular injection of the glenohumeral joint: a cadaveric study. Orthopedics. 2006;29(2):149-152.

14. Sibbit WL Jr, Peisajovich A, Michael AA, et al. Does sonographic needle guidance affect the clinical outcome of intraarticular injections? J Rheumatol. 2009;36(9):1892-1902. doi:10.3899/jrheum.090013.

15. Smith J, Brault JS, Rizzo M, Sayeed YA, Finnoff JT. Accuracy of sonographically guided and palpation guided scaphotrapeziotrapezoid joint injections. J Ultrasound Med. 2011;30(11):1509-1515. doi:10.7863/jum.2011.30.11.1509.

16. Yamakado K. The targeting accuracy of subacromial injection to the shoulder: an arthrographic evaluation. Arthroscopy. 2002;18(8):887-891.

17. Hirahara AM, Andersen WJ. Ultrasound-guided percutaneous reconstruction of the anterolateral ligament: surgical technique and case report. Am J Orthop. 2016;45(7):418-422, 460.

18. Hirahara AM, Andersen WJ. Ultrasound-guided percutaneous repair of medial patellofemoral ligament: surgical technique and outcomes. Am J Orthop. 2017;46(3):152-157.

19. Hirahara AM, Mackay G, Andersen WJ. Ultrasound-guided InternalBrace of the medial collateral ligament. Arthrosc Tech. Submitted.

20. Jamaludin WFW, Mukari SAM, Wahid SFA. Retroperitoneal hemorrhage associated with bone marrow trephine biopsy. Am J Case Rep. 2013;14:489-493. doi:10.12659/AJCR.889274.

21. Bianco P, Cao X, Frenette PS, et al. The meaning, the sense and the significance: translating the science of mesenchymal stem cells into medicine. Nat Med. 2013;19(1):35-42. doi:10.1038/nm.3028.

Author and Disclosure Information

Authors’ Disclosure Statement: Dr. Hirahara reports that he receives support as a consultant to Arthrex; receives royalties and research support as a consultant to LifeNet Health, Inc; and serves as a medical advisor for Clarius Mobile Health. Dr. Panero reports that he receives support as a consultant to Arthrex; and is a speaker for Tenex, Inc and Lipogems. Mr. Andersen reports no actual or potential conflict of interest in relation to this article.

Dr. Hirahara is an Orthopedic Surgeon, private practice, Sacramento, California. Dr. Panero is a Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation Physician, private practice, Sacramento, California. Mr. Andersen is an Athletic Trainer and Research Assistant, Sacramento, California.

Address correspondence to: Alan M. Hirahara, MD, FRCSC, 2801 K St., #330, Sacramento, CA 95816 (tel, 916-732-3000; email, [email protected]).

Am J Orthop. 2018;47(5). Copyright Frontline Medical Communications Inc. 2018. All rights reserved.

. An MRI Analysis of the Pelvis to Determine the Ideal Method for Ultrasound-Guided Bone Marrow Aspiration from the Iliac Crest. Am J Orthop.

Publications
Topics
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Authors’ Disclosure Statement: Dr. Hirahara reports that he receives support as a consultant to Arthrex; receives royalties and research support as a consultant to LifeNet Health, Inc; and serves as a medical advisor for Clarius Mobile Health. Dr. Panero reports that he receives support as a consultant to Arthrex; and is a speaker for Tenex, Inc and Lipogems. Mr. Andersen reports no actual or potential conflict of interest in relation to this article.

Dr. Hirahara is an Orthopedic Surgeon, private practice, Sacramento, California. Dr. Panero is a Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation Physician, private practice, Sacramento, California. Mr. Andersen is an Athletic Trainer and Research Assistant, Sacramento, California.

Address correspondence to: Alan M. Hirahara, MD, FRCSC, 2801 K St., #330, Sacramento, CA 95816 (tel, 916-732-3000; email, [email protected]).

Am J Orthop. 2018;47(5). Copyright Frontline Medical Communications Inc. 2018. All rights reserved.

. An MRI Analysis of the Pelvis to Determine the Ideal Method for Ultrasound-Guided Bone Marrow Aspiration from the Iliac Crest. Am J Orthop.

Author and Disclosure Information

Authors’ Disclosure Statement: Dr. Hirahara reports that he receives support as a consultant to Arthrex; receives royalties and research support as a consultant to LifeNet Health, Inc; and serves as a medical advisor for Clarius Mobile Health. Dr. Panero reports that he receives support as a consultant to Arthrex; and is a speaker for Tenex, Inc and Lipogems. Mr. Andersen reports no actual or potential conflict of interest in relation to this article.

Dr. Hirahara is an Orthopedic Surgeon, private practice, Sacramento, California. Dr. Panero is a Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation Physician, private practice, Sacramento, California. Mr. Andersen is an Athletic Trainer and Research Assistant, Sacramento, California.

Address correspondence to: Alan M. Hirahara, MD, FRCSC, 2801 K St., #330, Sacramento, CA 95816 (tel, 916-732-3000; email, [email protected]).

Am J Orthop. 2018;47(5). Copyright Frontline Medical Communications Inc. 2018. All rights reserved.

. An MRI Analysis of the Pelvis to Determine the Ideal Method for Ultrasound-Guided Bone Marrow Aspiration from the Iliac Crest. Am J Orthop.

ABSTRACT

Use of mesenchymal stem cells from bone marrow has gained significant popularity. The iliac crest has been determined to be an effective site for harvesting mesenchymal stem cells. Review of the literature reveals that multiple techniques are used to harvest bone marrow aspirate from the iliac crest, but the descriptions are based on the experience of various authors as opposed to studied anatomy. A safe, reliable, and reproducible method for aspiration has yet to be studied and described. We hypothesized that there would be an ideal angle and distance for aspiration that would be the safest, most consistent, and most reliable. Using magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), we reviewed 26 total lumbar spine MRI scans (13 males, 13 females) and found that an angle of 24° should be used when entering the most medial aspect of the posterior superior iliac spine (PSIS) and that this angle did not differ between the sexes. The distance that the trocar can advance after entry before hitting the anterior ilium wall varied significantly between males and females, being 7.53 cm in males and 6.74 cm in females. In addition, the size of the PSIS table was significantly different between males and females (1.20 cm and 0.96 cm, respectively). No other significant differences in the measurements gathered were found. Using the data gleaned from this study, we developed an aspiration technique. This method uses ultrasound to determine the location of the PSIS and the entry point on the PSIS. This contrasts with most techniques that use landmark palpation, which is known to be unreliable and inaccurate. The described technique for aspiration from the PSIS is safe, reliable, reproducible, and substantiated by data.

The iliac crest is an effective site for harvesting bone marrow stem cells. It allows for easy access and is superficial in most individuals, allowing for a relatively quick and simple procedure. Use of mesenchymal stem cells (MSCs) for treatment of orthopedic injuries has grown recently. Whereas overall use has increased, review of the literature reveals very few techniques for iliac crest aspiration,1 but these are not based on anatomic relationships or studies. Hernigou and colleagues2,3 attempted to quantitatively evaluate potential “sectors” allowing for safe aspiration using cadaver and computed tomographic reconstruction imaging. We used magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) to analyze aspiration parameters. Owing to the ilium’s anatomy, improper positioning or aspiration technique during aspiration can result in serious injury.2,4-6 We hypothesized that there is an ideal angle and positioning for bone marrow aspiration from the posterior superior iliac spine (PSIS) that is safe, consistent, and reproducible. Although most aspiration techniques use landmark palpation, this is unreliable and inaccurate, especially when compared with ultrasound-guided injections7-16 and procedures.9,12,17-19 We describe our technique using ultrasound to visualize patient anatomy and accurately determine anatomic entry with the trocar.

METHODS

MRI scans of 26 patients (13 males, 13 females) were reviewed to determine average angles and distances. Axial T2-weighted views of the lumbar spine were used in all analyses. The sacroiliac (SI) joint angle was defined as the angle formed between the vector through the midline of the pelvis and the vector that is parallel to the SI joint. The approach angle was defined as the angle formed between the vector of the most medial aspect of the PSIS through the ilium to the anterior wall and the vector through the midline of the pelvis (Figure 1). 

The distance, in centimeters, of the PSIS to the anterior ilium wall was measured to determine the maximum distance the trocar can advance without puncturing the anterior ilium wall. The perpendicular distance from the PSIS table to the anterior aspect of the ilium was measured to determine the average depth the trocar could advance if the clinician entered it perpendicular to the patient’s coronal plane (Figure 2). 
The PSIS table width was defined as the width, in centimeters, of the PSIS posteriorly. The minimum width, in centimeters, of the ilium was measured at the thinnest region of the ilium to determine the degree of variation if the trocar were entered too far laterally and advanced to the anterior ilium wall (Figure 3). 
Means and standard deviations were calculated by sex and as a total. Student’s t test was used to determine statistical significance (P < .05).

Continue to: For the 13 males, the mean SI joint...

 

 

RESULTS

The results are reported in the Table

Table. Measurements of Patients Taken on Axial T2-Weighted Views of Lumbosacral MRI Scansa

Patient

SI Joint Angle (°)

Approach Angle (°)

PSIS Table Width (cm)

PSIS to Anterior Ilium Wall (cm)

Perpendicular Distance PSIS to Anterior Joint (cm)

Post Ilium Wall to SI Joint Width (cm)

Males

1

28.80

19.50

1.24

8.80

4.16

1.52

2

31.80

27.60

1.70

7.89

3.49

1.02

3

33.70

27.70

1.12

8.14

3.15

1.28

4

23.70

26.40

0.95

6.66

3.22

0.65

5

35.90

28.40

0.84

7.60

2.57

0.95

6

33.80

29.30

1.20

7.73

2.34

0.90

7

30.30

21.20

1.36

8.44

3.95

1.18

8

34.50

20.40

1.53

7.08

3.98

1.56

9

28.70

24.00

1.34

8.19

3.51

1.31

10

22.40

20.10

1.37

7.30

3.87

1.28

11

33.60

20.80

0.88

6.43

3.26

0.94

12

48.50

31.00

1.15

6.69

2.97

1.38

13

20.20

20.90

0.94

6.95

3.79

1.05

Averages

31.22

24.41

1.20

7.53

3.40

1.16

Standard Deviation

7.18

4.11

0.26

0.75

0.56

0.26

       

Females

      

14

22.80

23.20

1.54

7.21

3.45

1.39

15

33.30

21.40

1.09

7.26

3.57

0.98

16

19.70

15.60

0.78

8.32

3.76

0.86

17

17.50

15.60

0.61

7.57

3.37

1.03

18

48.20

26.60

0.94

6.62

3.16

0.71

19

38.20

28.30

0.90

6.32

2.23

0.91

20

44.50

31.70

0.99

6.19

3.06

0.76

21

24.10

18.00

0.92

6.99

3.23

0.71

22

17.20

14.80

0.81

6.00

2.81

1.13

23

42.00

38.50

1.00

5.33

2.47

1.42

24

32.00

25.50

0.98

6.01

2.79

1.21

25

24.70

24.80

0.87

6.09

2.79

1.02

26

19.80

22.30

1.04

7.71

2.37

1.36

Averages

29.54

23.56

0.96

6.74

3.00

1.04

Standard Deviation

10.84

6.88

0.21

0.85

0.48

0.25

       

All patients

Averages

30.38

23.98

1.08

7.14

3.20

1.10

Standard Deviation

9.05

5.57

0.26

0.88

0.55

0.26

aStatistical significance is denoted as P < .02.

Abbreviations: MRI, magnetic resonance imaging; PSIS, posterior iliac spine; SI, sacroiliac.

For the 13 males, the mean SI joint angle was 31.22° ± 7.18° (range, 20.20° to 48.50°). The mean approach angle was 24.41° ± 4.11° (range, 19.50° to 31.00°). The mean PSIS table width was 1.20 cm ± 0.26 cm (range, 0.84 cm to 1.70 cm). The mean distance from the PSIS to the anterior ilium wall was 7.53 cm ± 0.75 cm (range, 6.43 cm to 8.80 cm). The mean perpendicular distance from the PSIS table to the anterior ilium was 3.40 cm ± 0.56 cm (range, 2.34 cm to 4.16 cm). The mean minimum width of the ilium to the SI joint was 1.16 cm ± 0.26 cm (range, 0.65 cm to 1.56 cm).

For the 13 females, the mean SI joint angle was 29.54° ± 10.84° (range, 17.20° to 48.20°). The mean approach angle was 23.56° ± 6.88° (range, 14.80° to 38.50°). The mean PSIS table width was 0.96 cm ± 0.21 cm (range, 0.61 cm to 1.54 cm). The mean distance from the PSIS to the anterior ilium wall was 6.74 cm ± 0.85 cm (range, 5.33 cm to 8.32 cm). The mean perpendicular distance from the PSIS table to the anterior ilium was 3.00 cm ± 0.48 cm (range, 2.23 cm to 3.76 cm). The mean minimum width of the ilium to the SI joint was 1.04 cm ± 0.25 cm (range, 0.71 cm to 1.42 cm).

For the 26 total patients, the mean SI joint angle was 30.38° ± 9.05° (range, 17.20° to 48.50°). The mean approach angle was 23.98° ± 5.57° (range, 14.80° to 38.50°). The mean PSIS table width was 1.08 cm ± 0.26 cm (range, 0.61 cm to 1.70 cm). The mean distance from the PSIS to the anterior ilium wall was 7.14 cm ± 0.88 cm (range, 5.33 cm to 8.80 cm). The mean perpendicular distance from the PSIS table to the anterior ilium was 3.20 cm ± 0.55 cm (range, 2.23 cm to 4.16 cm). The mean minimum width of the ilium to the SI joint was 1.10 cm ± 0.26 cm (range, 0.65 cm to 1.56 cm).

There was a statistically significant difference between the male and female groups for the maximum distance the trocar can be advanced from the PSIS to the anterior ilium wall (P < .02), and a statistically significant difference for the PSIS table width (P < .02). There were no significant differences between the male and female groups for the approach angle, the SI joint angle, the perpendicular distance from the PSIS to the anterior ilium, and the minimum width of the ilium to the SI joint.

Continue to: The patient is brought to the procedure...

 

 

TECHNIQUE: ILIAC CREST (PSIS) BONE MARROW ASPIRATION

The patient is brought to the procedure room and placed in a prone position. The donor site is prepared and draped in the usual sterile manner. Ultrasound is used to identify the median sacral crest in a short-axis view. The probe is then moved laterally to identify the PSIS (Figures 4A, 4B). 

The probe can be moved superiorly and inferiorly to determine the most prominent and central portion of the PSIS. The SI joint and ilium can also be visualized if needed.

The crosshairs on the ultrasound probe are used to mark the center lines of each plane. The central point marks the location of the PSIS. Alternatively, an in-plane technique can be used to place a spinal needle on the exact entry point on the PSIS. Once the PSIS and entry point are identified, the site is blocked with 10 mL of 0.5% ropivacaine.

Prior to introduction of the trocar, all instrumentation is primed with heparin and syringes are prepped with anticoagulant citrate dextrose solution, solution A. A stab incision is made at the site. The trocar is placed at the entry point, which should be centered in a superior-inferior plane and at the most medial point of the PSIS. Starting with the trocar vertical, the trocar is angled laterally 24° by dropping the hand medially toward the midline. No angulation cephalad or caudad is necessary, but cephalad must be avoided so as not to skive superiorly. This angle, which is recommended for both males and females, allows for the greatest distance the trocar can travel in bone before hitting the anterior ilium wall. A standard deviation of 5.57° is present, which should be considered. Steady pressure should be applied with a slight twisting motion on the PSIS. If advancement of the trocar is too difficult, a mallet or drill can be used to assist in penetration.

With the trocar advanced into the bone 1 cm, the trocar needle is removed while the cannula remains in place. The syringe is attached to the top of the cannula. The syringe plunger is pulled back to aspirate 20 mL of bone marrow. The cannula and syringe assembly are advanced 2 cm farther into the bone to allow for aspiration of a new location within the bone marrow cavity, and 20 mL of bone marrow are again aspirated. This is done a final time, advancing the trocar another 2 cm and aspirating a final 20 mL of bone marrow. The entire process should yield roughly 60 mL of bone marrow from one side. If desired, the same process can be repeated for the contralateral PSIS to yield a total of 120 mL of bone marrow from the 2 sites.

Based on our data, the average distance to the anterior ilium wall was 7 cm, but the shortest distance noted in this study was 5 cm. On the basis of the data presented, this technique allows for safe advancement based on even the shortest measured distance, without fear of puncturing the anterior ilium wall. Perforation could damage the femoral nerve and the internal or external iliac artery or vein that lie anterior to the ilium.

Continue to: We hypothesized that there...

 

 

DISCUSSION

We hypothesized that there would be an optimal angle of entry and maximal safe distance the trocar could advance through the ilium when aspirating. Because male and female pelvic anatomy differs, we also hypothesized that there would be differences in distance and size measurements for males and females. Our results supported our hypothesis that there is an ideal approach angle. The results also showed that the maximum distance the trocar can advance and the width of the PSIS table differ significantly between males and females.

Although pelvic anatomy differs between males and females, there should be an ideal entry angle that would allow maximum advancement into the ilium without perforating the anterior wall, which we defined as the approach angle. In our comparison of 26 MRI scans, we found that the approach angle did not differ significantly between the 2 groups (13 males, 13 females). This allows clinicians to enter the PSIS at roughly 24° medial to the parasagittal line, maximizing the space before puncturing into the anterior pelvis in either males or females.

If clinicians were to enter perpendicular to the patient’s PSIS, they would, on average, be able to advance only 3.20 cm before encountering the SI joint. When entering at 24° as we recommend, the average distance increases to 7.14 cm. Although the angle did not differ significantly, there was a significant difference between males and females in the length from the PSIS to the anterior wall, with males having 7.53 cm distance and females 6.74 cm. This is an important measurement because if the anterior ilium wall is punctured, the femoral nerve and the common, internal and external iliac arteries and veins could be damaged, resulting in retroperitoneal hemorrhage.

A fatality in 2001 in the United Kingdom led to a national audit of bone marrow aspiration and biopsies.4-6 Although these procedures were done primarily for patients with cancer, hemorrhagic events were the most frequent and serious events. This audit led to the identification of many risk factors. Bain4-6 conducted reviews of bone marrow aspirations and biopsies in the United Kingdom from 2002 to 2004. Of a total of 53,088 procedures conducted during that time frame, 48 (0.09%) adverse events occurred, with 29 (0.05%) being hemorrhagic events. Although infrequent, hemorrhagic adverse events represent significant morbidity. Reviews such as those conducted by Bain4-6 highlight the importance of a study that helps determine the optimal parameters for aspiration to ensure safety and reliability.

Hernigou and colleagues2,3 conducted studies analyzing different “sectors” in an attempt to develop a safe aspiration technique. They found that obese patients were at higher risk, and some sites of aspiration (sectors 1, 4, 5) had increased risk for perforation and damage to surrounding structures. Their sector 6, which incorporated the entirety of the PSIS table, was considered the safest, most reliable site for trocar introduction.2,3 Hernigou and colleagues,2 in comparing the bone mass of the sectors, also noted that sector 6 has the greatest bone thickness close to the entry point, making it the most favorable site. The PSIS is not just a point; it is more a “table.” The PSIS can be palpated posteriorly, but this is inaccurate and unreliable, particularly in larger individuals. The PSIS table can be identified on ultrasound before introducing the trocar, which is a more reliable method of landmark identification than palpation guidance, just as in ultrasound-guided injections7-16 and procedures.9,12,17-19

Continue to: If the PSIS is not accurately...

 

 

If the PSIS is not accurately identified, penetration laterally will result in entering the ilium wing, where it is quite narrow. We found the distance between the posterior ilium wall and the SI joint to be only 1.10 cm wide (Figure 3); we defined this area as the narrow corridor. Superior and lateral entry could damage the superior cluneal nerves coming over the iliac crest, which are located 6 cm lateral to the SI joint. Inferior and lateral entry 6 cm below the PSIS could reach the greater sciatic foramen, damaging the sacral plexus and superior gluteal artery and vein. If the entry slips above the PSIS over the pelvis, the trocar could enter the retroperitoneal space and damage the femoral nerve and common iliac artery and vein, leading to a retroperitoneal hemorrhage.4-6,20

MSCs are found as perivascular cells and lie in the cortices of bones.21 Following the approach angle and directed line from the PSIS to the anterior ilium wall described in this study (Figures 1 and 2), the trocar would pass through the narrow corridor as it advances farther into the ilium. The minimum width of this corridor was measured in this study and, on average, was 1.10 cm wide from cortex to cortex (Figure 3). As the bone marrow is aspirated from this narrow corridor, the clinician is gathering MSCs from both the lateral and medial cortices of the ilium. By aspirating from a greater surface area of the cortices, it is believed that this will increase the total collection of MSCs.

CONCLUSION

Although there are reports in the literature that describe techniques for bone marrow aspiration from the iliac crest, the techniques are very general and vague regarding the ideal angles and methods. Studies have attempted to quantify the safest entry sites for aspiration but have not detailed ideal parameters for collection. Blind aspiration from the iliac crest can have serious implications if adverse events occur, and thus there is a need for a safe and reliable method of aspiration from the iliac crest. Ultrasound guidance to identify anatomy, as opposed to palpation guidance, ensures anatomic placement of the trocar while minimizing the risk of aspiration. Based on the measurements gathered in this study, an optimal angle of entry and safe distance of penetration have been identified. Using our data and relevant literature, we developed a technique for a safe, consistent, and reliable method of bone marrow aspiration out of the iliac crest.

ABSTRACT

Use of mesenchymal stem cells from bone marrow has gained significant popularity. The iliac crest has been determined to be an effective site for harvesting mesenchymal stem cells. Review of the literature reveals that multiple techniques are used to harvest bone marrow aspirate from the iliac crest, but the descriptions are based on the experience of various authors as opposed to studied anatomy. A safe, reliable, and reproducible method for aspiration has yet to be studied and described. We hypothesized that there would be an ideal angle and distance for aspiration that would be the safest, most consistent, and most reliable. Using magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), we reviewed 26 total lumbar spine MRI scans (13 males, 13 females) and found that an angle of 24° should be used when entering the most medial aspect of the posterior superior iliac spine (PSIS) and that this angle did not differ between the sexes. The distance that the trocar can advance after entry before hitting the anterior ilium wall varied significantly between males and females, being 7.53 cm in males and 6.74 cm in females. In addition, the size of the PSIS table was significantly different between males and females (1.20 cm and 0.96 cm, respectively). No other significant differences in the measurements gathered were found. Using the data gleaned from this study, we developed an aspiration technique. This method uses ultrasound to determine the location of the PSIS and the entry point on the PSIS. This contrasts with most techniques that use landmark palpation, which is known to be unreliable and inaccurate. The described technique for aspiration from the PSIS is safe, reliable, reproducible, and substantiated by data.

The iliac crest is an effective site for harvesting bone marrow stem cells. It allows for easy access and is superficial in most individuals, allowing for a relatively quick and simple procedure. Use of mesenchymal stem cells (MSCs) for treatment of orthopedic injuries has grown recently. Whereas overall use has increased, review of the literature reveals very few techniques for iliac crest aspiration,1 but these are not based on anatomic relationships or studies. Hernigou and colleagues2,3 attempted to quantitatively evaluate potential “sectors” allowing for safe aspiration using cadaver and computed tomographic reconstruction imaging. We used magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) to analyze aspiration parameters. Owing to the ilium’s anatomy, improper positioning or aspiration technique during aspiration can result in serious injury.2,4-6 We hypothesized that there is an ideal angle and positioning for bone marrow aspiration from the posterior superior iliac spine (PSIS) that is safe, consistent, and reproducible. Although most aspiration techniques use landmark palpation, this is unreliable and inaccurate, especially when compared with ultrasound-guided injections7-16 and procedures.9,12,17-19 We describe our technique using ultrasound to visualize patient anatomy and accurately determine anatomic entry with the trocar.

METHODS

MRI scans of 26 patients (13 males, 13 females) were reviewed to determine average angles and distances. Axial T2-weighted views of the lumbar spine were used in all analyses. The sacroiliac (SI) joint angle was defined as the angle formed between the vector through the midline of the pelvis and the vector that is parallel to the SI joint. The approach angle was defined as the angle formed between the vector of the most medial aspect of the PSIS through the ilium to the anterior wall and the vector through the midline of the pelvis (Figure 1). 

The distance, in centimeters, of the PSIS to the anterior ilium wall was measured to determine the maximum distance the trocar can advance without puncturing the anterior ilium wall. The perpendicular distance from the PSIS table to the anterior aspect of the ilium was measured to determine the average depth the trocar could advance if the clinician entered it perpendicular to the patient’s coronal plane (Figure 2). 
The PSIS table width was defined as the width, in centimeters, of the PSIS posteriorly. The minimum width, in centimeters, of the ilium was measured at the thinnest region of the ilium to determine the degree of variation if the trocar were entered too far laterally and advanced to the anterior ilium wall (Figure 3). 
Means and standard deviations were calculated by sex and as a total. Student’s t test was used to determine statistical significance (P < .05).

Continue to: For the 13 males, the mean SI joint...

 

 

RESULTS

The results are reported in the Table

Table. Measurements of Patients Taken on Axial T2-Weighted Views of Lumbosacral MRI Scansa

Patient

SI Joint Angle (°)

Approach Angle (°)

PSIS Table Width (cm)

PSIS to Anterior Ilium Wall (cm)

Perpendicular Distance PSIS to Anterior Joint (cm)

Post Ilium Wall to SI Joint Width (cm)

Males

1

28.80

19.50

1.24

8.80

4.16

1.52

2

31.80

27.60

1.70

7.89

3.49

1.02

3

33.70

27.70

1.12

8.14

3.15

1.28

4

23.70

26.40

0.95

6.66

3.22

0.65

5

35.90

28.40

0.84

7.60

2.57

0.95

6

33.80

29.30

1.20

7.73

2.34

0.90

7

30.30

21.20

1.36

8.44

3.95

1.18

8

34.50

20.40

1.53

7.08

3.98

1.56

9

28.70

24.00

1.34

8.19

3.51

1.31

10

22.40

20.10

1.37

7.30

3.87

1.28

11

33.60

20.80

0.88

6.43

3.26

0.94

12

48.50

31.00

1.15

6.69

2.97

1.38

13

20.20

20.90

0.94

6.95

3.79

1.05

Averages

31.22

24.41

1.20

7.53

3.40

1.16

Standard Deviation

7.18

4.11

0.26

0.75

0.56

0.26

       

Females

      

14

22.80

23.20

1.54

7.21

3.45

1.39

15

33.30

21.40

1.09

7.26

3.57

0.98

16

19.70

15.60

0.78

8.32

3.76

0.86

17

17.50

15.60

0.61

7.57

3.37

1.03

18

48.20

26.60

0.94

6.62

3.16

0.71

19

38.20

28.30

0.90

6.32

2.23

0.91

20

44.50

31.70

0.99

6.19

3.06

0.76

21

24.10

18.00

0.92

6.99

3.23

0.71

22

17.20

14.80

0.81

6.00

2.81

1.13

23

42.00

38.50

1.00

5.33

2.47

1.42

24

32.00

25.50

0.98

6.01

2.79

1.21

25

24.70

24.80

0.87

6.09

2.79

1.02

26

19.80

22.30

1.04

7.71

2.37

1.36

Averages

29.54

23.56

0.96

6.74

3.00

1.04

Standard Deviation

10.84

6.88

0.21

0.85

0.48

0.25

       

All patients

Averages

30.38

23.98

1.08

7.14

3.20

1.10

Standard Deviation

9.05

5.57

0.26

0.88

0.55

0.26

aStatistical significance is denoted as P < .02.

Abbreviations: MRI, magnetic resonance imaging; PSIS, posterior iliac spine; SI, sacroiliac.

For the 13 males, the mean SI joint angle was 31.22° ± 7.18° (range, 20.20° to 48.50°). The mean approach angle was 24.41° ± 4.11° (range, 19.50° to 31.00°). The mean PSIS table width was 1.20 cm ± 0.26 cm (range, 0.84 cm to 1.70 cm). The mean distance from the PSIS to the anterior ilium wall was 7.53 cm ± 0.75 cm (range, 6.43 cm to 8.80 cm). The mean perpendicular distance from the PSIS table to the anterior ilium was 3.40 cm ± 0.56 cm (range, 2.34 cm to 4.16 cm). The mean minimum width of the ilium to the SI joint was 1.16 cm ± 0.26 cm (range, 0.65 cm to 1.56 cm).

For the 13 females, the mean SI joint angle was 29.54° ± 10.84° (range, 17.20° to 48.20°). The mean approach angle was 23.56° ± 6.88° (range, 14.80° to 38.50°). The mean PSIS table width was 0.96 cm ± 0.21 cm (range, 0.61 cm to 1.54 cm). The mean distance from the PSIS to the anterior ilium wall was 6.74 cm ± 0.85 cm (range, 5.33 cm to 8.32 cm). The mean perpendicular distance from the PSIS table to the anterior ilium was 3.00 cm ± 0.48 cm (range, 2.23 cm to 3.76 cm). The mean minimum width of the ilium to the SI joint was 1.04 cm ± 0.25 cm (range, 0.71 cm to 1.42 cm).

For the 26 total patients, the mean SI joint angle was 30.38° ± 9.05° (range, 17.20° to 48.50°). The mean approach angle was 23.98° ± 5.57° (range, 14.80° to 38.50°). The mean PSIS table width was 1.08 cm ± 0.26 cm (range, 0.61 cm to 1.70 cm). The mean distance from the PSIS to the anterior ilium wall was 7.14 cm ± 0.88 cm (range, 5.33 cm to 8.80 cm). The mean perpendicular distance from the PSIS table to the anterior ilium was 3.20 cm ± 0.55 cm (range, 2.23 cm to 4.16 cm). The mean minimum width of the ilium to the SI joint was 1.10 cm ± 0.26 cm (range, 0.65 cm to 1.56 cm).

There was a statistically significant difference between the male and female groups for the maximum distance the trocar can be advanced from the PSIS to the anterior ilium wall (P < .02), and a statistically significant difference for the PSIS table width (P < .02). There were no significant differences between the male and female groups for the approach angle, the SI joint angle, the perpendicular distance from the PSIS to the anterior ilium, and the minimum width of the ilium to the SI joint.

Continue to: The patient is brought to the procedure...

 

 

TECHNIQUE: ILIAC CREST (PSIS) BONE MARROW ASPIRATION

The patient is brought to the procedure room and placed in a prone position. The donor site is prepared and draped in the usual sterile manner. Ultrasound is used to identify the median sacral crest in a short-axis view. The probe is then moved laterally to identify the PSIS (Figures 4A, 4B). 

The probe can be moved superiorly and inferiorly to determine the most prominent and central portion of the PSIS. The SI joint and ilium can also be visualized if needed.

The crosshairs on the ultrasound probe are used to mark the center lines of each plane. The central point marks the location of the PSIS. Alternatively, an in-plane technique can be used to place a spinal needle on the exact entry point on the PSIS. Once the PSIS and entry point are identified, the site is blocked with 10 mL of 0.5% ropivacaine.

Prior to introduction of the trocar, all instrumentation is primed with heparin and syringes are prepped with anticoagulant citrate dextrose solution, solution A. A stab incision is made at the site. The trocar is placed at the entry point, which should be centered in a superior-inferior plane and at the most medial point of the PSIS. Starting with the trocar vertical, the trocar is angled laterally 24° by dropping the hand medially toward the midline. No angulation cephalad or caudad is necessary, but cephalad must be avoided so as not to skive superiorly. This angle, which is recommended for both males and females, allows for the greatest distance the trocar can travel in bone before hitting the anterior ilium wall. A standard deviation of 5.57° is present, which should be considered. Steady pressure should be applied with a slight twisting motion on the PSIS. If advancement of the trocar is too difficult, a mallet or drill can be used to assist in penetration.

With the trocar advanced into the bone 1 cm, the trocar needle is removed while the cannula remains in place. The syringe is attached to the top of the cannula. The syringe plunger is pulled back to aspirate 20 mL of bone marrow. The cannula and syringe assembly are advanced 2 cm farther into the bone to allow for aspiration of a new location within the bone marrow cavity, and 20 mL of bone marrow are again aspirated. This is done a final time, advancing the trocar another 2 cm and aspirating a final 20 mL of bone marrow. The entire process should yield roughly 60 mL of bone marrow from one side. If desired, the same process can be repeated for the contralateral PSIS to yield a total of 120 mL of bone marrow from the 2 sites.

Based on our data, the average distance to the anterior ilium wall was 7 cm, but the shortest distance noted in this study was 5 cm. On the basis of the data presented, this technique allows for safe advancement based on even the shortest measured distance, without fear of puncturing the anterior ilium wall. Perforation could damage the femoral nerve and the internal or external iliac artery or vein that lie anterior to the ilium.

Continue to: We hypothesized that there...

 

 

DISCUSSION

We hypothesized that there would be an optimal angle of entry and maximal safe distance the trocar could advance through the ilium when aspirating. Because male and female pelvic anatomy differs, we also hypothesized that there would be differences in distance and size measurements for males and females. Our results supported our hypothesis that there is an ideal approach angle. The results also showed that the maximum distance the trocar can advance and the width of the PSIS table differ significantly between males and females.

Although pelvic anatomy differs between males and females, there should be an ideal entry angle that would allow maximum advancement into the ilium without perforating the anterior wall, which we defined as the approach angle. In our comparison of 26 MRI scans, we found that the approach angle did not differ significantly between the 2 groups (13 males, 13 females). This allows clinicians to enter the PSIS at roughly 24° medial to the parasagittal line, maximizing the space before puncturing into the anterior pelvis in either males or females.

If clinicians were to enter perpendicular to the patient’s PSIS, they would, on average, be able to advance only 3.20 cm before encountering the SI joint. When entering at 24° as we recommend, the average distance increases to 7.14 cm. Although the angle did not differ significantly, there was a significant difference between males and females in the length from the PSIS to the anterior wall, with males having 7.53 cm distance and females 6.74 cm. This is an important measurement because if the anterior ilium wall is punctured, the femoral nerve and the common, internal and external iliac arteries and veins could be damaged, resulting in retroperitoneal hemorrhage.

A fatality in 2001 in the United Kingdom led to a national audit of bone marrow aspiration and biopsies.4-6 Although these procedures were done primarily for patients with cancer, hemorrhagic events were the most frequent and serious events. This audit led to the identification of many risk factors. Bain4-6 conducted reviews of bone marrow aspirations and biopsies in the United Kingdom from 2002 to 2004. Of a total of 53,088 procedures conducted during that time frame, 48 (0.09%) adverse events occurred, with 29 (0.05%) being hemorrhagic events. Although infrequent, hemorrhagic adverse events represent significant morbidity. Reviews such as those conducted by Bain4-6 highlight the importance of a study that helps determine the optimal parameters for aspiration to ensure safety and reliability.

Hernigou and colleagues2,3 conducted studies analyzing different “sectors” in an attempt to develop a safe aspiration technique. They found that obese patients were at higher risk, and some sites of aspiration (sectors 1, 4, 5) had increased risk for perforation and damage to surrounding structures. Their sector 6, which incorporated the entirety of the PSIS table, was considered the safest, most reliable site for trocar introduction.2,3 Hernigou and colleagues,2 in comparing the bone mass of the sectors, also noted that sector 6 has the greatest bone thickness close to the entry point, making it the most favorable site. The PSIS is not just a point; it is more a “table.” The PSIS can be palpated posteriorly, but this is inaccurate and unreliable, particularly in larger individuals. The PSIS table can be identified on ultrasound before introducing the trocar, which is a more reliable method of landmark identification than palpation guidance, just as in ultrasound-guided injections7-16 and procedures.9,12,17-19

Continue to: If the PSIS is not accurately...

 

 

If the PSIS is not accurately identified, penetration laterally will result in entering the ilium wing, where it is quite narrow. We found the distance between the posterior ilium wall and the SI joint to be only 1.10 cm wide (Figure 3); we defined this area as the narrow corridor. Superior and lateral entry could damage the superior cluneal nerves coming over the iliac crest, which are located 6 cm lateral to the SI joint. Inferior and lateral entry 6 cm below the PSIS could reach the greater sciatic foramen, damaging the sacral plexus and superior gluteal artery and vein. If the entry slips above the PSIS over the pelvis, the trocar could enter the retroperitoneal space and damage the femoral nerve and common iliac artery and vein, leading to a retroperitoneal hemorrhage.4-6,20

MSCs are found as perivascular cells and lie in the cortices of bones.21 Following the approach angle and directed line from the PSIS to the anterior ilium wall described in this study (Figures 1 and 2), the trocar would pass through the narrow corridor as it advances farther into the ilium. The minimum width of this corridor was measured in this study and, on average, was 1.10 cm wide from cortex to cortex (Figure 3). As the bone marrow is aspirated from this narrow corridor, the clinician is gathering MSCs from both the lateral and medial cortices of the ilium. By aspirating from a greater surface area of the cortices, it is believed that this will increase the total collection of MSCs.

CONCLUSION

Although there are reports in the literature that describe techniques for bone marrow aspiration from the iliac crest, the techniques are very general and vague regarding the ideal angles and methods. Studies have attempted to quantify the safest entry sites for aspiration but have not detailed ideal parameters for collection. Blind aspiration from the iliac crest can have serious implications if adverse events occur, and thus there is a need for a safe and reliable method of aspiration from the iliac crest. Ultrasound guidance to identify anatomy, as opposed to palpation guidance, ensures anatomic placement of the trocar while minimizing the risk of aspiration. Based on the measurements gathered in this study, an optimal angle of entry and safe distance of penetration have been identified. Using our data and relevant literature, we developed a technique for a safe, consistent, and reliable method of bone marrow aspiration out of the iliac crest.

References

1. Chahla J, Mannava S, Cinque ME, Geeslin AG, Codina D, LaPrade RF. Bone marrow aspirate concentrate harvesting and processing technique. Arthrosc Tech. 2017;6(2):e441-e445. doi:10.1016/j.eats.2016.10.024.

2. Hernigou J, Alves A, Homma Y, Guissou I, Hernigou P. Anatomy of the ilium for bone marrow aspiration: map of sectors and implication for safe trocar placement. Int Orthop. 2014;38(12):2585-2590. doi:10.1007/s00264-014-2353-7.

3. Hernigou J, Picard L, Alves A, Silvera J, Homma Y, Hernigou P. Understanding bone safety zones during bone marrow aspiration from the iliac crest: the sector rule. Int Orthop. 2014;38(11):2377-2384. doi:10.1007/s00264-014-2343-9.

4. Bain BJ. Bone marrow biopsy morbidity: review of 2003. J Clin Pathol. 2005;58(4):406-408. doi:10.1136/jcp.2004.022178.

5. Bain BJ. Bone marrow biopsy morbidity and mortality: 2002 data. Clin Lab Haematol. 2004;26(5):315-318. doi:10.1111/j.1365-2257.2004.00630.x.

6. Bain BJ. Morbidity associated with bone marrow aspiration and trephine biopsy - a review of UK data for 2004. Haematologica. 2006;91(9):1293-1294.

7. Berkoff DJ, Miller LE, Block JE. Clinical utility of ultrasound guidance for intra-articular knee injections: a review. Clin Interv Aging. 2012;7:89-95. doi:10.2147/CIA.S29265.

8. Henkus HE, Cobben LP, Coerkamp EG, Nelissen RG, van Arkel ER. The accuracy of subacromial injections: a prospective randomized magnetic resonance imaging study. Arthroscopy. 2006;22(3):277-282. doi:10.1016/j.arthro.2005.12.019.

9. Hirahara AM, Panero AJ. A guide to ultrasound of the shoulder, part 3: interventional and procedural uses. Am J Orthop. 2016;45(7):440-445.

10. Jackson DW, Evans NA, Thomas BM. Accuracy of needle placement into the intra-articular space of the knee. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2002;84-A(9):1522-1527.

11. Naredo E, Cabero F, Beneyto P, et al. A randomized comparative study of short term response to blind versus sonographic-guided injection of local corticosteroids in patients with painful shoulder. J Rheumatol. 2004;31(2):308-314.

12. Panero AJ, Hirahara AM. A guide to ultrasound of the shoulder, part 2: the diagnostic evaluation. Am J Orthop. 2016;45(4):233-238.

13. Sethi PM, El Attrache N. Accuracy of intra-articular injection of the glenohumeral joint: a cadaveric study. Orthopedics. 2006;29(2):149-152.

14. Sibbit WL Jr, Peisajovich A, Michael AA, et al. Does sonographic needle guidance affect the clinical outcome of intraarticular injections? J Rheumatol. 2009;36(9):1892-1902. doi:10.3899/jrheum.090013.

15. Smith J, Brault JS, Rizzo M, Sayeed YA, Finnoff JT. Accuracy of sonographically guided and palpation guided scaphotrapeziotrapezoid joint injections. J Ultrasound Med. 2011;30(11):1509-1515. doi:10.7863/jum.2011.30.11.1509.

16. Yamakado K. The targeting accuracy of subacromial injection to the shoulder: an arthrographic evaluation. Arthroscopy. 2002;18(8):887-891.

17. Hirahara AM, Andersen WJ. Ultrasound-guided percutaneous reconstruction of the anterolateral ligament: surgical technique and case report. Am J Orthop. 2016;45(7):418-422, 460.

18. Hirahara AM, Andersen WJ. Ultrasound-guided percutaneous repair of medial patellofemoral ligament: surgical technique and outcomes. Am J Orthop. 2017;46(3):152-157.

19. Hirahara AM, Mackay G, Andersen WJ. Ultrasound-guided InternalBrace of the medial collateral ligament. Arthrosc Tech. Submitted.

20. Jamaludin WFW, Mukari SAM, Wahid SFA. Retroperitoneal hemorrhage associated with bone marrow trephine biopsy. Am J Case Rep. 2013;14:489-493. doi:10.12659/AJCR.889274.

21. Bianco P, Cao X, Frenette PS, et al. The meaning, the sense and the significance: translating the science of mesenchymal stem cells into medicine. Nat Med. 2013;19(1):35-42. doi:10.1038/nm.3028.

References

1. Chahla J, Mannava S, Cinque ME, Geeslin AG, Codina D, LaPrade RF. Bone marrow aspirate concentrate harvesting and processing technique. Arthrosc Tech. 2017;6(2):e441-e445. doi:10.1016/j.eats.2016.10.024.

2. Hernigou J, Alves A, Homma Y, Guissou I, Hernigou P. Anatomy of the ilium for bone marrow aspiration: map of sectors and implication for safe trocar placement. Int Orthop. 2014;38(12):2585-2590. doi:10.1007/s00264-014-2353-7.

3. Hernigou J, Picard L, Alves A, Silvera J, Homma Y, Hernigou P. Understanding bone safety zones during bone marrow aspiration from the iliac crest: the sector rule. Int Orthop. 2014;38(11):2377-2384. doi:10.1007/s00264-014-2343-9.

4. Bain BJ. Bone marrow biopsy morbidity: review of 2003. J Clin Pathol. 2005;58(4):406-408. doi:10.1136/jcp.2004.022178.

5. Bain BJ. Bone marrow biopsy morbidity and mortality: 2002 data. Clin Lab Haematol. 2004;26(5):315-318. doi:10.1111/j.1365-2257.2004.00630.x.

6. Bain BJ. Morbidity associated with bone marrow aspiration and trephine biopsy - a review of UK data for 2004. Haematologica. 2006;91(9):1293-1294.

7. Berkoff DJ, Miller LE, Block JE. Clinical utility of ultrasound guidance for intra-articular knee injections: a review. Clin Interv Aging. 2012;7:89-95. doi:10.2147/CIA.S29265.

8. Henkus HE, Cobben LP, Coerkamp EG, Nelissen RG, van Arkel ER. The accuracy of subacromial injections: a prospective randomized magnetic resonance imaging study. Arthroscopy. 2006;22(3):277-282. doi:10.1016/j.arthro.2005.12.019.

9. Hirahara AM, Panero AJ. A guide to ultrasound of the shoulder, part 3: interventional and procedural uses. Am J Orthop. 2016;45(7):440-445.

10. Jackson DW, Evans NA, Thomas BM. Accuracy of needle placement into the intra-articular space of the knee. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2002;84-A(9):1522-1527.

11. Naredo E, Cabero F, Beneyto P, et al. A randomized comparative study of short term response to blind versus sonographic-guided injection of local corticosteroids in patients with painful shoulder. J Rheumatol. 2004;31(2):308-314.

12. Panero AJ, Hirahara AM. A guide to ultrasound of the shoulder, part 2: the diagnostic evaluation. Am J Orthop. 2016;45(4):233-238.

13. Sethi PM, El Attrache N. Accuracy of intra-articular injection of the glenohumeral joint: a cadaveric study. Orthopedics. 2006;29(2):149-152.

14. Sibbit WL Jr, Peisajovich A, Michael AA, et al. Does sonographic needle guidance affect the clinical outcome of intraarticular injections? J Rheumatol. 2009;36(9):1892-1902. doi:10.3899/jrheum.090013.

15. Smith J, Brault JS, Rizzo M, Sayeed YA, Finnoff JT. Accuracy of sonographically guided and palpation guided scaphotrapeziotrapezoid joint injections. J Ultrasound Med. 2011;30(11):1509-1515. doi:10.7863/jum.2011.30.11.1509.

16. Yamakado K. The targeting accuracy of subacromial injection to the shoulder: an arthrographic evaluation. Arthroscopy. 2002;18(8):887-891.

17. Hirahara AM, Andersen WJ. Ultrasound-guided percutaneous reconstruction of the anterolateral ligament: surgical technique and case report. Am J Orthop. 2016;45(7):418-422, 460.

18. Hirahara AM, Andersen WJ. Ultrasound-guided percutaneous repair of medial patellofemoral ligament: surgical technique and outcomes. Am J Orthop. 2017;46(3):152-157.

19. Hirahara AM, Mackay G, Andersen WJ. Ultrasound-guided InternalBrace of the medial collateral ligament. Arthrosc Tech. Submitted.

20. Jamaludin WFW, Mukari SAM, Wahid SFA. Retroperitoneal hemorrhage associated with bone marrow trephine biopsy. Am J Case Rep. 2013;14:489-493. doi:10.12659/AJCR.889274.

21. Bianco P, Cao X, Frenette PS, et al. The meaning, the sense and the significance: translating the science of mesenchymal stem cells into medicine. Nat Med. 2013;19(1):35-42. doi:10.1038/nm.3028.

Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
An MRI Analysis of the Pelvis to Determine the Ideal Method for Ultrasound-Guided Bone Marrow Aspiration from the Iliac Crest
Display Headline
An MRI Analysis of the Pelvis to Determine the Ideal Method for Ultrasound-Guided Bone Marrow Aspiration from the Iliac Crest
Sections
Inside the Article

TAKE-HOME POINTS

  • There is an ideal angle and distance for optimization of a bone marrow harvest from the iliac crest.
  • Ultrasound is a reliable technology that allows clinicians to accurately and consistently identify the PSIS and avoid neurovascular structures.
  • This safe, reliable bone marrow aspiration technique can lower the risk of serious potential complications.
  • The ideal angle does not differ significantly between sexes, but the safe distance a clinician can advance does.
  • The PSIS should be considered a “table” as opposed to a protuberance.
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Gate On Date
Mon, 03/25/2019 - 14:00
Un-Gate On Date
Mon, 03/25/2019 - 14:00
Use ProPublica
CFC Schedule Remove Status
Mon, 03/25/2019 - 14:00
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.

Safety of MRI in patients with implantable cardiac devices

Article Type
Changed
Fri, 09/14/2018 - 11:53

Clinical question: Is MRI safe for patients who have implanted ICD or pacemakers that have not been deemed to be “MRI conditional” by the Food and Drug Administration?

Background: The majority of patients with implantable cardiac devices have a clinical indication for MRI within 10 years. Devices that meet certain criteria specified by the Food and Drug Administration are not felt to pose any safety hazards and are deemed “MRI conditional.” Those that do not meet these criteria are referred to as “legacy” devices and are considered to be a contraindication to MRI by the FDA and device manufacturers. The majority of ICDs and pacemakers currently in use are legacy devices and access to MRI for patients who have these devices has been very limited. This study is the first large prospective study to evaluate the safety of an MRI protocol in patients with legacy ICDs and pacemakers.

Study design: Prospective nonrandomized study.

Setting: Single academic medical center.



Synopsis: During 2003-2015, 1,509 patients with ICDs (629 patients) and pacemakers (880 patients) were enrolled and underwent 2,103 MRI examinations supervised by either an electrophysiologist or a registered nurse with cardiac device programming experience.

Study outcomes included safety and device function immediately after MRI and change in device parameters both immediately after MRI and at long-term follow-up. The most important clinical adverse event that occurred was a reset of device to backup settings referred to as “power on reset” that occurred in nine examinations. Of these nine events, one was associated with mild physical discomfort, one led to device replacement, and one was associated with transient inhibition of pacing. Small changes in P- or R-wave amplitude and atrial or ventricular capture were noted at long-term follow-up. However, none of these were large enough to result in lead revision or device reprogramming. Notable limitations of this study include that it is a single-center study limiting its ability to be generalized and that nearly 20% of patients were lost to long term follow up.

Bottom line: When performed at an institution with an established safety protocol, MRI examinations in patients with legacy devices are not associated with clinically significant adverse safety events or changes in device function that require reprogramming. Multicenter studies are necessary to determine if these results can be generalizable.

Citation: Nazarian S et al. Safety of magnetic resonance imaging in patients with cardiac devices. N Engl J Med. 2017 Dec 28;377(26):2555-64.

Dr. Scaletta is a hospitalist at Denver Health Medical Center and an assistant professor of medicine at the University of Colorado at Denver, Aurora.

Publications
Topics
Sections

Clinical question: Is MRI safe for patients who have implanted ICD or pacemakers that have not been deemed to be “MRI conditional” by the Food and Drug Administration?

Background: The majority of patients with implantable cardiac devices have a clinical indication for MRI within 10 years. Devices that meet certain criteria specified by the Food and Drug Administration are not felt to pose any safety hazards and are deemed “MRI conditional.” Those that do not meet these criteria are referred to as “legacy” devices and are considered to be a contraindication to MRI by the FDA and device manufacturers. The majority of ICDs and pacemakers currently in use are legacy devices and access to MRI for patients who have these devices has been very limited. This study is the first large prospective study to evaluate the safety of an MRI protocol in patients with legacy ICDs and pacemakers.

Study design: Prospective nonrandomized study.

Setting: Single academic medical center.



Synopsis: During 2003-2015, 1,509 patients with ICDs (629 patients) and pacemakers (880 patients) were enrolled and underwent 2,103 MRI examinations supervised by either an electrophysiologist or a registered nurse with cardiac device programming experience.

Study outcomes included safety and device function immediately after MRI and change in device parameters both immediately after MRI and at long-term follow-up. The most important clinical adverse event that occurred was a reset of device to backup settings referred to as “power on reset” that occurred in nine examinations. Of these nine events, one was associated with mild physical discomfort, one led to device replacement, and one was associated with transient inhibition of pacing. Small changes in P- or R-wave amplitude and atrial or ventricular capture were noted at long-term follow-up. However, none of these were large enough to result in lead revision or device reprogramming. Notable limitations of this study include that it is a single-center study limiting its ability to be generalized and that nearly 20% of patients were lost to long term follow up.

Bottom line: When performed at an institution with an established safety protocol, MRI examinations in patients with legacy devices are not associated with clinically significant adverse safety events or changes in device function that require reprogramming. Multicenter studies are necessary to determine if these results can be generalizable.

Citation: Nazarian S et al. Safety of magnetic resonance imaging in patients with cardiac devices. N Engl J Med. 2017 Dec 28;377(26):2555-64.

Dr. Scaletta is a hospitalist at Denver Health Medical Center and an assistant professor of medicine at the University of Colorado at Denver, Aurora.

Clinical question: Is MRI safe for patients who have implanted ICD or pacemakers that have not been deemed to be “MRI conditional” by the Food and Drug Administration?

Background: The majority of patients with implantable cardiac devices have a clinical indication for MRI within 10 years. Devices that meet certain criteria specified by the Food and Drug Administration are not felt to pose any safety hazards and are deemed “MRI conditional.” Those that do not meet these criteria are referred to as “legacy” devices and are considered to be a contraindication to MRI by the FDA and device manufacturers. The majority of ICDs and pacemakers currently in use are legacy devices and access to MRI for patients who have these devices has been very limited. This study is the first large prospective study to evaluate the safety of an MRI protocol in patients with legacy ICDs and pacemakers.

Study design: Prospective nonrandomized study.

Setting: Single academic medical center.



Synopsis: During 2003-2015, 1,509 patients with ICDs (629 patients) and pacemakers (880 patients) were enrolled and underwent 2,103 MRI examinations supervised by either an electrophysiologist or a registered nurse with cardiac device programming experience.

Study outcomes included safety and device function immediately after MRI and change in device parameters both immediately after MRI and at long-term follow-up. The most important clinical adverse event that occurred was a reset of device to backup settings referred to as “power on reset” that occurred in nine examinations. Of these nine events, one was associated with mild physical discomfort, one led to device replacement, and one was associated with transient inhibition of pacing. Small changes in P- or R-wave amplitude and atrial or ventricular capture were noted at long-term follow-up. However, none of these were large enough to result in lead revision or device reprogramming. Notable limitations of this study include that it is a single-center study limiting its ability to be generalized and that nearly 20% of patients were lost to long term follow up.

Bottom line: When performed at an institution with an established safety protocol, MRI examinations in patients with legacy devices are not associated with clinically significant adverse safety events or changes in device function that require reprogramming. Multicenter studies are necessary to determine if these results can be generalizable.

Citation: Nazarian S et al. Safety of magnetic resonance imaging in patients with cardiac devices. N Engl J Med. 2017 Dec 28;377(26):2555-64.

Dr. Scaletta is a hospitalist at Denver Health Medical Center and an assistant professor of medicine at the University of Colorado at Denver, Aurora.

Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Use ProPublica

Magnetic Resonance Imaging Evaluation of the Distal Biceps Tendon

Article Type
Changed
Thu, 09/19/2019 - 13:18
Display Headline
Magnetic Resonance Imaging Evaluation of the Distal Biceps Tendon

ABSTRACT

Injuries to the distal biceps occur at the tendinous insertion at the radial tuberosity. Distal biceps injuries range from tendinosis to partial tears to non-retracted and retracted complete tears. Acute and chronic complete tears result from a tendinous avulsion at the radial tuberosity. Acute tears result from a strong force exerted on an eccentric biceps contraction, leading to tendon injury.

Distal biceps tendon injuries are uncommon (1.2 per 100,000 patients in one study).1 An underlying degenerative component is involved in all distal biceps tendon tears and tendinosis.2 Partial tears can be caused by the same mechanism or by no particular inciting event.3 Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) is the optimal imaging modality for distal tendon tears because of its excellent specificity and sensitivity in the detection of complete tears.4,5 Imaging also accurately diagnoses and characterizes partial tears and tendinosis.5 On MRI, fast spin-echo intermediate-weighted and T2-weighted or short tau inversion recovery (STIR) sequences are normally obtained to assess tendon integrity. Along with standard axial and sagittal views, the FABS (flexed elbow, abducted shoulder, supinated forearm) view is an important tool in the diagnosis of distal biceps tendon tears.6 The FABS view is obtained with the patient prone with the shoulder abducted 180° (above the head), with the elbow flexed to 90°, and the forearm supinated. This position allows a longitudinal view of along the entire length of the distal tendon.

Complete distal biceps tears can usually be diagnosed by history and physical examinations. However, imaging can be helpful when intact brachialis function can compensate for a completely torn tendon. MRI is also useful in the setting of a complete tear to locate the torn tendon stump, and assess the degree of retraction for tendon retrieval7,8 and quality of the tendon stump for repair. For associated rupture of the lacertus, the degree of proximal tendon retraction can be significant (Figures 1A, 1B). 

Given that distal biceps tendon rupture occurs as an avulsion at the tendon-bone interface (Figure 2), complete distal biceps tendon tears typically demonstrate no tendon at the insertion on the radial tuberosity with a fluid-filled tendon gap with edema and/or hemorrhage7,9 or an ill-defined T2-hyperintense mass at the expected site of the tendon.7 
Complete tears without rupture of the lacertus fibrosis (bicipital aponeurosis) will have a small amount of retraction because the intact aponeurosis tethers the torn tendon stump (Figures 3A-3C). 
Chronic complete tears demonstrate heterogeneous signal intensity and fluid signal at the tendon, as well as muscle belly atrophy.9 A small percentage of distal biceps brachii tendons are bifid 10 (Figure 4). 
When injured, 75% have complete rupture of the short head with 17% of these having additional complete rupture of the long head, whereas 50% of those with complete rupture of the short head have partial tear or tendinosis of the long head.

Continue to: Partial distal bicep tears...

 

 

Partial distal bicep tears are characterized on MRI by focal or partial detachment of the tendon at the radial tuberosity with fluid filling the site of the tear. The degree of partial tearing can be assessed on MRI (Figures 5A, 5B). 
In distal biceps tendinosis, increased signals of thickened tendon fibers at the radial tuberosity are evident without focal discontinuity7,8 (Figures 6A-6C). Patients may display attenuation of the distal tendon fibers or adjacent fluid distension representing bicipitoradial bursitis (Figures 7A, 7B).

MRI is useful in assessing the distal biceps tendon in the postoperative setting to evaluate the integrity of a repaired tendon. Cortical fixation button technique for repair creates minimal susceptibility artifacts on MRI. Postoperative MRI typically demonstrates a transverse hole drilled through the proximal radius at the site of the tuberosity with a cortical fixation button flush against the posterior radial cortex (Figures 8A-8D). 

The postoperative complication of heterotopic ossification can occasionally be observed on plain radiograph at the site of surgery, but it is less common with the current surgical technique than in the past.11

References

1. Safran M, Graham S. Distal biceps tendon ruptures. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2002;404:275-283.

2. Kannus P, Józsa L. Histopathological changes preceding spontaneous rupture of a tendon. A controlled study of 891 patients. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 1991;73(10):1507-1525. doi:10.2106/00004623-199173100-00009.

3. Frazier M, Boardman M, Westland M, Imbriglia J. Surgical treatment of partial distal biceps tendon ruptures. J Hand Surg Am. 2010;35(7):1111-1114. doi:10.1016/j.jhsa.2010.04.024.

4. Festa A, Mulieri P, Newman J, Spitz D, Leslie B. Effectiveness of magnetic resonance imaging in detecting partial and complete distal biceps tendon rupture. J Hand Surg Am. 2010;35(1):77-83. doi:10.1016/j.jhsa.2009.08.016.

5. O'Driscoll S, Goncalves L, Dietz P. The hook test for distal biceps tendon avulsion. Am J Sports Med. 2007;35(11):1865-1869. doi:10.1177/0363546507305016.

6. Giuffrè B, Moss M. Optimal positioning for MRI of the distal biceps brachii tendon: flexed abducted supinated view. Am J Roentgenol. 2004;182(4):944-946. doi:10.2214/ajr.182.4.1820944.

7. Falchook F, Zlatkin M, Erbacher G, Moulton J, Bisset G. Murphy B. Rupture of the distal biceps tendon: evaluation with MR imaging. Radiology. 1994;190(3):659-663. doi:10.1148/radiology.190.3.8115606.

8. Fitzgerald S, Curry D, Erickson S, Quinn S, Friedman H. Distal biceps tendon injury: MR imaging diagnosis. Radiology. 1994;191(1):203-206. doi:10.1148/radiology.191.1.8134571.

9. Lehuec J, Zipoli B, Liquois F, Moinard M, Chauveaux D, Le Rebeller A. Distal rupture of the biceps tendon MRI evaluation and surgical repair. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 1996;5(2):S49.

10. Dirim B, Brouha S, Pretterklieber M, et al. Terminal bifurcation of the biceps brachii muscle and tendon: anatomic considerations and clinical implications. Am J Roentgenol. 2008;191(6):W248-W255. doi:10.2214/AJR.08.1048.

11. Quach T, Jazayeri R, Sherman O, Rosen J. Distal biceps tendon injuries--current treatment options. Bull NYU Hosp Jt Dis. 2010;68(2):103-111.

Author and Disclosure Information

Authors’ Disclosure Statement: The authors report no actual or potential conflict of interest in relation to this article.

Dr. Fitzpatrick is Assistant Professor of Radiology, Department of Radiology, Icahn School of Medicine at Mount Sinai, New York, New York; Director, Mount Sinai Queens Imaging, Astoria, New York; and Radiology Site Director, Mount Sinai Brooklyn Heights, Brooklyn, New York. Dr. Menashe is a Fellow, Department of Radiology, Montefiore Medical Center, Bronx, New York.

Address correspondence to: Darren Fitzpatrick, MD, Department of Radiology, Mount Sinai Queens; 25-10 30th Avenue, Astoria, NY 11102 (email, [email protected]).

Am J Orthop. 2018;47(5). Copyright Frontline Medical Communications Inc. 2018. All rights reserved.

. Magnetic Resonance Imaging Evaluation of the Distal Biceps Tendon . Am J Orthop.

Publications
Topics
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Authors’ Disclosure Statement: The authors report no actual or potential conflict of interest in relation to this article.

Dr. Fitzpatrick is Assistant Professor of Radiology, Department of Radiology, Icahn School of Medicine at Mount Sinai, New York, New York; Director, Mount Sinai Queens Imaging, Astoria, New York; and Radiology Site Director, Mount Sinai Brooklyn Heights, Brooklyn, New York. Dr. Menashe is a Fellow, Department of Radiology, Montefiore Medical Center, Bronx, New York.

Address correspondence to: Darren Fitzpatrick, MD, Department of Radiology, Mount Sinai Queens; 25-10 30th Avenue, Astoria, NY 11102 (email, [email protected]).

Am J Orthop. 2018;47(5). Copyright Frontline Medical Communications Inc. 2018. All rights reserved.

. Magnetic Resonance Imaging Evaluation of the Distal Biceps Tendon . Am J Orthop.

Author and Disclosure Information

Authors’ Disclosure Statement: The authors report no actual or potential conflict of interest in relation to this article.

Dr. Fitzpatrick is Assistant Professor of Radiology, Department of Radiology, Icahn School of Medicine at Mount Sinai, New York, New York; Director, Mount Sinai Queens Imaging, Astoria, New York; and Radiology Site Director, Mount Sinai Brooklyn Heights, Brooklyn, New York. Dr. Menashe is a Fellow, Department of Radiology, Montefiore Medical Center, Bronx, New York.

Address correspondence to: Darren Fitzpatrick, MD, Department of Radiology, Mount Sinai Queens; 25-10 30th Avenue, Astoria, NY 11102 (email, [email protected]).

Am J Orthop. 2018;47(5). Copyright Frontline Medical Communications Inc. 2018. All rights reserved.

. Magnetic Resonance Imaging Evaluation of the Distal Biceps Tendon . Am J Orthop.

ABSTRACT

Injuries to the distal biceps occur at the tendinous insertion at the radial tuberosity. Distal biceps injuries range from tendinosis to partial tears to non-retracted and retracted complete tears. Acute and chronic complete tears result from a tendinous avulsion at the radial tuberosity. Acute tears result from a strong force exerted on an eccentric biceps contraction, leading to tendon injury.

Distal biceps tendon injuries are uncommon (1.2 per 100,000 patients in one study).1 An underlying degenerative component is involved in all distal biceps tendon tears and tendinosis.2 Partial tears can be caused by the same mechanism or by no particular inciting event.3 Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) is the optimal imaging modality for distal tendon tears because of its excellent specificity and sensitivity in the detection of complete tears.4,5 Imaging also accurately diagnoses and characterizes partial tears and tendinosis.5 On MRI, fast spin-echo intermediate-weighted and T2-weighted or short tau inversion recovery (STIR) sequences are normally obtained to assess tendon integrity. Along with standard axial and sagittal views, the FABS (flexed elbow, abducted shoulder, supinated forearm) view is an important tool in the diagnosis of distal biceps tendon tears.6 The FABS view is obtained with the patient prone with the shoulder abducted 180° (above the head), with the elbow flexed to 90°, and the forearm supinated. This position allows a longitudinal view of along the entire length of the distal tendon.

Complete distal biceps tears can usually be diagnosed by history and physical examinations. However, imaging can be helpful when intact brachialis function can compensate for a completely torn tendon. MRI is also useful in the setting of a complete tear to locate the torn tendon stump, and assess the degree of retraction for tendon retrieval7,8 and quality of the tendon stump for repair. For associated rupture of the lacertus, the degree of proximal tendon retraction can be significant (Figures 1A, 1B). 

Given that distal biceps tendon rupture occurs as an avulsion at the tendon-bone interface (Figure 2), complete distal biceps tendon tears typically demonstrate no tendon at the insertion on the radial tuberosity with a fluid-filled tendon gap with edema and/or hemorrhage7,9 or an ill-defined T2-hyperintense mass at the expected site of the tendon.7 
Complete tears without rupture of the lacertus fibrosis (bicipital aponeurosis) will have a small amount of retraction because the intact aponeurosis tethers the torn tendon stump (Figures 3A-3C). 
Chronic complete tears demonstrate heterogeneous signal intensity and fluid signal at the tendon, as well as muscle belly atrophy.9 A small percentage of distal biceps brachii tendons are bifid 10 (Figure 4). 
When injured, 75% have complete rupture of the short head with 17% of these having additional complete rupture of the long head, whereas 50% of those with complete rupture of the short head have partial tear or tendinosis of the long head.

Continue to: Partial distal bicep tears...

 

 

Partial distal bicep tears are characterized on MRI by focal or partial detachment of the tendon at the radial tuberosity with fluid filling the site of the tear. The degree of partial tearing can be assessed on MRI (Figures 5A, 5B). 
In distal biceps tendinosis, increased signals of thickened tendon fibers at the radial tuberosity are evident without focal discontinuity7,8 (Figures 6A-6C). Patients may display attenuation of the distal tendon fibers or adjacent fluid distension representing bicipitoradial bursitis (Figures 7A, 7B).

MRI is useful in assessing the distal biceps tendon in the postoperative setting to evaluate the integrity of a repaired tendon. Cortical fixation button technique for repair creates minimal susceptibility artifacts on MRI. Postoperative MRI typically demonstrates a transverse hole drilled through the proximal radius at the site of the tuberosity with a cortical fixation button flush against the posterior radial cortex (Figures 8A-8D). 

The postoperative complication of heterotopic ossification can occasionally be observed on plain radiograph at the site of surgery, but it is less common with the current surgical technique than in the past.11

ABSTRACT

Injuries to the distal biceps occur at the tendinous insertion at the radial tuberosity. Distal biceps injuries range from tendinosis to partial tears to non-retracted and retracted complete tears. Acute and chronic complete tears result from a tendinous avulsion at the radial tuberosity. Acute tears result from a strong force exerted on an eccentric biceps contraction, leading to tendon injury.

Distal biceps tendon injuries are uncommon (1.2 per 100,000 patients in one study).1 An underlying degenerative component is involved in all distal biceps tendon tears and tendinosis.2 Partial tears can be caused by the same mechanism or by no particular inciting event.3 Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) is the optimal imaging modality for distal tendon tears because of its excellent specificity and sensitivity in the detection of complete tears.4,5 Imaging also accurately diagnoses and characterizes partial tears and tendinosis.5 On MRI, fast spin-echo intermediate-weighted and T2-weighted or short tau inversion recovery (STIR) sequences are normally obtained to assess tendon integrity. Along with standard axial and sagittal views, the FABS (flexed elbow, abducted shoulder, supinated forearm) view is an important tool in the diagnosis of distal biceps tendon tears.6 The FABS view is obtained with the patient prone with the shoulder abducted 180° (above the head), with the elbow flexed to 90°, and the forearm supinated. This position allows a longitudinal view of along the entire length of the distal tendon.

Complete distal biceps tears can usually be diagnosed by history and physical examinations. However, imaging can be helpful when intact brachialis function can compensate for a completely torn tendon. MRI is also useful in the setting of a complete tear to locate the torn tendon stump, and assess the degree of retraction for tendon retrieval7,8 and quality of the tendon stump for repair. For associated rupture of the lacertus, the degree of proximal tendon retraction can be significant (Figures 1A, 1B). 

Given that distal biceps tendon rupture occurs as an avulsion at the tendon-bone interface (Figure 2), complete distal biceps tendon tears typically demonstrate no tendon at the insertion on the radial tuberosity with a fluid-filled tendon gap with edema and/or hemorrhage7,9 or an ill-defined T2-hyperintense mass at the expected site of the tendon.7 
Complete tears without rupture of the lacertus fibrosis (bicipital aponeurosis) will have a small amount of retraction because the intact aponeurosis tethers the torn tendon stump (Figures 3A-3C). 
Chronic complete tears demonstrate heterogeneous signal intensity and fluid signal at the tendon, as well as muscle belly atrophy.9 A small percentage of distal biceps brachii tendons are bifid 10 (Figure 4). 
When injured, 75% have complete rupture of the short head with 17% of these having additional complete rupture of the long head, whereas 50% of those with complete rupture of the short head have partial tear or tendinosis of the long head.

Continue to: Partial distal bicep tears...

 

 

Partial distal bicep tears are characterized on MRI by focal or partial detachment of the tendon at the radial tuberosity with fluid filling the site of the tear. The degree of partial tearing can be assessed on MRI (Figures 5A, 5B). 
In distal biceps tendinosis, increased signals of thickened tendon fibers at the radial tuberosity are evident without focal discontinuity7,8 (Figures 6A-6C). Patients may display attenuation of the distal tendon fibers or adjacent fluid distension representing bicipitoradial bursitis (Figures 7A, 7B).

MRI is useful in assessing the distal biceps tendon in the postoperative setting to evaluate the integrity of a repaired tendon. Cortical fixation button technique for repair creates minimal susceptibility artifacts on MRI. Postoperative MRI typically demonstrates a transverse hole drilled through the proximal radius at the site of the tuberosity with a cortical fixation button flush against the posterior radial cortex (Figures 8A-8D). 

The postoperative complication of heterotopic ossification can occasionally be observed on plain radiograph at the site of surgery, but it is less common with the current surgical technique than in the past.11

References

1. Safran M, Graham S. Distal biceps tendon ruptures. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2002;404:275-283.

2. Kannus P, Józsa L. Histopathological changes preceding spontaneous rupture of a tendon. A controlled study of 891 patients. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 1991;73(10):1507-1525. doi:10.2106/00004623-199173100-00009.

3. Frazier M, Boardman M, Westland M, Imbriglia J. Surgical treatment of partial distal biceps tendon ruptures. J Hand Surg Am. 2010;35(7):1111-1114. doi:10.1016/j.jhsa.2010.04.024.

4. Festa A, Mulieri P, Newman J, Spitz D, Leslie B. Effectiveness of magnetic resonance imaging in detecting partial and complete distal biceps tendon rupture. J Hand Surg Am. 2010;35(1):77-83. doi:10.1016/j.jhsa.2009.08.016.

5. O'Driscoll S, Goncalves L, Dietz P. The hook test for distal biceps tendon avulsion. Am J Sports Med. 2007;35(11):1865-1869. doi:10.1177/0363546507305016.

6. Giuffrè B, Moss M. Optimal positioning for MRI of the distal biceps brachii tendon: flexed abducted supinated view. Am J Roentgenol. 2004;182(4):944-946. doi:10.2214/ajr.182.4.1820944.

7. Falchook F, Zlatkin M, Erbacher G, Moulton J, Bisset G. Murphy B. Rupture of the distal biceps tendon: evaluation with MR imaging. Radiology. 1994;190(3):659-663. doi:10.1148/radiology.190.3.8115606.

8. Fitzgerald S, Curry D, Erickson S, Quinn S, Friedman H. Distal biceps tendon injury: MR imaging diagnosis. Radiology. 1994;191(1):203-206. doi:10.1148/radiology.191.1.8134571.

9. Lehuec J, Zipoli B, Liquois F, Moinard M, Chauveaux D, Le Rebeller A. Distal rupture of the biceps tendon MRI evaluation and surgical repair. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 1996;5(2):S49.

10. Dirim B, Brouha S, Pretterklieber M, et al. Terminal bifurcation of the biceps brachii muscle and tendon: anatomic considerations and clinical implications. Am J Roentgenol. 2008;191(6):W248-W255. doi:10.2214/AJR.08.1048.

11. Quach T, Jazayeri R, Sherman O, Rosen J. Distal biceps tendon injuries--current treatment options. Bull NYU Hosp Jt Dis. 2010;68(2):103-111.

References

1. Safran M, Graham S. Distal biceps tendon ruptures. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2002;404:275-283.

2. Kannus P, Józsa L. Histopathological changes preceding spontaneous rupture of a tendon. A controlled study of 891 patients. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 1991;73(10):1507-1525. doi:10.2106/00004623-199173100-00009.

3. Frazier M, Boardman M, Westland M, Imbriglia J. Surgical treatment of partial distal biceps tendon ruptures. J Hand Surg Am. 2010;35(7):1111-1114. doi:10.1016/j.jhsa.2010.04.024.

4. Festa A, Mulieri P, Newman J, Spitz D, Leslie B. Effectiveness of magnetic resonance imaging in detecting partial and complete distal biceps tendon rupture. J Hand Surg Am. 2010;35(1):77-83. doi:10.1016/j.jhsa.2009.08.016.

5. O'Driscoll S, Goncalves L, Dietz P. The hook test for distal biceps tendon avulsion. Am J Sports Med. 2007;35(11):1865-1869. doi:10.1177/0363546507305016.

6. Giuffrè B, Moss M. Optimal positioning for MRI of the distal biceps brachii tendon: flexed abducted supinated view. Am J Roentgenol. 2004;182(4):944-946. doi:10.2214/ajr.182.4.1820944.

7. Falchook F, Zlatkin M, Erbacher G, Moulton J, Bisset G. Murphy B. Rupture of the distal biceps tendon: evaluation with MR imaging. Radiology. 1994;190(3):659-663. doi:10.1148/radiology.190.3.8115606.

8. Fitzgerald S, Curry D, Erickson S, Quinn S, Friedman H. Distal biceps tendon injury: MR imaging diagnosis. Radiology. 1994;191(1):203-206. doi:10.1148/radiology.191.1.8134571.

9. Lehuec J, Zipoli B, Liquois F, Moinard M, Chauveaux D, Le Rebeller A. Distal rupture of the biceps tendon MRI evaluation and surgical repair. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 1996;5(2):S49.

10. Dirim B, Brouha S, Pretterklieber M, et al. Terminal bifurcation of the biceps brachii muscle and tendon: anatomic considerations and clinical implications. Am J Roentgenol. 2008;191(6):W248-W255. doi:10.2214/AJR.08.1048.

11. Quach T, Jazayeri R, Sherman O, Rosen J. Distal biceps tendon injuries--current treatment options. Bull NYU Hosp Jt Dis. 2010;68(2):103-111.

Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Magnetic Resonance Imaging Evaluation of the Distal Biceps Tendon
Display Headline
Magnetic Resonance Imaging Evaluation of the Distal Biceps Tendon
Sections
Inside the Article

TAKE-HOME POINTS

  • There are a variety of injuries to the distal biceps tendon.
  • Injuries vary from tendinosis to full thickness, retracted tears.
  • The degree of retraction of full thickness tears depends on the integrity of the lacertus fibrosis.
  • The FABS view allows for MRI of the entire length of the distal biceps tendon.
  • MRI is the most useful imaging modality to determine the integrity of the postoperative biceps tendon.
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Gate On Date
Tue, 03/26/2019 - 11:15
Un-Gate On Date
Tue, 03/26/2019 - 11:15
Use ProPublica
CFC Schedule Remove Status
Tue, 03/26/2019 - 11:15
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.

Radiographic Study of Humeral Stem in Shoulder Arthroplasty After Lesser Tuberosity Osteotomy or Subscapularis Tenotomy

Article Type
Changed
Thu, 09/19/2019 - 13:18
Display Headline
Radiographic Study of Humeral Stem in Shoulder Arthroplasty After Lesser Tuberosity Osteotomy or Subscapularis Tenotomy

ABSTRACT

Lesser tuberosity osteotomy (LTO) and subscapularis tenotomy (ST) are used for takedown of the subscapularis during shoulder arthroplasty. LTO offers the theoretical but unproven benefit of improved healing and function of the subscapularis. However, humeral stem subsidence and loosening may be greater when osteotomy is performed, which may compromise functional outcomes. Our hypothesis is that no difference in proximal collar press-fit humeral stem subsidence or loosening exists, with no impairment of functional outcomes using the LTO technique.

During the surgical approach for total shoulder arthroplasty (TSA), the subscapularis is taken down for adequate exposure to the glenohumeral joint. Various methods are available for taking down the subscapularis, including lesser tuberosity osteotomy (LTO) and a subscapularis tenotomy (ST). LTO offers the theoretical but unproven benefit of improved healing and function of the subscapularis secondary to bone-to-bone healing. One concern, however, is that humeral stem subsidence may be greater when an osteotomy is performed owing to compromise of metaphyseal cortical bone, which may compromise functional outcomes. The humeral stem design may also influence subsidence when metaphyseal bone proximally is compromised. This is a concern in both metaphyseal and diaphyseal fitting stems. Metaphyseal collars on diaphyseal fitting stems rely on adequate bone stock in the metaphysis to provide the additional support needed. Also, posterior subluxation remains a challenge in shoulder arthroplasty. The integrity of the subscapularis is important in prevention of posterior subluxation.1 To our knowledge, no study to date has directly compared differences in humeral stem subsidence, loosening, or posterior subluxation between LTO and ST techniques with any humeral stem design. Our hypothesis is that no difference in proximal collar press-fit humeral stem subsidence or loosening exists, with no impairment of functional outcomes using the LTO technique. We also hypothesize that no difference in posterior subluxation exists between LTO and ST techniques.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

INCLUSION CRITERIA

Consecutive patients with a minimum of 12 months of radiographic follow-up were selected from 2007 to 2010 after TSA was performed by 1 of the senior authors (Dr. Miller and Dr. Voloshin). Study patients underwent primary TSA for primary osteoarthritis or rheumatoid arthritis.

EXCLUSION CRITERIA

Patients were excluded if they underwent TSA for posttraumatic glenohumeral arthritis, hemiarthroplasty, or osteonecrosis. Patients were also excluded if a rotator cuff tear was discovered intraoperatively or if they had a history of a rotator cuff repair. Additional exclusion criteria included postoperative trauma to the operative shoulder, postoperative infection, extensive documentation of chronic pain, and underlying neurologic disorder (eg, Parkinson disease, dystonia). Patients with a history of diabetes mellitus were not excluded.

SURGICAL TECHNIQUE

All patients underwent TSA via a deltopectoral approach in a modified beach chair position. Biceps tendons were tenodesed at the level of the pectoralis major. All patients received the same proximal collar press-fit implant (Bigliani-Flatow; Zimmer Biomet). These stems provide rotational stability in the metaphyseal segment via fins, vertical stability with the proximal collar, and distal fixation via an interference fit. All parts of the procedure were performed in similar fashion with the exception of ST vs LTO (Figures 1A-1D). 

All patients followed the same postoperative rehabilitation protocol.

Continue to: LTO was performed as the primary...

 

 

LESSER TUBEROSITY OSTEOTOMY

LTO was performed as the primary or preferred technique of 1 surgeon. After completion of the biceps tenodesis, the lesser tuberosity is reflected off with the subscapularis intact using an osteotome. After placement of the press-fit humeral stem, the LTO is repaired using No. 5 Ethibond Excel sutures (Ethicon) passed through previously created bone tunnels in the greater tuberosity. These sutures are tied over metal buttons over the lateral cortex of the greater tuberosity. Last, the lateral corner of the rotator interval is repaired using a single No. 2 FiberWire (Arthrex).2

SUBSCAPULARIS TENOTOMY

ST is the preferred surgical technique of the second surgeon. After a biceps tenodesis, the subscapularis tendon is released from the lesser tuberosity at the margin of the bicipital groove. Through careful dissection, a single flap including the underlying capsule is created and reflected medially to the level of the coracoid. After placement of the press-fit humeral stem and humeral head, the subscapularis is repaired back in place through previous bone tunnels and with a No. 5 Ethibond Excel suture under the appropriate tension. Then, the lateral corner of the rotator interval is closed using a single No. 2 Ethibond Excel suture in a figure-of-eight fashion.2

RADIOGRAPHIC ANALYSIS

The primary variables analyzed were subsidence and loosening. Additional variables, including humeral-acromial distance (HAD) and subluxation index, were also analyzed to assess for any additional impact caused by subsidence or loosening.3 All radiographic measurements were taken from the Grashey (true anteroposterior) view, except subluxation index, which was calculated using the axillary view. All radiographic measurements were completed by 3 independent reviewers. All radiographs were completed in a consistent manner according to postoperative protocols.

HAD was measured preoperatively, immediately postoperatively, and at final follow-up at a minimum of 1 year. The HAD was measured from the lowest point on the acromion to the humerus using a perpendicular line (Figure 2).

Subsidence of the prosthesis was calculated by determining the difference between immediate postoperative heights of the prosthesis in comparison to the value of the final follow-up films. To calculate the height, 2 lines were drawn, 1 line was drawn perpendicular to the top of the prosthetic head and 1 perpendicular to the top of the greater tuberosity (Figure 3). 

This distance was measured both immediately postoperatively and at final follow-up. The height difference between the 2 time points was used to calculate the subsidence.

Continue to: Posterior subluxation is indicated...

 

 

Posterior subluxation is indicated by a value >65%, a centered head is between 35% and 65%, and anterior subluxation is indicated by a value <35% (Figure 4).
The subluxation index was calculated using the method outlined by Gerber and colleagues3 using the axillary view radiograph (Figure 4). The midpoint of the glenoid was identified. Then, a perpendicular line (line z) was drawn projecting from the midpoint of the glenoid through the humeral head. Two lines were then drawn in an anterior-to-posterior direction on the humeral head. The first line (measurement A) was drawn from the posterior cortex to the previous perpendicular line (line z). The second line (measurement B) was drawn from the posterior to the anterior cortex. Measurements A and B should be calculated at the same height on the humeral head, roughly at the anatomic neck. The subluxation index is then calculated as A/B × 100. This was calculated both preoperatively and postoperatively.

The humeral stems were evaluated for loosening by assessing for lucency on final radiographic follow-up films. These were evaluated in a zonal fashion as demonstrated by Sanchez-Sotelo and colleagues4 and in Figure 5

The humeral stem-bone interface was evaluated in 8 radiographic zones. A lucency was not considered significant unless >2 mm. The zone of lucency was then determined for any significant lucencies. Zones 1 and 7 were at the level of the neck component, zones 2 and 6 were at the proximal half of the stem component, and zones 3 and 5 were at the distal half of the stem component. Zone 8 was noted directly inferior to the humeral head prosthesis.4

FUNCTIONAL OUTCOME EVALUATION

Before clinical evaluation, each study patient completed the Western Ontario Osteoarthritis of the Shoulder (WOOS) index; the Disabilities of the Hand, Arm and Shoulder (DASH) questionnaire, and the pain and function sections of the Constant score. The functional outcomes scores were captured postoperatively from October to November 2011. The WOOS is a validated outcome measure specific to osteoarthritis of the shoulder and has been used in prior studies evaluating outcomes of TSA.5-7 Previous studies have determined that the minimal clinically important difference for the WOOS score is 15 on a normalized 0 to 100 scale (100 being the best). The DASH score is a validated outcome measure for disorders of the upper extremity but is not specific to osteoarthritis of the shoulder.8 The Constant score is a validated outcome measure for a number of shoulder disorders, including TSA.9,10

STATISTICAL ANALYSIS

Statistical analyses were completed by a trained biostatistician. A power analysis was calculated using the noninferiority test to determine if adequate data had been obtained for this study. This was calculated by using previously accepted data demonstrating a statistically significant difference for subsidence and HAD. The data from these studies were used to make assumptions regarding accepted standard deviations and noninferiority margins, as calculated from the mean values of the 2 groups analyzed in each respective study.4,11 This analysis demonstrated power of 0.97 and 0.85 for the subsidence and HAD, respectively, given the current sample sizes. Intraclass coefficients were calculated to evaluate the measurements obtained during the radiographic analysis to determine the interrater agreement. Two samples’ t tests were calculated for the variables analyzed, along with P values and means.

RESULTS

DEMOGRAPHICS

A total of 51 consecutive patients were retrospectively selected for analysis. Of these, 16 patients were excluded from the study because they had <9 months of radiographic follow-up and were unavailable for further follow-up evaluation. Of the remaining 35 patients available for analysis, 4 patients had bilateral TSA, providing 39 shoulders for evaluation. Demographic characteristics of the study cohort are reported in Table 1.

Table 1. Demographic Characteristics    
 Tenotomy (n = 24) Osteotomy (n = 15) P-value
Age 68.2 [7.4] 70.2 [7.1] 0.46
Follow-up 20.6 [11.5]18.5 [6.25] 0.94
Females 7 (29%) 6 (40%) 0.58
Dominant shoulder 14 (58%) 8 (53%) 0.81
Primary Diagnosis   
Osteoarthritis 22 (92%) 15 (100%)  
Rheumatoid arthritis 2 (8%) 0 (0%)  

  Fifteen patients underwent LTO, and 24 underwent ST. One patient underwent a tenotomy of the right shoulder and LTO of the left shoulder. Three LTOs were performed by the surgeon who primarily performed ST, owing to potential benefits of LTO. He eventually returned to his preferred technique of ST because of surgeon preference. Three ST procedures were completed by the surgeon who typically performed LTO at the start of the series prior to establishing LTO as his preferred technique. There was no significant difference between the study populations in terms of age, follow-up, male-to-female ratio, hand dominance, and primary diagnosis of osteoarthritis vs rheumatoid arthritis.

Continue to: There was no significant difference...

 

 

RADIOGRAPHIC DATA

There was no significant difference in preoperative HAD between the LTO and ST groups (9.5 ± 2.4 mm vs 10.9 ± 2.7 mm, P = .11). The immediate postoperative HAD was statistically significant between the LTO and ST groups (11.9 ± 3.7 mm vs 15.9 ± 4.5 mm, P = .005). There was as statistically significant difference noted in the final follow-up films between the LTO and ST groups (11.8 ± 3.2 mm vs 14.5 ± 3.9 mm, P = .025) (Table 2). 

Table 2. Radiographic Data

Humeral Acromial Distance

 

LTO

ST

P-Value

Preoperative, mm

9.5

[2.4]

10.9

[2.7]

0.11

Postoperative, mm

11.9

[3.7]

15.9

[4.5]

0.005

Final follow-up, mm

11.8

[3.2]

14.5

[3.9]

0.025

Subsidence

 

LTO

ST

P-Value

Subsidence, mm

2.8

[3.1]

2.5

[3.1]

0.72

Subluxation Index

 

LTO

ST

P-Value

Preoperative, %

0.55

[0.06]

0.54

[0.07]

0.45

Postoperative, %

0.55

[0.09]

0.48

[0.05]

0.015

Lucent Lines

 

LTO

ST

P-Value

Lines >2 mm, %

0.00

0.08

0.51

Abbreviations: LTO, lesser tuberosity osteotomy; ST, subscapularis tenotomy.

There were no statistically significant differences found in subsidence between LTO and ST groups at final follow-up (2.8 mm ± 3.1 mm vs 2.5 mm ± 3.1 mm, P = .72) (Table 2). No statistically significant difference was noted in the subluxation index between the LTO and ST groups (0.55% ± .06% vs 0.54% ± 0.07%, P = .45), but there was a statistically significant difference noted postoperatively between the LTO and ST groups (0.55% ± 0.09% vs .48% ± 0.05%, P = .015) (Table 2).

Two stems were noted to have lucent lines >2 mm, both within the ST cohort. Each had 1 stem zone >2 mm, 1 in zone 7, and 1 in zone 4. No statistically significant difference was identified between the LTO and ST groups (0/15 vs 2/24, P = .51) (Table 2).

FUNCTIONAL OUTCOMES

Study patients were evaluated using functional outcome scores, including the Constant, WOOS, and DASH scores (Table 3). 

Table 3. Functional Data   
 LTOSTP-Value
WOOS index93.3[5.3]81.5[20.8]0.013
DASH score8.4[6.6]13.8[4.9]0.13
Constant score83.3[9.1]81.8[10.1]0.64

Abbreviations: DASH, disabilities of the arm, shoulder and hand; WOOS, Western Ontario Osteoarthritis of the Shoulder.

No statistically significant differences were noted in the DASH scores (8.4 ± 6.6 vs 13.8 ± 4.9, P = .13) or Constant scores (83.3 ± 9.1 vs 81.8 ± 10.1, P = .64) between the LTO and ST cohorts. There was a statistically significant difference between the WOOS scores (93.3 ± 5.3 vs 81.5 ± 20.8, P = .013). Because separate radiographic reviews were done by 3 independent personnel at 3 different times, it was important to ensure agreement among the reviewers. This was compared using the intraclass correlation coefficients. In the statistical analysis completed, the intraclass coefficients showed the 3 reviewers agreed with each other throughout the radiographic analysis (Table 4).

Table 4. Testing Agreement: ICC    
  ICC   CI, 2.5%CI, 97.5%
HADPreoperative0.44510.22020.6443
Postoperative0.69970.48360.834
Final follow-up0.55750.35920.7218
Subsidence 0.68630.53490.807
SIPreoperative0.30870.10610.5213
Final follow-up0.53640.2990.7186

Abbreviations: CI, confidence interval; HAD, humeral acromial distance; ICC, intraclass correlation coefficient; SI, subluxation index.

DISCUSSION

At final follow-up, we identified no statistically significant difference between the LTO and ST patients in subsidence, lucent lines >2 mm, or functional outcomes (Constant and DASH scores) in patients who underwent TSA with the same proximal collar press-fit humeral stem. In regard to the functional outcome scores, although the WOOS score was statistically significant (P = .013) between the LTO and ST cohorts, we do not feel that this is clinically relevant because it does not reach the minimal clinically important difference threshold of 15 points.8

A statistically significant difference was noted in postoperative subluxation index but was not clinically relevant, because the values between the LTO and ST groups (0.55 vs 0.48) still showed a centered humeral head. Gerber and colleagues3 discussed using a value of 0.65 as a measure of posterior humeral head subluxation, whereas Walch and colleagues12 defined posterior humeral head subluxation as a value >0.55. On the basis of these numbers, the values obtained in this study demonstrated that the postoperative values were still centered on the glenoid, and therefore were not clinically significant.3,12

Continue to: In regard to HAD, there...

 

 

In regard to HAD, there was a statistically significant difference noted postoperatively (P = .005) and at final follow-up (P = .025) between the LTO and ST cohorts. Saupe and colleagues13 demonstrated that a HAD <7 mm was considered abnormal and reflected subacromial space narrowing. The values noted in the LTO and ST patients on postoperative and final follow-up radiographs were statistically significant (Table 2), but not clinically relevant because both were >7 mm. A potential source for the variation in HAD may be due to X-ray position and angle.

Studies have shown a concern regarding the integrity of the subscapularis after tenotomy or peel used in TSA with abnormal subscapularis function.14,15 Miller and colleagues15 reported 41 patients, nearly two-thirds, of whom described subscapularis dysfunction. Those authors’ response to the poor clinical outcomes was to remove a fleck of bone with the tendon to achieve “bone-to-bone” healing.14 Gerber and colleagues16 reported on a series of patients using LTO and repair in TSA with 75% and 89% intact subscapularis function on clinical testing.16 Studies by Qureshi and colleagues17 and Scalise and colleagues18 showed similar results after LTO. Biomechanical studies have shown mixed results. Ponce and colleagues19 showed biomechanically superior results for LTO in comparison to the various repair techniques for ST. In another study, Giuseffi and colleagues20 showed no difference in LTO vs ST during biomechanical testing. In response to the increased concern regarding subscapularis integrity, Caplan and colleagues21 reported on 45 arthroplasties in 43 patients with improved postoperative testing with intact subscapularis testing in 90% to 100% of patients. A level 1 randomized control trial conducted by Lapner and colleagues22 did not demonstrate any clear clinical advantage of LTO vs ST. Controversy still exists regarding which is the preferred technique for TSA.

Sanchez-Sotelo and colleagues4 evaluated uncemented humeral components in 72 patients who underwent TSA. They found a humeral component was at risk for loosening if a radiolucent line ≥2 mm was present in at least 3 radiographic zones. They also evaluated tilt or subsidence by measurement and whether the components were observed to have changed. Their measured values correlated with their observed values. That study provided a benchmark for evaluation of loosening and subsidence used during this study.4 Although radiographic follow-up is limited in this study, we feel that any potential subsidence secondary to use of the LTO technique would be radiographically apparent at 1 year. There were 16 patients without adequate radiographic follow-up included in the study. However, we feel that this was not a large concern, because the study was adequately powered with the patients available to determine a difference based on subsidence.

CONCLUSION

We found no difference in subsidence, lucent lines >2 mm, posterior subluxation, and the Constant and DASH functional outcome scores when we compared TSA performed by a LTO with an ST technique with proximal collar press-fit humeral stem. These data cannot be extrapolated to metaphyseal fit stems, which may exhibit different settling characteristics in the setting of the LTO technique.

This paper will be judged for the Resident Writer’s Award.

References

1. Blasier R, Soslowsky L, Malicky D, Palmer M. Posterior glenohumeral subluxation: Active and passive stabilization in a biomechanical model. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 1997;79-A(3):433-440.

2. Buckley T, Miller R, Nicandri G, Lewis R, Voloshin I. Analysis of subscapularis integrity and function after lesser tuberosity osteotomy versus subscapularis tenotomy in total shoulder arthroplasty using ultrasound and validated clinical outcome measures. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2014;23(9):1309-1317. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2013.12.009.

3. Gerber C, Costouros JG, Sukthankar A, Fucentese SF. Static posterior humeral head subluxation and total shoulder arthroplasty. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2009;18(4):505-510. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2009.03.003.

4.  Sanchez-Sotelo J, Wright TW, O'Driscoll SW, Cofield RH, Rowland CM. Radiographic assessment of uncemented humeral components in total shoulder arthroplasty. J Arthroplasty. 2001;16(2):180-187.

5. Litchfield RB, McKee MD, Balyk R, et al. Cemented versus uncemented fixation of humeral components in total shoulder arthroplasty for osteoarthrtitis of the shoulder: A prospective, randomized, double-blind clinical trial-A JOINTs Canada Project. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2013;20(4):529-536. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2011.01.041.

6. Lo IK, Griffin S, Kirkley A. The development of a disease specific quality of life measurement tool for osteoarthritis of the shoulder: The Western Ontario Osteoarthritis of the Shoulder (WOOS) index. Osteoarthritis Cartilage. 2001;9(8):771-778. doi:10.1053/joca.2001.0474

7. Lo IK, Litchfield RB, Griffin S, Faber K, Patterson SD, Kirkley A. Quality of life outcome following hemiarthroplasty or total shoulder arthroplasty in patients with osteoarthritis. A prospective, randomized trial. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2005;87(10):2178-2185. doi:10.2106/JBJS.D.02198

8. Hudak PL, Amadio PC, Bombardier C. Development of an upper extremity outcome measure: the DASH (disabilities of the arm, shoulder and hand) [corrected]. The Upper Extremity Collaborative Group (UECG). Am J Ind Med. 1996;29(6):602-608. doi:10.1002/(SICI)1097-0274(199606)29:6<602::AID-AJIM4>3.0.CO;2-L.

9. Constant CR, Gerber C, Emery RJ, Sojbjerg JO, Gohlke F, Boileau P. A review of the constant score: Modifications and guidelines for its use. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2008;17(2):355-361. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2007.06.022.

10. Constant CR, Murley AH. A clinical method of functional assessment of the shoulder. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 1987;(214):160-164.

11. Mayerhoefer ME, Breitenseher MJ, Wurnig C, Roposch A. Shoulder impingement: Relationship of clinical symptoms and imaging criteria. Clin J Sport Med. 2009;19(2):83-89. doi:10.1097/JSM.0b013e318198e2e3.

12. Walch G, Badet R, Boulahia A, Khoury A. Morphologic study of the glenoid in primary glenohumeral osteoarthritis. J Arthroplasy. 1999;14(6):756-760.

13. Saupe N, Pfirmann CW, Schmid MR, et al. Association between rotator cuff abnormalities and reduced acromiohumeral distance. AJR Am J Roentgenol. 2006;187(2):376-382. doi:10.2214/AJR.05.0435.

14. Jackson J, Cil A, Smith J, Steinmann SP. Integrity and function of the subscapularis after total shoulder arthroplasty. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2010;19(7):1085-1090. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2010.04.001.

15. Miller SL, Hazrati Y, Klepps S, Chiang A, Flatow EL. Loss of subscapularis function after total shoulder replacement: a seldom recognized problem. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2003;12(1):29-34. doi:10.1067/mse.2003.128195.

16. Gerber C, Yian EH, Pfirrmann AW, Zumstein MA, Werner CM. Subscapularis muscle function and structure after total shoulder replacement with lesser tuberosity osteotomy and repair. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2005;87(8):1739-1745. doi:10.2106/JBJS.D.02788.

17. Qureshi S, Hsiao A, Klug RA, Lee E, Braman J, Flatow EL. Subscapularis function after total shoulder replacement: results with lesser tuberosity osteotomy. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2008;17(1): 68-72. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2007.04.018.

18. Scalise JJ, Ciccone J, Iannotti JP. Clinical, radiographic and ultrasonographic comparison of subscapularis tenotomy and lesser tuberosity osteotomy for total shoulder arthroplasty. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2010;92(7):1627-1634. doi:10.2106/JBJS.G.01461.

19. Ponce BA, Ahluwalia RS, Mazzocca AD, Gobezie RG, Warner JJ, Millett PJ. Biomechanical and clinical evaluation of a novel lesser tuberosity in total shoulder arthroplasty. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2005;87 Suppl 2:1-8.

20. Giuseffi SA, Wongtriratanachai P, Omae H, et al. Biomechanical comparison of lesser tuberosity osteotomy versus subscapularis tenotomy in total shoulder arthroplasty. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2012;21(8):1087-1095. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2011.07.008.

21. Caplan JL, Whitfield W, Nevasier RJ. Subscapularis function after primary tendon to tendon repair in patients after replacement arthroplasty of the shoulder. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2009;18(2):193-196. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2008.10.019.

22. Lapner PLC, Sabri E, Rakhra K, Bell K, Athwal GS. Comparison of LTO to subscapularis peel in shoulder arthroplasty. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2012;94(24):2239-2246. doi:10.2106/JBJS.K.01365.

Author and Disclosure Information

Authors’ Disclosure Statement: Dr. Voloshin reports that he is a paid consultant for Zimmer Biomet, Smith & Nephew, Arthrex, and Arthrosurface. The other authors report no actual or potential conflict of interest in relation to this article.

Dr. Mason and Dr. Southgate are Orthopaedic Residents, and Dr. Nicandri and Dr. Miller are Associate Professors, Department of Orthopaedics and Rehabilitation, University of Rochester, Rochester, New York. Dr. Buckley is an Orthopedic Surgeon, Northern Rockies Orthopedics; and an Orthopedic Surgeon, Saint Patrick’s Hospital, Community Medical Center, Missoula, Montana. Dr. Voloshin is Professor of Orthopedics; Chief, Shoulder and Elbow Division; and Team Physician, Rochester Knighthawks NLL Lacrosse, Rochester Rattlers MLL Lacrosse Shoulder, Elbow, Knee Surgery-Sports Medicine, Department of Orthopaedics and Rehabilitation, University of Rochester, Rochester, New York.

Address correspondence to: Ilya Voloshin, MD, University of Rochester Medical Center, 601 Elmwood Avenue, Box 665, Rochester, NY 14625 (tel, 585-276-3106; fax, 585-276-2550; email, [email protected]).

Am J Orthop. 2018;47(5). Copyright Frontline Medical Communications Inc. 2018. All rights reserved.

. Radiographic Study of Humeral Stem in Shoulder Arthroplasty After Lesser Tuberosity Osteotomy or Subscapularis Tenotomy. Am J Orthop.

Publications
Topics
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Authors’ Disclosure Statement: Dr. Voloshin reports that he is a paid consultant for Zimmer Biomet, Smith & Nephew, Arthrex, and Arthrosurface. The other authors report no actual or potential conflict of interest in relation to this article.

Dr. Mason and Dr. Southgate are Orthopaedic Residents, and Dr. Nicandri and Dr. Miller are Associate Professors, Department of Orthopaedics and Rehabilitation, University of Rochester, Rochester, New York. Dr. Buckley is an Orthopedic Surgeon, Northern Rockies Orthopedics; and an Orthopedic Surgeon, Saint Patrick’s Hospital, Community Medical Center, Missoula, Montana. Dr. Voloshin is Professor of Orthopedics; Chief, Shoulder and Elbow Division; and Team Physician, Rochester Knighthawks NLL Lacrosse, Rochester Rattlers MLL Lacrosse Shoulder, Elbow, Knee Surgery-Sports Medicine, Department of Orthopaedics and Rehabilitation, University of Rochester, Rochester, New York.

Address correspondence to: Ilya Voloshin, MD, University of Rochester Medical Center, 601 Elmwood Avenue, Box 665, Rochester, NY 14625 (tel, 585-276-3106; fax, 585-276-2550; email, [email protected]).

Am J Orthop. 2018;47(5). Copyright Frontline Medical Communications Inc. 2018. All rights reserved.

. Radiographic Study of Humeral Stem in Shoulder Arthroplasty After Lesser Tuberosity Osteotomy or Subscapularis Tenotomy. Am J Orthop.

Author and Disclosure Information

Authors’ Disclosure Statement: Dr. Voloshin reports that he is a paid consultant for Zimmer Biomet, Smith & Nephew, Arthrex, and Arthrosurface. The other authors report no actual or potential conflict of interest in relation to this article.

Dr. Mason and Dr. Southgate are Orthopaedic Residents, and Dr. Nicandri and Dr. Miller are Associate Professors, Department of Orthopaedics and Rehabilitation, University of Rochester, Rochester, New York. Dr. Buckley is an Orthopedic Surgeon, Northern Rockies Orthopedics; and an Orthopedic Surgeon, Saint Patrick’s Hospital, Community Medical Center, Missoula, Montana. Dr. Voloshin is Professor of Orthopedics; Chief, Shoulder and Elbow Division; and Team Physician, Rochester Knighthawks NLL Lacrosse, Rochester Rattlers MLL Lacrosse Shoulder, Elbow, Knee Surgery-Sports Medicine, Department of Orthopaedics and Rehabilitation, University of Rochester, Rochester, New York.

Address correspondence to: Ilya Voloshin, MD, University of Rochester Medical Center, 601 Elmwood Avenue, Box 665, Rochester, NY 14625 (tel, 585-276-3106; fax, 585-276-2550; email, [email protected]).

Am J Orthop. 2018;47(5). Copyright Frontline Medical Communications Inc. 2018. All rights reserved.

. Radiographic Study of Humeral Stem in Shoulder Arthroplasty After Lesser Tuberosity Osteotomy or Subscapularis Tenotomy. Am J Orthop.

ABSTRACT

Lesser tuberosity osteotomy (LTO) and subscapularis tenotomy (ST) are used for takedown of the subscapularis during shoulder arthroplasty. LTO offers the theoretical but unproven benefit of improved healing and function of the subscapularis. However, humeral stem subsidence and loosening may be greater when osteotomy is performed, which may compromise functional outcomes. Our hypothesis is that no difference in proximal collar press-fit humeral stem subsidence or loosening exists, with no impairment of functional outcomes using the LTO technique.

During the surgical approach for total shoulder arthroplasty (TSA), the subscapularis is taken down for adequate exposure to the glenohumeral joint. Various methods are available for taking down the subscapularis, including lesser tuberosity osteotomy (LTO) and a subscapularis tenotomy (ST). LTO offers the theoretical but unproven benefit of improved healing and function of the subscapularis secondary to bone-to-bone healing. One concern, however, is that humeral stem subsidence may be greater when an osteotomy is performed owing to compromise of metaphyseal cortical bone, which may compromise functional outcomes. The humeral stem design may also influence subsidence when metaphyseal bone proximally is compromised. This is a concern in both metaphyseal and diaphyseal fitting stems. Metaphyseal collars on diaphyseal fitting stems rely on adequate bone stock in the metaphysis to provide the additional support needed. Also, posterior subluxation remains a challenge in shoulder arthroplasty. The integrity of the subscapularis is important in prevention of posterior subluxation.1 To our knowledge, no study to date has directly compared differences in humeral stem subsidence, loosening, or posterior subluxation between LTO and ST techniques with any humeral stem design. Our hypothesis is that no difference in proximal collar press-fit humeral stem subsidence or loosening exists, with no impairment of functional outcomes using the LTO technique. We also hypothesize that no difference in posterior subluxation exists between LTO and ST techniques.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

INCLUSION CRITERIA

Consecutive patients with a minimum of 12 months of radiographic follow-up were selected from 2007 to 2010 after TSA was performed by 1 of the senior authors (Dr. Miller and Dr. Voloshin). Study patients underwent primary TSA for primary osteoarthritis or rheumatoid arthritis.

EXCLUSION CRITERIA

Patients were excluded if they underwent TSA for posttraumatic glenohumeral arthritis, hemiarthroplasty, or osteonecrosis. Patients were also excluded if a rotator cuff tear was discovered intraoperatively or if they had a history of a rotator cuff repair. Additional exclusion criteria included postoperative trauma to the operative shoulder, postoperative infection, extensive documentation of chronic pain, and underlying neurologic disorder (eg, Parkinson disease, dystonia). Patients with a history of diabetes mellitus were not excluded.

SURGICAL TECHNIQUE

All patients underwent TSA via a deltopectoral approach in a modified beach chair position. Biceps tendons were tenodesed at the level of the pectoralis major. All patients received the same proximal collar press-fit implant (Bigliani-Flatow; Zimmer Biomet). These stems provide rotational stability in the metaphyseal segment via fins, vertical stability with the proximal collar, and distal fixation via an interference fit. All parts of the procedure were performed in similar fashion with the exception of ST vs LTO (Figures 1A-1D). 

All patients followed the same postoperative rehabilitation protocol.

Continue to: LTO was performed as the primary...

 

 

LESSER TUBEROSITY OSTEOTOMY

LTO was performed as the primary or preferred technique of 1 surgeon. After completion of the biceps tenodesis, the lesser tuberosity is reflected off with the subscapularis intact using an osteotome. After placement of the press-fit humeral stem, the LTO is repaired using No. 5 Ethibond Excel sutures (Ethicon) passed through previously created bone tunnels in the greater tuberosity. These sutures are tied over metal buttons over the lateral cortex of the greater tuberosity. Last, the lateral corner of the rotator interval is repaired using a single No. 2 FiberWire (Arthrex).2

SUBSCAPULARIS TENOTOMY

ST is the preferred surgical technique of the second surgeon. After a biceps tenodesis, the subscapularis tendon is released from the lesser tuberosity at the margin of the bicipital groove. Through careful dissection, a single flap including the underlying capsule is created and reflected medially to the level of the coracoid. After placement of the press-fit humeral stem and humeral head, the subscapularis is repaired back in place through previous bone tunnels and with a No. 5 Ethibond Excel suture under the appropriate tension. Then, the lateral corner of the rotator interval is closed using a single No. 2 Ethibond Excel suture in a figure-of-eight fashion.2

RADIOGRAPHIC ANALYSIS

The primary variables analyzed were subsidence and loosening. Additional variables, including humeral-acromial distance (HAD) and subluxation index, were also analyzed to assess for any additional impact caused by subsidence or loosening.3 All radiographic measurements were taken from the Grashey (true anteroposterior) view, except subluxation index, which was calculated using the axillary view. All radiographic measurements were completed by 3 independent reviewers. All radiographs were completed in a consistent manner according to postoperative protocols.

HAD was measured preoperatively, immediately postoperatively, and at final follow-up at a minimum of 1 year. The HAD was measured from the lowest point on the acromion to the humerus using a perpendicular line (Figure 2).

Subsidence of the prosthesis was calculated by determining the difference between immediate postoperative heights of the prosthesis in comparison to the value of the final follow-up films. To calculate the height, 2 lines were drawn, 1 line was drawn perpendicular to the top of the prosthetic head and 1 perpendicular to the top of the greater tuberosity (Figure 3). 

This distance was measured both immediately postoperatively and at final follow-up. The height difference between the 2 time points was used to calculate the subsidence.

Continue to: Posterior subluxation is indicated...

 

 

Posterior subluxation is indicated by a value >65%, a centered head is between 35% and 65%, and anterior subluxation is indicated by a value <35% (Figure 4).
The subluxation index was calculated using the method outlined by Gerber and colleagues3 using the axillary view radiograph (Figure 4). The midpoint of the glenoid was identified. Then, a perpendicular line (line z) was drawn projecting from the midpoint of the glenoid through the humeral head. Two lines were then drawn in an anterior-to-posterior direction on the humeral head. The first line (measurement A) was drawn from the posterior cortex to the previous perpendicular line (line z). The second line (measurement B) was drawn from the posterior to the anterior cortex. Measurements A and B should be calculated at the same height on the humeral head, roughly at the anatomic neck. The subluxation index is then calculated as A/B × 100. This was calculated both preoperatively and postoperatively.

The humeral stems were evaluated for loosening by assessing for lucency on final radiographic follow-up films. These were evaluated in a zonal fashion as demonstrated by Sanchez-Sotelo and colleagues4 and in Figure 5

The humeral stem-bone interface was evaluated in 8 radiographic zones. A lucency was not considered significant unless >2 mm. The zone of lucency was then determined for any significant lucencies. Zones 1 and 7 were at the level of the neck component, zones 2 and 6 were at the proximal half of the stem component, and zones 3 and 5 were at the distal half of the stem component. Zone 8 was noted directly inferior to the humeral head prosthesis.4

FUNCTIONAL OUTCOME EVALUATION

Before clinical evaluation, each study patient completed the Western Ontario Osteoarthritis of the Shoulder (WOOS) index; the Disabilities of the Hand, Arm and Shoulder (DASH) questionnaire, and the pain and function sections of the Constant score. The functional outcomes scores were captured postoperatively from October to November 2011. The WOOS is a validated outcome measure specific to osteoarthritis of the shoulder and has been used in prior studies evaluating outcomes of TSA.5-7 Previous studies have determined that the minimal clinically important difference for the WOOS score is 15 on a normalized 0 to 100 scale (100 being the best). The DASH score is a validated outcome measure for disorders of the upper extremity but is not specific to osteoarthritis of the shoulder.8 The Constant score is a validated outcome measure for a number of shoulder disorders, including TSA.9,10

STATISTICAL ANALYSIS

Statistical analyses were completed by a trained biostatistician. A power analysis was calculated using the noninferiority test to determine if adequate data had been obtained for this study. This was calculated by using previously accepted data demonstrating a statistically significant difference for subsidence and HAD. The data from these studies were used to make assumptions regarding accepted standard deviations and noninferiority margins, as calculated from the mean values of the 2 groups analyzed in each respective study.4,11 This analysis demonstrated power of 0.97 and 0.85 for the subsidence and HAD, respectively, given the current sample sizes. Intraclass coefficients were calculated to evaluate the measurements obtained during the radiographic analysis to determine the interrater agreement. Two samples’ t tests were calculated for the variables analyzed, along with P values and means.

RESULTS

DEMOGRAPHICS

A total of 51 consecutive patients were retrospectively selected for analysis. Of these, 16 patients were excluded from the study because they had <9 months of radiographic follow-up and were unavailable for further follow-up evaluation. Of the remaining 35 patients available for analysis, 4 patients had bilateral TSA, providing 39 shoulders for evaluation. Demographic characteristics of the study cohort are reported in Table 1.

Table 1. Demographic Characteristics    
 Tenotomy (n = 24) Osteotomy (n = 15) P-value
Age 68.2 [7.4] 70.2 [7.1] 0.46
Follow-up 20.6 [11.5]18.5 [6.25] 0.94
Females 7 (29%) 6 (40%) 0.58
Dominant shoulder 14 (58%) 8 (53%) 0.81
Primary Diagnosis   
Osteoarthritis 22 (92%) 15 (100%)  
Rheumatoid arthritis 2 (8%) 0 (0%)  

  Fifteen patients underwent LTO, and 24 underwent ST. One patient underwent a tenotomy of the right shoulder and LTO of the left shoulder. Three LTOs were performed by the surgeon who primarily performed ST, owing to potential benefits of LTO. He eventually returned to his preferred technique of ST because of surgeon preference. Three ST procedures were completed by the surgeon who typically performed LTO at the start of the series prior to establishing LTO as his preferred technique. There was no significant difference between the study populations in terms of age, follow-up, male-to-female ratio, hand dominance, and primary diagnosis of osteoarthritis vs rheumatoid arthritis.

Continue to: There was no significant difference...

 

 

RADIOGRAPHIC DATA

There was no significant difference in preoperative HAD between the LTO and ST groups (9.5 ± 2.4 mm vs 10.9 ± 2.7 mm, P = .11). The immediate postoperative HAD was statistically significant between the LTO and ST groups (11.9 ± 3.7 mm vs 15.9 ± 4.5 mm, P = .005). There was as statistically significant difference noted in the final follow-up films between the LTO and ST groups (11.8 ± 3.2 mm vs 14.5 ± 3.9 mm, P = .025) (Table 2). 

Table 2. Radiographic Data

Humeral Acromial Distance

 

LTO

ST

P-Value

Preoperative, mm

9.5

[2.4]

10.9

[2.7]

0.11

Postoperative, mm

11.9

[3.7]

15.9

[4.5]

0.005

Final follow-up, mm

11.8

[3.2]

14.5

[3.9]

0.025

Subsidence

 

LTO

ST

P-Value

Subsidence, mm

2.8

[3.1]

2.5

[3.1]

0.72

Subluxation Index

 

LTO

ST

P-Value

Preoperative, %

0.55

[0.06]

0.54

[0.07]

0.45

Postoperative, %

0.55

[0.09]

0.48

[0.05]

0.015

Lucent Lines

 

LTO

ST

P-Value

Lines >2 mm, %

0.00

0.08

0.51

Abbreviations: LTO, lesser tuberosity osteotomy; ST, subscapularis tenotomy.

There were no statistically significant differences found in subsidence between LTO and ST groups at final follow-up (2.8 mm ± 3.1 mm vs 2.5 mm ± 3.1 mm, P = .72) (Table 2). No statistically significant difference was noted in the subluxation index between the LTO and ST groups (0.55% ± .06% vs 0.54% ± 0.07%, P = .45), but there was a statistically significant difference noted postoperatively between the LTO and ST groups (0.55% ± 0.09% vs .48% ± 0.05%, P = .015) (Table 2).

Two stems were noted to have lucent lines >2 mm, both within the ST cohort. Each had 1 stem zone >2 mm, 1 in zone 7, and 1 in zone 4. No statistically significant difference was identified between the LTO and ST groups (0/15 vs 2/24, P = .51) (Table 2).

FUNCTIONAL OUTCOMES

Study patients were evaluated using functional outcome scores, including the Constant, WOOS, and DASH scores (Table 3). 

Table 3. Functional Data   
 LTOSTP-Value
WOOS index93.3[5.3]81.5[20.8]0.013
DASH score8.4[6.6]13.8[4.9]0.13
Constant score83.3[9.1]81.8[10.1]0.64

Abbreviations: DASH, disabilities of the arm, shoulder and hand; WOOS, Western Ontario Osteoarthritis of the Shoulder.

No statistically significant differences were noted in the DASH scores (8.4 ± 6.6 vs 13.8 ± 4.9, P = .13) or Constant scores (83.3 ± 9.1 vs 81.8 ± 10.1, P = .64) between the LTO and ST cohorts. There was a statistically significant difference between the WOOS scores (93.3 ± 5.3 vs 81.5 ± 20.8, P = .013). Because separate radiographic reviews were done by 3 independent personnel at 3 different times, it was important to ensure agreement among the reviewers. This was compared using the intraclass correlation coefficients. In the statistical analysis completed, the intraclass coefficients showed the 3 reviewers agreed with each other throughout the radiographic analysis (Table 4).

Table 4. Testing Agreement: ICC    
  ICC   CI, 2.5%CI, 97.5%
HADPreoperative0.44510.22020.6443
Postoperative0.69970.48360.834
Final follow-up0.55750.35920.7218
Subsidence 0.68630.53490.807
SIPreoperative0.30870.10610.5213
Final follow-up0.53640.2990.7186

Abbreviations: CI, confidence interval; HAD, humeral acromial distance; ICC, intraclass correlation coefficient; SI, subluxation index.

DISCUSSION

At final follow-up, we identified no statistically significant difference between the LTO and ST patients in subsidence, lucent lines >2 mm, or functional outcomes (Constant and DASH scores) in patients who underwent TSA with the same proximal collar press-fit humeral stem. In regard to the functional outcome scores, although the WOOS score was statistically significant (P = .013) between the LTO and ST cohorts, we do not feel that this is clinically relevant because it does not reach the minimal clinically important difference threshold of 15 points.8

A statistically significant difference was noted in postoperative subluxation index but was not clinically relevant, because the values between the LTO and ST groups (0.55 vs 0.48) still showed a centered humeral head. Gerber and colleagues3 discussed using a value of 0.65 as a measure of posterior humeral head subluxation, whereas Walch and colleagues12 defined posterior humeral head subluxation as a value >0.55. On the basis of these numbers, the values obtained in this study demonstrated that the postoperative values were still centered on the glenoid, and therefore were not clinically significant.3,12

Continue to: In regard to HAD, there...

 

 

In regard to HAD, there was a statistically significant difference noted postoperatively (P = .005) and at final follow-up (P = .025) between the LTO and ST cohorts. Saupe and colleagues13 demonstrated that a HAD <7 mm was considered abnormal and reflected subacromial space narrowing. The values noted in the LTO and ST patients on postoperative and final follow-up radiographs were statistically significant (Table 2), but not clinically relevant because both were >7 mm. A potential source for the variation in HAD may be due to X-ray position and angle.

Studies have shown a concern regarding the integrity of the subscapularis after tenotomy or peel used in TSA with abnormal subscapularis function.14,15 Miller and colleagues15 reported 41 patients, nearly two-thirds, of whom described subscapularis dysfunction. Those authors’ response to the poor clinical outcomes was to remove a fleck of bone with the tendon to achieve “bone-to-bone” healing.14 Gerber and colleagues16 reported on a series of patients using LTO and repair in TSA with 75% and 89% intact subscapularis function on clinical testing.16 Studies by Qureshi and colleagues17 and Scalise and colleagues18 showed similar results after LTO. Biomechanical studies have shown mixed results. Ponce and colleagues19 showed biomechanically superior results for LTO in comparison to the various repair techniques for ST. In another study, Giuseffi and colleagues20 showed no difference in LTO vs ST during biomechanical testing. In response to the increased concern regarding subscapularis integrity, Caplan and colleagues21 reported on 45 arthroplasties in 43 patients with improved postoperative testing with intact subscapularis testing in 90% to 100% of patients. A level 1 randomized control trial conducted by Lapner and colleagues22 did not demonstrate any clear clinical advantage of LTO vs ST. Controversy still exists regarding which is the preferred technique for TSA.

Sanchez-Sotelo and colleagues4 evaluated uncemented humeral components in 72 patients who underwent TSA. They found a humeral component was at risk for loosening if a radiolucent line ≥2 mm was present in at least 3 radiographic zones. They also evaluated tilt or subsidence by measurement and whether the components were observed to have changed. Their measured values correlated with their observed values. That study provided a benchmark for evaluation of loosening and subsidence used during this study.4 Although radiographic follow-up is limited in this study, we feel that any potential subsidence secondary to use of the LTO technique would be radiographically apparent at 1 year. There were 16 patients without adequate radiographic follow-up included in the study. However, we feel that this was not a large concern, because the study was adequately powered with the patients available to determine a difference based on subsidence.

CONCLUSION

We found no difference in subsidence, lucent lines >2 mm, posterior subluxation, and the Constant and DASH functional outcome scores when we compared TSA performed by a LTO with an ST technique with proximal collar press-fit humeral stem. These data cannot be extrapolated to metaphyseal fit stems, which may exhibit different settling characteristics in the setting of the LTO technique.

This paper will be judged for the Resident Writer’s Award.

ABSTRACT

Lesser tuberosity osteotomy (LTO) and subscapularis tenotomy (ST) are used for takedown of the subscapularis during shoulder arthroplasty. LTO offers the theoretical but unproven benefit of improved healing and function of the subscapularis. However, humeral stem subsidence and loosening may be greater when osteotomy is performed, which may compromise functional outcomes. Our hypothesis is that no difference in proximal collar press-fit humeral stem subsidence or loosening exists, with no impairment of functional outcomes using the LTO technique.

During the surgical approach for total shoulder arthroplasty (TSA), the subscapularis is taken down for adequate exposure to the glenohumeral joint. Various methods are available for taking down the subscapularis, including lesser tuberosity osteotomy (LTO) and a subscapularis tenotomy (ST). LTO offers the theoretical but unproven benefit of improved healing and function of the subscapularis secondary to bone-to-bone healing. One concern, however, is that humeral stem subsidence may be greater when an osteotomy is performed owing to compromise of metaphyseal cortical bone, which may compromise functional outcomes. The humeral stem design may also influence subsidence when metaphyseal bone proximally is compromised. This is a concern in both metaphyseal and diaphyseal fitting stems. Metaphyseal collars on diaphyseal fitting stems rely on adequate bone stock in the metaphysis to provide the additional support needed. Also, posterior subluxation remains a challenge in shoulder arthroplasty. The integrity of the subscapularis is important in prevention of posterior subluxation.1 To our knowledge, no study to date has directly compared differences in humeral stem subsidence, loosening, or posterior subluxation between LTO and ST techniques with any humeral stem design. Our hypothesis is that no difference in proximal collar press-fit humeral stem subsidence or loosening exists, with no impairment of functional outcomes using the LTO technique. We also hypothesize that no difference in posterior subluxation exists between LTO and ST techniques.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

INCLUSION CRITERIA

Consecutive patients with a minimum of 12 months of radiographic follow-up were selected from 2007 to 2010 after TSA was performed by 1 of the senior authors (Dr. Miller and Dr. Voloshin). Study patients underwent primary TSA for primary osteoarthritis or rheumatoid arthritis.

EXCLUSION CRITERIA

Patients were excluded if they underwent TSA for posttraumatic glenohumeral arthritis, hemiarthroplasty, or osteonecrosis. Patients were also excluded if a rotator cuff tear was discovered intraoperatively or if they had a history of a rotator cuff repair. Additional exclusion criteria included postoperative trauma to the operative shoulder, postoperative infection, extensive documentation of chronic pain, and underlying neurologic disorder (eg, Parkinson disease, dystonia). Patients with a history of diabetes mellitus were not excluded.

SURGICAL TECHNIQUE

All patients underwent TSA via a deltopectoral approach in a modified beach chair position. Biceps tendons were tenodesed at the level of the pectoralis major. All patients received the same proximal collar press-fit implant (Bigliani-Flatow; Zimmer Biomet). These stems provide rotational stability in the metaphyseal segment via fins, vertical stability with the proximal collar, and distal fixation via an interference fit. All parts of the procedure were performed in similar fashion with the exception of ST vs LTO (Figures 1A-1D). 

All patients followed the same postoperative rehabilitation protocol.

Continue to: LTO was performed as the primary...

 

 

LESSER TUBEROSITY OSTEOTOMY

LTO was performed as the primary or preferred technique of 1 surgeon. After completion of the biceps tenodesis, the lesser tuberosity is reflected off with the subscapularis intact using an osteotome. After placement of the press-fit humeral stem, the LTO is repaired using No. 5 Ethibond Excel sutures (Ethicon) passed through previously created bone tunnels in the greater tuberosity. These sutures are tied over metal buttons over the lateral cortex of the greater tuberosity. Last, the lateral corner of the rotator interval is repaired using a single No. 2 FiberWire (Arthrex).2

SUBSCAPULARIS TENOTOMY

ST is the preferred surgical technique of the second surgeon. After a biceps tenodesis, the subscapularis tendon is released from the lesser tuberosity at the margin of the bicipital groove. Through careful dissection, a single flap including the underlying capsule is created and reflected medially to the level of the coracoid. After placement of the press-fit humeral stem and humeral head, the subscapularis is repaired back in place through previous bone tunnels and with a No. 5 Ethibond Excel suture under the appropriate tension. Then, the lateral corner of the rotator interval is closed using a single No. 2 Ethibond Excel suture in a figure-of-eight fashion.2

RADIOGRAPHIC ANALYSIS

The primary variables analyzed were subsidence and loosening. Additional variables, including humeral-acromial distance (HAD) and subluxation index, were also analyzed to assess for any additional impact caused by subsidence or loosening.3 All radiographic measurements were taken from the Grashey (true anteroposterior) view, except subluxation index, which was calculated using the axillary view. All radiographic measurements were completed by 3 independent reviewers. All radiographs were completed in a consistent manner according to postoperative protocols.

HAD was measured preoperatively, immediately postoperatively, and at final follow-up at a minimum of 1 year. The HAD was measured from the lowest point on the acromion to the humerus using a perpendicular line (Figure 2).

Subsidence of the prosthesis was calculated by determining the difference between immediate postoperative heights of the prosthesis in comparison to the value of the final follow-up films. To calculate the height, 2 lines were drawn, 1 line was drawn perpendicular to the top of the prosthetic head and 1 perpendicular to the top of the greater tuberosity (Figure 3). 

This distance was measured both immediately postoperatively and at final follow-up. The height difference between the 2 time points was used to calculate the subsidence.

Continue to: Posterior subluxation is indicated...

 

 

Posterior subluxation is indicated by a value >65%, a centered head is between 35% and 65%, and anterior subluxation is indicated by a value <35% (Figure 4).
The subluxation index was calculated using the method outlined by Gerber and colleagues3 using the axillary view radiograph (Figure 4). The midpoint of the glenoid was identified. Then, a perpendicular line (line z) was drawn projecting from the midpoint of the glenoid through the humeral head. Two lines were then drawn in an anterior-to-posterior direction on the humeral head. The first line (measurement A) was drawn from the posterior cortex to the previous perpendicular line (line z). The second line (measurement B) was drawn from the posterior to the anterior cortex. Measurements A and B should be calculated at the same height on the humeral head, roughly at the anatomic neck. The subluxation index is then calculated as A/B × 100. This was calculated both preoperatively and postoperatively.

The humeral stems were evaluated for loosening by assessing for lucency on final radiographic follow-up films. These were evaluated in a zonal fashion as demonstrated by Sanchez-Sotelo and colleagues4 and in Figure 5

The humeral stem-bone interface was evaluated in 8 radiographic zones. A lucency was not considered significant unless >2 mm. The zone of lucency was then determined for any significant lucencies. Zones 1 and 7 were at the level of the neck component, zones 2 and 6 were at the proximal half of the stem component, and zones 3 and 5 were at the distal half of the stem component. Zone 8 was noted directly inferior to the humeral head prosthesis.4

FUNCTIONAL OUTCOME EVALUATION

Before clinical evaluation, each study patient completed the Western Ontario Osteoarthritis of the Shoulder (WOOS) index; the Disabilities of the Hand, Arm and Shoulder (DASH) questionnaire, and the pain and function sections of the Constant score. The functional outcomes scores were captured postoperatively from October to November 2011. The WOOS is a validated outcome measure specific to osteoarthritis of the shoulder and has been used in prior studies evaluating outcomes of TSA.5-7 Previous studies have determined that the minimal clinically important difference for the WOOS score is 15 on a normalized 0 to 100 scale (100 being the best). The DASH score is a validated outcome measure for disorders of the upper extremity but is not specific to osteoarthritis of the shoulder.8 The Constant score is a validated outcome measure for a number of shoulder disorders, including TSA.9,10

STATISTICAL ANALYSIS

Statistical analyses were completed by a trained biostatistician. A power analysis was calculated using the noninferiority test to determine if adequate data had been obtained for this study. This was calculated by using previously accepted data demonstrating a statistically significant difference for subsidence and HAD. The data from these studies were used to make assumptions regarding accepted standard deviations and noninferiority margins, as calculated from the mean values of the 2 groups analyzed in each respective study.4,11 This analysis demonstrated power of 0.97 and 0.85 for the subsidence and HAD, respectively, given the current sample sizes. Intraclass coefficients were calculated to evaluate the measurements obtained during the radiographic analysis to determine the interrater agreement. Two samples’ t tests were calculated for the variables analyzed, along with P values and means.

RESULTS

DEMOGRAPHICS

A total of 51 consecutive patients were retrospectively selected for analysis. Of these, 16 patients were excluded from the study because they had <9 months of radiographic follow-up and were unavailable for further follow-up evaluation. Of the remaining 35 patients available for analysis, 4 patients had bilateral TSA, providing 39 shoulders for evaluation. Demographic characteristics of the study cohort are reported in Table 1.

Table 1. Demographic Characteristics    
 Tenotomy (n = 24) Osteotomy (n = 15) P-value
Age 68.2 [7.4] 70.2 [7.1] 0.46
Follow-up 20.6 [11.5]18.5 [6.25] 0.94
Females 7 (29%) 6 (40%) 0.58
Dominant shoulder 14 (58%) 8 (53%) 0.81
Primary Diagnosis   
Osteoarthritis 22 (92%) 15 (100%)  
Rheumatoid arthritis 2 (8%) 0 (0%)  

  Fifteen patients underwent LTO, and 24 underwent ST. One patient underwent a tenotomy of the right shoulder and LTO of the left shoulder. Three LTOs were performed by the surgeon who primarily performed ST, owing to potential benefits of LTO. He eventually returned to his preferred technique of ST because of surgeon preference. Three ST procedures were completed by the surgeon who typically performed LTO at the start of the series prior to establishing LTO as his preferred technique. There was no significant difference between the study populations in terms of age, follow-up, male-to-female ratio, hand dominance, and primary diagnosis of osteoarthritis vs rheumatoid arthritis.

Continue to: There was no significant difference...

 

 

RADIOGRAPHIC DATA

There was no significant difference in preoperative HAD between the LTO and ST groups (9.5 ± 2.4 mm vs 10.9 ± 2.7 mm, P = .11). The immediate postoperative HAD was statistically significant between the LTO and ST groups (11.9 ± 3.7 mm vs 15.9 ± 4.5 mm, P = .005). There was as statistically significant difference noted in the final follow-up films between the LTO and ST groups (11.8 ± 3.2 mm vs 14.5 ± 3.9 mm, P = .025) (Table 2). 

Table 2. Radiographic Data

Humeral Acromial Distance

 

LTO

ST

P-Value

Preoperative, mm

9.5

[2.4]

10.9

[2.7]

0.11

Postoperative, mm

11.9

[3.7]

15.9

[4.5]

0.005

Final follow-up, mm

11.8

[3.2]

14.5

[3.9]

0.025

Subsidence

 

LTO

ST

P-Value

Subsidence, mm

2.8

[3.1]

2.5

[3.1]

0.72

Subluxation Index

 

LTO

ST

P-Value

Preoperative, %

0.55

[0.06]

0.54

[0.07]

0.45

Postoperative, %

0.55

[0.09]

0.48

[0.05]

0.015

Lucent Lines

 

LTO

ST

P-Value

Lines >2 mm, %

0.00

0.08

0.51

Abbreviations: LTO, lesser tuberosity osteotomy; ST, subscapularis tenotomy.

There were no statistically significant differences found in subsidence between LTO and ST groups at final follow-up (2.8 mm ± 3.1 mm vs 2.5 mm ± 3.1 mm, P = .72) (Table 2). No statistically significant difference was noted in the subluxation index between the LTO and ST groups (0.55% ± .06% vs 0.54% ± 0.07%, P = .45), but there was a statistically significant difference noted postoperatively between the LTO and ST groups (0.55% ± 0.09% vs .48% ± 0.05%, P = .015) (Table 2).

Two stems were noted to have lucent lines >2 mm, both within the ST cohort. Each had 1 stem zone >2 mm, 1 in zone 7, and 1 in zone 4. No statistically significant difference was identified between the LTO and ST groups (0/15 vs 2/24, P = .51) (Table 2).

FUNCTIONAL OUTCOMES

Study patients were evaluated using functional outcome scores, including the Constant, WOOS, and DASH scores (Table 3). 

Table 3. Functional Data   
 LTOSTP-Value
WOOS index93.3[5.3]81.5[20.8]0.013
DASH score8.4[6.6]13.8[4.9]0.13
Constant score83.3[9.1]81.8[10.1]0.64

Abbreviations: DASH, disabilities of the arm, shoulder and hand; WOOS, Western Ontario Osteoarthritis of the Shoulder.

No statistically significant differences were noted in the DASH scores (8.4 ± 6.6 vs 13.8 ± 4.9, P = .13) or Constant scores (83.3 ± 9.1 vs 81.8 ± 10.1, P = .64) between the LTO and ST cohorts. There was a statistically significant difference between the WOOS scores (93.3 ± 5.3 vs 81.5 ± 20.8, P = .013). Because separate radiographic reviews were done by 3 independent personnel at 3 different times, it was important to ensure agreement among the reviewers. This was compared using the intraclass correlation coefficients. In the statistical analysis completed, the intraclass coefficients showed the 3 reviewers agreed with each other throughout the radiographic analysis (Table 4).

Table 4. Testing Agreement: ICC    
  ICC   CI, 2.5%CI, 97.5%
HADPreoperative0.44510.22020.6443
Postoperative0.69970.48360.834
Final follow-up0.55750.35920.7218
Subsidence 0.68630.53490.807
SIPreoperative0.30870.10610.5213
Final follow-up0.53640.2990.7186

Abbreviations: CI, confidence interval; HAD, humeral acromial distance; ICC, intraclass correlation coefficient; SI, subluxation index.

DISCUSSION

At final follow-up, we identified no statistically significant difference between the LTO and ST patients in subsidence, lucent lines >2 mm, or functional outcomes (Constant and DASH scores) in patients who underwent TSA with the same proximal collar press-fit humeral stem. In regard to the functional outcome scores, although the WOOS score was statistically significant (P = .013) between the LTO and ST cohorts, we do not feel that this is clinically relevant because it does not reach the minimal clinically important difference threshold of 15 points.8

A statistically significant difference was noted in postoperative subluxation index but was not clinically relevant, because the values between the LTO and ST groups (0.55 vs 0.48) still showed a centered humeral head. Gerber and colleagues3 discussed using a value of 0.65 as a measure of posterior humeral head subluxation, whereas Walch and colleagues12 defined posterior humeral head subluxation as a value >0.55. On the basis of these numbers, the values obtained in this study demonstrated that the postoperative values were still centered on the glenoid, and therefore were not clinically significant.3,12

Continue to: In regard to HAD, there...

 

 

In regard to HAD, there was a statistically significant difference noted postoperatively (P = .005) and at final follow-up (P = .025) between the LTO and ST cohorts. Saupe and colleagues13 demonstrated that a HAD <7 mm was considered abnormal and reflected subacromial space narrowing. The values noted in the LTO and ST patients on postoperative and final follow-up radiographs were statistically significant (Table 2), but not clinically relevant because both were >7 mm. A potential source for the variation in HAD may be due to X-ray position and angle.

Studies have shown a concern regarding the integrity of the subscapularis after tenotomy or peel used in TSA with abnormal subscapularis function.14,15 Miller and colleagues15 reported 41 patients, nearly two-thirds, of whom described subscapularis dysfunction. Those authors’ response to the poor clinical outcomes was to remove a fleck of bone with the tendon to achieve “bone-to-bone” healing.14 Gerber and colleagues16 reported on a series of patients using LTO and repair in TSA with 75% and 89% intact subscapularis function on clinical testing.16 Studies by Qureshi and colleagues17 and Scalise and colleagues18 showed similar results after LTO. Biomechanical studies have shown mixed results. Ponce and colleagues19 showed biomechanically superior results for LTO in comparison to the various repair techniques for ST. In another study, Giuseffi and colleagues20 showed no difference in LTO vs ST during biomechanical testing. In response to the increased concern regarding subscapularis integrity, Caplan and colleagues21 reported on 45 arthroplasties in 43 patients with improved postoperative testing with intact subscapularis testing in 90% to 100% of patients. A level 1 randomized control trial conducted by Lapner and colleagues22 did not demonstrate any clear clinical advantage of LTO vs ST. Controversy still exists regarding which is the preferred technique for TSA.

Sanchez-Sotelo and colleagues4 evaluated uncemented humeral components in 72 patients who underwent TSA. They found a humeral component was at risk for loosening if a radiolucent line ≥2 mm was present in at least 3 radiographic zones. They also evaluated tilt or subsidence by measurement and whether the components were observed to have changed. Their measured values correlated with their observed values. That study provided a benchmark for evaluation of loosening and subsidence used during this study.4 Although radiographic follow-up is limited in this study, we feel that any potential subsidence secondary to use of the LTO technique would be radiographically apparent at 1 year. There were 16 patients without adequate radiographic follow-up included in the study. However, we feel that this was not a large concern, because the study was adequately powered with the patients available to determine a difference based on subsidence.

CONCLUSION

We found no difference in subsidence, lucent lines >2 mm, posterior subluxation, and the Constant and DASH functional outcome scores when we compared TSA performed by a LTO with an ST technique with proximal collar press-fit humeral stem. These data cannot be extrapolated to metaphyseal fit stems, which may exhibit different settling characteristics in the setting of the LTO technique.

This paper will be judged for the Resident Writer’s Award.

References

1. Blasier R, Soslowsky L, Malicky D, Palmer M. Posterior glenohumeral subluxation: Active and passive stabilization in a biomechanical model. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 1997;79-A(3):433-440.

2. Buckley T, Miller R, Nicandri G, Lewis R, Voloshin I. Analysis of subscapularis integrity and function after lesser tuberosity osteotomy versus subscapularis tenotomy in total shoulder arthroplasty using ultrasound and validated clinical outcome measures. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2014;23(9):1309-1317. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2013.12.009.

3. Gerber C, Costouros JG, Sukthankar A, Fucentese SF. Static posterior humeral head subluxation and total shoulder arthroplasty. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2009;18(4):505-510. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2009.03.003.

4.  Sanchez-Sotelo J, Wright TW, O'Driscoll SW, Cofield RH, Rowland CM. Radiographic assessment of uncemented humeral components in total shoulder arthroplasty. J Arthroplasty. 2001;16(2):180-187.

5. Litchfield RB, McKee MD, Balyk R, et al. Cemented versus uncemented fixation of humeral components in total shoulder arthroplasty for osteoarthrtitis of the shoulder: A prospective, randomized, double-blind clinical trial-A JOINTs Canada Project. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2013;20(4):529-536. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2011.01.041.

6. Lo IK, Griffin S, Kirkley A. The development of a disease specific quality of life measurement tool for osteoarthritis of the shoulder: The Western Ontario Osteoarthritis of the Shoulder (WOOS) index. Osteoarthritis Cartilage. 2001;9(8):771-778. doi:10.1053/joca.2001.0474

7. Lo IK, Litchfield RB, Griffin S, Faber K, Patterson SD, Kirkley A. Quality of life outcome following hemiarthroplasty or total shoulder arthroplasty in patients with osteoarthritis. A prospective, randomized trial. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2005;87(10):2178-2185. doi:10.2106/JBJS.D.02198

8. Hudak PL, Amadio PC, Bombardier C. Development of an upper extremity outcome measure: the DASH (disabilities of the arm, shoulder and hand) [corrected]. The Upper Extremity Collaborative Group (UECG). Am J Ind Med. 1996;29(6):602-608. doi:10.1002/(SICI)1097-0274(199606)29:6<602::AID-AJIM4>3.0.CO;2-L.

9. Constant CR, Gerber C, Emery RJ, Sojbjerg JO, Gohlke F, Boileau P. A review of the constant score: Modifications and guidelines for its use. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2008;17(2):355-361. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2007.06.022.

10. Constant CR, Murley AH. A clinical method of functional assessment of the shoulder. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 1987;(214):160-164.

11. Mayerhoefer ME, Breitenseher MJ, Wurnig C, Roposch A. Shoulder impingement: Relationship of clinical symptoms and imaging criteria. Clin J Sport Med. 2009;19(2):83-89. doi:10.1097/JSM.0b013e318198e2e3.

12. Walch G, Badet R, Boulahia A, Khoury A. Morphologic study of the glenoid in primary glenohumeral osteoarthritis. J Arthroplasy. 1999;14(6):756-760.

13. Saupe N, Pfirmann CW, Schmid MR, et al. Association between rotator cuff abnormalities and reduced acromiohumeral distance. AJR Am J Roentgenol. 2006;187(2):376-382. doi:10.2214/AJR.05.0435.

14. Jackson J, Cil A, Smith J, Steinmann SP. Integrity and function of the subscapularis after total shoulder arthroplasty. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2010;19(7):1085-1090. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2010.04.001.

15. Miller SL, Hazrati Y, Klepps S, Chiang A, Flatow EL. Loss of subscapularis function after total shoulder replacement: a seldom recognized problem. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2003;12(1):29-34. doi:10.1067/mse.2003.128195.

16. Gerber C, Yian EH, Pfirrmann AW, Zumstein MA, Werner CM. Subscapularis muscle function and structure after total shoulder replacement with lesser tuberosity osteotomy and repair. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2005;87(8):1739-1745. doi:10.2106/JBJS.D.02788.

17. Qureshi S, Hsiao A, Klug RA, Lee E, Braman J, Flatow EL. Subscapularis function after total shoulder replacement: results with lesser tuberosity osteotomy. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2008;17(1): 68-72. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2007.04.018.

18. Scalise JJ, Ciccone J, Iannotti JP. Clinical, radiographic and ultrasonographic comparison of subscapularis tenotomy and lesser tuberosity osteotomy for total shoulder arthroplasty. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2010;92(7):1627-1634. doi:10.2106/JBJS.G.01461.

19. Ponce BA, Ahluwalia RS, Mazzocca AD, Gobezie RG, Warner JJ, Millett PJ. Biomechanical and clinical evaluation of a novel lesser tuberosity in total shoulder arthroplasty. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2005;87 Suppl 2:1-8.

20. Giuseffi SA, Wongtriratanachai P, Omae H, et al. Biomechanical comparison of lesser tuberosity osteotomy versus subscapularis tenotomy in total shoulder arthroplasty. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2012;21(8):1087-1095. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2011.07.008.

21. Caplan JL, Whitfield W, Nevasier RJ. Subscapularis function after primary tendon to tendon repair in patients after replacement arthroplasty of the shoulder. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2009;18(2):193-196. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2008.10.019.

22. Lapner PLC, Sabri E, Rakhra K, Bell K, Athwal GS. Comparison of LTO to subscapularis peel in shoulder arthroplasty. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2012;94(24):2239-2246. doi:10.2106/JBJS.K.01365.

References

1. Blasier R, Soslowsky L, Malicky D, Palmer M. Posterior glenohumeral subluxation: Active and passive stabilization in a biomechanical model. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 1997;79-A(3):433-440.

2. Buckley T, Miller R, Nicandri G, Lewis R, Voloshin I. Analysis of subscapularis integrity and function after lesser tuberosity osteotomy versus subscapularis tenotomy in total shoulder arthroplasty using ultrasound and validated clinical outcome measures. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2014;23(9):1309-1317. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2013.12.009.

3. Gerber C, Costouros JG, Sukthankar A, Fucentese SF. Static posterior humeral head subluxation and total shoulder arthroplasty. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2009;18(4):505-510. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2009.03.003.

4.  Sanchez-Sotelo J, Wright TW, O'Driscoll SW, Cofield RH, Rowland CM. Radiographic assessment of uncemented humeral components in total shoulder arthroplasty. J Arthroplasty. 2001;16(2):180-187.

5. Litchfield RB, McKee MD, Balyk R, et al. Cemented versus uncemented fixation of humeral components in total shoulder arthroplasty for osteoarthrtitis of the shoulder: A prospective, randomized, double-blind clinical trial-A JOINTs Canada Project. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2013;20(4):529-536. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2011.01.041.

6. Lo IK, Griffin S, Kirkley A. The development of a disease specific quality of life measurement tool for osteoarthritis of the shoulder: The Western Ontario Osteoarthritis of the Shoulder (WOOS) index. Osteoarthritis Cartilage. 2001;9(8):771-778. doi:10.1053/joca.2001.0474

7. Lo IK, Litchfield RB, Griffin S, Faber K, Patterson SD, Kirkley A. Quality of life outcome following hemiarthroplasty or total shoulder arthroplasty in patients with osteoarthritis. A prospective, randomized trial. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2005;87(10):2178-2185. doi:10.2106/JBJS.D.02198

8. Hudak PL, Amadio PC, Bombardier C. Development of an upper extremity outcome measure: the DASH (disabilities of the arm, shoulder and hand) [corrected]. The Upper Extremity Collaborative Group (UECG). Am J Ind Med. 1996;29(6):602-608. doi:10.1002/(SICI)1097-0274(199606)29:6<602::AID-AJIM4>3.0.CO;2-L.

9. Constant CR, Gerber C, Emery RJ, Sojbjerg JO, Gohlke F, Boileau P. A review of the constant score: Modifications and guidelines for its use. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2008;17(2):355-361. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2007.06.022.

10. Constant CR, Murley AH. A clinical method of functional assessment of the shoulder. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 1987;(214):160-164.

11. Mayerhoefer ME, Breitenseher MJ, Wurnig C, Roposch A. Shoulder impingement: Relationship of clinical symptoms and imaging criteria. Clin J Sport Med. 2009;19(2):83-89. doi:10.1097/JSM.0b013e318198e2e3.

12. Walch G, Badet R, Boulahia A, Khoury A. Morphologic study of the glenoid in primary glenohumeral osteoarthritis. J Arthroplasy. 1999;14(6):756-760.

13. Saupe N, Pfirmann CW, Schmid MR, et al. Association between rotator cuff abnormalities and reduced acromiohumeral distance. AJR Am J Roentgenol. 2006;187(2):376-382. doi:10.2214/AJR.05.0435.

14. Jackson J, Cil A, Smith J, Steinmann SP. Integrity and function of the subscapularis after total shoulder arthroplasty. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2010;19(7):1085-1090. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2010.04.001.

15. Miller SL, Hazrati Y, Klepps S, Chiang A, Flatow EL. Loss of subscapularis function after total shoulder replacement: a seldom recognized problem. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2003;12(1):29-34. doi:10.1067/mse.2003.128195.

16. Gerber C, Yian EH, Pfirrmann AW, Zumstein MA, Werner CM. Subscapularis muscle function and structure after total shoulder replacement with lesser tuberosity osteotomy and repair. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2005;87(8):1739-1745. doi:10.2106/JBJS.D.02788.

17. Qureshi S, Hsiao A, Klug RA, Lee E, Braman J, Flatow EL. Subscapularis function after total shoulder replacement: results with lesser tuberosity osteotomy. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2008;17(1): 68-72. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2007.04.018.

18. Scalise JJ, Ciccone J, Iannotti JP. Clinical, radiographic and ultrasonographic comparison of subscapularis tenotomy and lesser tuberosity osteotomy for total shoulder arthroplasty. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2010;92(7):1627-1634. doi:10.2106/JBJS.G.01461.

19. Ponce BA, Ahluwalia RS, Mazzocca AD, Gobezie RG, Warner JJ, Millett PJ. Biomechanical and clinical evaluation of a novel lesser tuberosity in total shoulder arthroplasty. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2005;87 Suppl 2:1-8.

20. Giuseffi SA, Wongtriratanachai P, Omae H, et al. Biomechanical comparison of lesser tuberosity osteotomy versus subscapularis tenotomy in total shoulder arthroplasty. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2012;21(8):1087-1095. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2011.07.008.

21. Caplan JL, Whitfield W, Nevasier RJ. Subscapularis function after primary tendon to tendon repair in patients after replacement arthroplasty of the shoulder. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2009;18(2):193-196. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2008.10.019.

22. Lapner PLC, Sabri E, Rakhra K, Bell K, Athwal GS. Comparison of LTO to subscapularis peel in shoulder arthroplasty. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2012;94(24):2239-2246. doi:10.2106/JBJS.K.01365.

Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Radiographic Study of Humeral Stem in Shoulder Arthroplasty After Lesser Tuberosity Osteotomy or Subscapularis Tenotomy
Display Headline
Radiographic Study of Humeral Stem in Shoulder Arthroplasty After Lesser Tuberosity Osteotomy or Subscapularis Tenotomy
Sections
Inside the Article

TAKE-HOME POINTS

  • LTO and ST remain viable options for takedown of the subscapularis.
  • No difference exists in subsidence, lucent lines, and posterior subluxation on radiographic evaluation between LTO and ST.
  • No clinically significant difference exists between outcome scores of patients with either technique.
  • HAD was statistically significant but not clinically relevant between the 2 techniques.
  • Results from the study do not apply to metaphyseal fitting stems, only diaphyseal fitting stems. 
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Gate On Date
Tue, 03/26/2019 - 14:00
Un-Gate On Date
Tue, 03/26/2019 - 14:00
Use ProPublica
CFC Schedule Remove Status
Tue, 03/26/2019 - 14:00
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.

The Potential Value of Dual-Energy X-Ray Absorptiometry in Orthopedics

Article Type
Changed
Thu, 09/19/2019 - 13:18
Display Headline
The Potential Value of Dual-Energy X-Ray Absorptiometry in Orthopedics

ABSTRACT

Dual-energy X-ray absorptiometry (DXA) is a well-established technology with an important and well-known role in measuring bone mineral density (BMD) for the purpose of determining fracture risk, diagnosing osteoporosis, and monitoring treatment efficacy. However, aside from the assessment of bone status, DXA is likely underutilized in the field of orthopedics, and most orthopedists may not be aware of the full capabilities of DXA, particularly with regard to total body scans and body composition assessment. For example, DXA would be a valuable tool for monitoring body composition after surgery where compensatory changes in the affected limb may lead to right-left asymmetry (eg, tracking lean mass change after knee surgery), rehabilitation regimens for athletes, congenital and metabolic disorders that affect the musculoskeletal system, or monitoring sarcopenia and frailty in the elderly. Furthermore, preoperative and postoperative regional scans can track BMD changes during healing or alert surgeons to impending problems such as loss of periprosthetic bone, which could lead to implant failure. This article discusses the capabilities of DXA and how this technology could be better used to the advantage of the attending orthopedist.

Dual-energy X-ray absorptiometry, abbreviated as “DXA,” (although usually abbreviated in older literature as “DEXA”) was first introduced in 1987 (Hologic QDR-1000 system, Hologic, Inc) and immediately made all previous forms of radiation-based bone mineral density (BMD) measurement systems obsolete.1 Since then, there have been many generations of the technology, with the main US manufacturers in 2017 being Hologic, Inc. and GE Lunar. There are 2 forms of DXA, peripheral systems (which usually measure BMD only in the radius, finger bones, or calcaneus) and central systems (which measure the radius, proximal femur [“hip”], lumbar spine, total body, and custom sites). The general principle of how DXA works is based on the differential attenuation of photons by bone, fat, and lean mass.2 The DXA technique uses a low- and high-energy X-ray beam produced by an X-ray tube. With the low-energy beam, attenuation by bone is greater than attenuation by soft tissue. With the high-energy beam, attenuation by bone and soft tissues are similar. The dual X-ray beams are passed through the body regions being scanned (usually posterioanteriorly), and the differential attenuation by bone and soft tissue is analyzed to produce BMD estimates. In addition, a high-quality image is produced to enable the operator of the DXA system to verify that the appropriate body region was scanned. It is important to realize that DXA is 2-dimensional (which is sometimes cited as a weakness of DXA), and the units of BMD are grams of mineral per centimeter squared (g/cm2).

Continue to: When assessing bone status...

 

 

When assessing bone status for the purpose of determining if a patient is normal, osteopenic, or osteoporotic, the skeletal sites (called regions of interest [ROI]) typically scanned are the proximal femur, lumbar spine, and radius. The BMD of the patient is then compared to a manufacturer-provided normative database of young adults (the logic being that the BMD in the young adult normative population represents maximal peak bone mass). Total body BMD and body composition can also be quantified (grams of lean and fat mass), and custom scans can be designed for other skeletal sites. Specifically, a patient’s BMD is compared to a database of sex- and age-adjusted normal values, and the deviation from normal is expressed as a T-score (the number of standard deviations the patient's BMD is above or below the average BMD of the young adult reference population) and Z-scores (the number of standard deviations a patient's BMD is above or below the average BMD of a sex- and age-matched reference population).3 The International Society for Clinical Densitometry (ISCD) has developed and published well-accepted guidelines used to assist in acquiring high-quality DXA scans and for the diagnosis of osteoporosis using BMD. The accuracy and, especially, the precision of DXA scans can be remarkable when they are performed by trained technologists, and thus, serial scans can be performed to monitor BMD and body composition changes with aging or in response to treatment.

Because of the nature of the scan mechanics and speed, the effective radiation dose with DXA is very low, expressed in microSieverts.4,5 Generally, the radiation exposure from a series of the lumbar spine, proximal femur, and distal radius is about the same as daily background radiation. Even total body scans present very low exposure due to the scan speed at which any 1 body part is exposed for only a fraction of a second.

BENEFITS OF USING DXA FOR THE ORTHEOPEDIST

At the time of this writing in 2018, the presumption could be made that most physicians in the specialties of internal medicine, rheumatology, endocrinology, radiology, and orthopedics were familiar with the capabilities of DXA to assess BMD for the purpose of diagnosing osteoporosis. However, DXA is likely underused for other purposes, as orthopedists may be unaware of the full capabilities of DXA. Printouts after a scan contain more information than simply BMD, and there are more features and applications of DXA that can potentially be useful to orthopedists.

BONE SIZE

Data from a DXA scan are expressed not only as g/cm2 (BMD) but also as total grams in the ROI (known as bone mineral content, abbreviated as BMC), and cm2 (area of the ROI). These data may appear on a separate page, being considered ancillary results. The latter 2 variables are rarely included on a report sent to a referring physician; therefore, awareness of their value is probably limited. However, there are instances where such information could be valuable when interpreting results, especially bone size.6,7 For example, on occasion, patients present with osteopenic lumbar vertebrate but larger than normal vertebral size (area). Many studies have shown that bone size is directly related to bone strength and thus fracture risk.8,9 Although an understudied phenomenon, large vertebral body size could be protective, counteracting a lower than optimal BMD. Further, because the area of the ROI is measured, it is possible to calculate the bone width (or measure directly with a ruler tool in the software if available) for the area measured. This is especially feasible for tubular bones such as the midshaft of the radius, or more specifically, the classic DXA ROI being the area approximately one third the length of the radius from the distal end, the radius 33% region (actually based on ulna length). Consequently, it is possible to use the width of the radius 33% ROI in addition to BMD and T-score when assessing fracture risk.

CASE STUDY

A 60-year-old man had a DXA series of the lumbar spine, proximal femur, and whole body. His total body T-score was 0.6 (normal), and his total proximal femur T-score was −0.8 (normal), but his lumbar spine vertebrae 2 to 4 T-score was −1.9. As the patient was osteopenic based on the lumbar spine T-score, some physicians may have initiated antiresorptive therapy, especially if other risk factors for fracture were present. Further examination of the ancillary results of the DXA scan revealed that the vertebral body height T-score was a remarkable 1.11 and 1.53 after adjustment for stature (automatic software calculation). These results suggested that the patient had vertebral bodies of above average size, which theoretically would be protective against fracture even though the BMD T-score was below normal. For this patient, this finding mitigated immediate concern about the lumbar spine T-score of −1.9. Although vertebral body size is not typically used in assessing fracture risk, it is useful information that could be factored into the decision to start treatment or watch for further change with aging.

Continue to: Case Series: Distal Radius Fractures...

 

 

CASE SERIES: DISTAL RADIUS FRACTURES

Table 1 summarizes the data comparing radius 33% ROI T-scores and ROI width in patients who fractured the contralateral radius and normal nonfractured controls.10  

Table 1. Comparison of Radius Width at the 33% Region of Interest (ROI) and Bone Mineral Density T-Scores in Premenopausal Women With and Without Fractures

 

33% ROI

T-score

Width of ROI, cm

White women with distal radius fractures

 

 

Premenopausal (<49 years), n = 36

-0.2 + 0.9

1.22 + 0.11a

Controls matched for race, age, BMIb

 

 

Premenopausal (<49 years), n = 65

-0.1 + 0.8

1.45 + 0.25

aP < 0.0001 compared to matched controls. bControls were women without fractures, who were first randomly matched by race, then age, then body mass index (BMI).
 
Table 1 was modified with permission from Kiebzak and Sassard.10

For premenopausal women with distal radius fractures, the width of the radius at the radius 33% ROI was significantly smaller than that in controls. However, there was no difference in T-scores between premenopausal women with distal radius fractures and controls. Thus, bone width more accurately identified women with fractures than T-scores based on BMD, and the orthopedist could use bone size in addition to BMD to predict fracture risk in a patient.

PREPARATION FOR SURGERY

For some procedures, there is potential benefit of assessing bone status prior to surgery. That is, determination of low BMD could potentially influence the type of hardware or fixation techniques used in surgery. Various studies have shown that poor bone quality and low BMD can impair purchase with various types of fixation.11-13 Low preoperative BMD has been shown to be related to high implant migration.14 Knowledge of BMD could influence the choice of screw type used or the type of implant metal (titanium vs cobalt chrome). Another example is predicting the risk of spine curvature progression in adolescent idiopathic scoliosis.15-17 It has been reported that low BMD is a risk factor for progression.15 Knowledge of BMD could potentially help with patient management strategies. For example, a patient with low BMD and vitamin D deficiency could be treated (vitamin D supplementation) prior to planning surgery in an effort to improve the low BMD.

PERIOPROSTHETIC BMD

It is possible to monitor changes in BMD around implants using the periprosthetic software application (this usually needs to be purchased separately from standard software that is installed with a system set-up). Dramatic loss of bone due to stress shielding after total hip arthroplasty (THA) can be a risk factor for implant migration or potentially outright failure of fixation or breakthrough. If bone loss occurs and is observed in the early stages, then antiresorptive treatment can be initiated to limit further loss.18,19 (Figure 1) shows the image from a periprosthetic scan. 

Standard Gruen zones are the default ROIs.20 It is well established that BMD loss differs from zone to zone, with the greatest loss in zone 7 after THA.

Continue to: A 60-year-old, 215-lb man...

 

 

CASE REPORT

A 60-year-old, 215-lb man had a total hip replacement using a newly introduced cemented collared cobalt-chromium alloy femoral stem. A baseline periprosthetic DXA scan was performed 6 weeks postoperatively. Compared to baseline, the change in BMD in the Gruen zone 5 was −8.2%, +6.5%, +4.9%, and +9.46% at 3, 6, 12, and 24 months, respectively. In contrast, dramatic BMD loss was seen in Gruen zone 7 (calcar region): −33.2%, −40.8%, −37.1%, and −34.1% at 3, 6, 12, and 24 months, respectively. Similar findings in other patients led to discontinuation of use of this stem in favor of a collarless stem in which less BMD loss was seen in Gruen zone 7. Although additional technologist training is required and scans may not be reimbursable, for research purposes or for evaluating new component prototypes, the periprosthetic DXA scan capability can be useful.

Various other custom scans can be used to detect and quantify vertebral fractures (vertebral fracture assessment application), monitor healing of fractures by scanning through radiolucent cast materials, or for research purposes to assess BMD at unusual locations.21-23 Other new innovations, such as the ability to perform full-length scans of the femoral shaft and to quantify focal thickening of the lateral cortex to identify beaking, an abnormality associated with atypical femur fracture after long-term bisphosphonate use, continue to expand the utility of DXA. Using standard software, cadaver bones can be scanned prior to biomechanical testing for a variety of purposes, such as ensuring proper matching specimens in test groups. It has been reported that the common practice of using contralateral bone specimens can lead to bias, as the BMD can be significantly different in right and left bones from the same individual.9,24

TOTAL BODY BMD AND BODY COMPOSITION SCANS

Perhaps the least understood capability of DXA from our experience working with orthopedists is the ability to perform total body scans and to obtain not only total body and regional BMD but also body composition data, namely grams of lean and fat mass.25 Soft tissue (no bone pixels) is partitioned into fat and lean body mass by a calibration procedure (lean mass = total soft tissue –fat mass). DXA has become the standard for body composition assessment given the ease of data acquisition (a total body scan takes only a few minutes), accuracy, and precision of measurements. Compared with other methods (eg, skinfold thickness, bioelectrical impedance, and underwater weighing), it is the only method that gives regional values for fat mass, lean mass, and BMC (this allows the ability to compare left vs right sides).25-27 The ability to perform regional measurements cannot be overstated, as stable body weight belies potential changes with age and disease that relate to redistribution of fat and lean mass. It is not possible to identify, let alone track, such changes by measuring gross body weight on a scale or with BMI calculations. However, redistribution of fat and lean mass can be monitored in great detail using DXA. Figures 2 and 3 show the typical output from a DXA total body/body composition scan.

 

Total body scans with body composition analyses have many applications. For example, monitoring growth and development or treatment in patients with congenital deformity, metabolic bone disease, osteoporosis, and frailty; patients undergoing rehabilitation; and patients having surgery that could affect the use of a contralateral limb with potential hypertrophy or atrophy. Accurate assessment of percent body fat and fat distribution may help surgeons to improve risk stratification and surgical outcome.28-30 Fracture risk has been associated with muscle area.28 Simple measurements of quadriceps size underestimates atrophy, and total body composition can quantitate lean mass.30

In sports medicine, body composition assessments could be useful to monitor postoperative recovery and effectiveness of rehabilitation protocols after injury, effectiveness of conditioning and training programs, developmental changes due to sports participation, and for obtaining baseline assessment at the time of preseason physicals.27,31-34 In athletes, baseline status and morphological adaptations to training have traditionally been measured by anthropometry (eg, skinfold thickness, BMI, limb circumference, etc.), but DXA total body scanning allows for much more detailed assessments with the possibility of subregional quantitation. There is evidence for sports-specific body composition profiles and characteristic adaptations.27,31-34 Using DXA, adaptive changes as a result of training as well as changes and recovery after surgery or injury can be monitored. For example, quadriceps atrophy usually occurs to some extent after ACL repair, and bone mineral loss and muscle atrophy occur after a limb has been immobilized with a cast. DXA body composition assessment could be used to monitor leg lean mass after surgery for comparison with presurgery values or those of the contralateral noninjured side, or to track recovery of bone mineral and muscle after a cast is removed. Some technical sports, such as tennis and baseball pitching, are known to result in limb asymmetry; DXA body composition could be used to monitor development of right-left arm asymmetry in tennis players or baseball pitchers, and then measures could be taken to balance the asymmetry. Wrestlers and elite dancers are expected to maintain strict weight requirements, but diets are often poor, and as such, DXA body composition could be used to track the effects of dieting and training by comparing serial measurements to baseline to ensure that weight changes include preservation or gain of muscle mass.31

Continue to: For older patients...

 

 

For older patients being followed after orthopedic care, there is a growing concern about age-related loss of muscle mass, or sarcopenia, which can lead to functional impairment (eg, balance, gait, etc.), and physical disability leading to falling and increased risk of fracture.35-40 Even obese patients can be sarcopenic (a concept known as sarcopenic obesity), and their large body mass can mask the relative deficiency of lean mass.40 DXA total body scans can be used to monitor patients at risk for sarcopenia.

Finally, DXA total body composition scans are underused in the pediatric population. Given the low radiation burden, DXA can be used safely in children of all ages. In addition to the same uses as in adults for presurgical assessment, monitoring bone and soft-tissue changes after treatment and rehabilitation, scans can be used to monitor growth and development.41

CASE STUDY: MONITORING DEVELOPMENT AND TREATMENT

A 12-year-old boy with polyostotic fibrous dysplasia (McCune Albright Syndrome) was started on treatment with cyclic pamidronate to mitigate bone pain and reduce fracture risk. Use of DXA was planned to provide evidence of treatment efficacy by documenting increasing BMD. However, the severe skeletal deformity prevented standard site-specific DXA scans, and consequently, total body scans were effectively used to acquire the BMD data needed to monitor treatment (Figure 4).

CASE STUDY: AGE-RELATED SARCOPENIA

Figure 5 shows images of a 64-year-old woman who was followed after a distal radius fracture. A total body scan and body composition assessment was performed in 2002. At follow-up in 2004, total body weight seemed stable with only a seemingly benign 5.1-lb loss of weight, and the patient’s overall physical appearance was unchanged (Table 2). 

Table 2. Age-Related Changes Potentially Leading to Sarcopenia

 

Baseline, 2002

Follow-up, 2004

Change, %

Body weight, kg

57.9 (127.6 lb)

55.6 (122.5 lb)

4

BMI

20.6

19.8

 

Total body fat, g

13,619

13,390

−1.7

Total body percent fat

23.5

24.1

 

Total body lean, g

42,038

39,949

−5.0

Dual-energy X-ray absorptiometry scans were performed using a GE Lunar Prodigy system.

However, body composition assessment revealed a disproportionate loss of lean mass, with a resultant total percent body fat increase. This imbalance between the change in fat and lean mass could lead to clinical sarcopenia unless appropriate dietary and exercise measures are taken. Such subtle developing imbalances in body composition could only be quantitated using DXA total body scans.

Continue to: It is not uncommon...

 

 

CASE STUDY: WEIGHT CHANGE IN A RECREATIONAL ATHLETE

It is not uncommon to encounter patients who have substantial weight changes as a result of lifestyle changes, such as dieting. It is also possible that body weight remains stable, but variable changes occur in the amount and distribution of fat and lean mass. Combining exercise with dieting is more likely to be associated with preservation or gain of lean mass. Such a case is presented. After a knee injury, a club tennis player reported gaining 30 lb in the subsequent 12 months. She enrolled in a DXA study, and serial body composition assessments were performed as she started a diet program and exercised on a treadmill and stationary bike. Table 3 shows body composition changes from baseline. 

Table 3. Body Composition Changes After Dieting and Exercise

 

 

 

Total Body

 

Weight, lb

Body Mass Index

Bone Mineral Density, g/cm2

Fat, g

Lean, g

Baseline

160

27.5

1.245

29,023

39,610

12-month follow-up

148

25.4

1.230

22,581

41,979

Dual-energy X-ray absorptiometry scans were performed using a GE Lunar Prodigy system.

Although gross weight using a scale clearly showed progress in losing weight, it did not provide information about redistribution of fat and lean mass. The DXA body composition assessment showed that at follow up, there was a 22% decrease in total grams of fat and a 6% increase in lean mass (changes were uniform over different body regions). Her BMI still categorized her as being overweight; however, her body composition changes demonstrated that diet and exercise were producing positive results.

CONCLUSION

There are many ways in which DXA technology could provide orthopedists with valuable baseline and postoperative and post-treatment information about their patients. This technology could be used more effectively by orthopedists in both general clinical practice and research.

References

1. Miller PD. The history of bone densitometry. Bone. 2017;104:4-6 [Epub ahead of print].

2. Blake GM, Fogelman I. Technical principles of dual energy X ray absorptiometry. Semin Nucl Med. 1997;27(3):210-228.

3. Faulkner KG. The tale of the T-score: review and perspective. Osteoporo Int. 2005;16(4):347-352. doi:10.1007/s00198-004-1779-y.

4. Solomou G, Damilakis J. Radiation exposure in bone densitometry. Semin Musculoskelet Radiol. 2016;20(4):392-398. doi:10.1055/s-0036-1592430.

5. Adams J. Bone densitometry in children. Semin Musculoskelet Radiol. 2016;20(3):254-268. doi:10.1055/s-0036-1592369.

6. Duan Y, Parfitt AM, Seeman E. Vertebral bone mass, size, and volumetric density in women with spinal fractures. J Bone Miner Res. 1999;14(10):1796-1802. doi:10.1359/jbmr.1999.14.10.1796.

7. Szaulc P, Munoz F, Duboeuf F, Delmas PD. Low width of tubular bones is associated with increased risk of fragility fracture in elderly men–the MINOS study. Bone 2006;38(4):595-602. doi:10.1016/j.bone.2005.09.004.

8. Mi J, Li K, Zhao X, Zhao CQ, Li H, Zhao J. Vertebral body compressive strength evaluated by dual-energy x-ray absorptiometry and Hounsfield units in vitro. J Clin Densitom. 2018;21(1):148-153. doi:10.1016/j.jocd.2016.08.011.

9. Ambrose CG, Kiebzak GM, Sabonghy EP, et al. Biomechanical testing of cadaveric specimens: importance of bone mineral density assessment. Foot Ankle Int. 2002;23(9):850-855. doi:10.1177/107110070202300913.

10. Kiebzak G, Sassard WR. Smaller radius width in women with distal radius fractures compared to women without fractures. Cureus. 2017;9(12):e1950. doi:10.775/cureus.1950.

11. Krappinger D, Bizzotto N, Riedmann S, Kammerlander C, Hengg C, Kralinger FS. Predicting failure after surgical fixation of proximal humerus fractures. Injury 2011;42(11):1283-1288. doi:10.1016/j.injury.2011.01.017.

12. Suhm N, Hengg C, Schwyn R, Windolf M, Quarz V, Hänni M. Mechanical torque measurement predicts load to implant cut-out: a biomechanical study investigating DHS anchorage in femoral heads. Arch Orthop Trauma Surg. 2007;127(6):469-474. doi:10.1007/s00402-006-0265-8.

13. Persiani P, Ranaldi FM, Graci J, et al. Isolated olecranon fractures in children affected by osteogenesis imperfecta type I treated with single screw or tension band wiring system: outcomes and pitfalls in relation to bone mineral density. Medicine (Baltimore). 2017;96(20):e6766. doi:10.1097/MD.0000000000006766.

14. Andersen MR, Winther NS, Lind T, Schrøder HM, Flivik G, Petersen MM. Low preoperative BMD is related to high migration of tibia components in uncemented TKA–92 patients in a combined DEXA and RSA study with 2-year follow-up. J Arthroplasty. 2017;32(7):2141-2146. doi:10.1016/j.arth.2017.02.032.

15. Yip BH, Yu FW, Wang Z, et al. Prognostic value of bone mineral density on curve progression: A longitudinal cohort study of 513 girls with adolescent idiopathic scoliosis. Sci Rep. 2016;6:39220. doi:10.1038/srep39220.

16. Pourabbas Tahvildari B, Erfani MA, Nouraei H, Sadeghian M. Evaluation of bone mineral status in adolescent idiopathic scoliosis. Clin Orthop Surg. 2014;6(2):180-184. doi:10.4055/cios.2014.6.2.180.

17. Li XF, Li H, Liu ZD, Dai LY. Low bone mineral status in adolescent idiopathic scoliosis. Eur Spine J. 2008;17(11):1431-1440. doi:10.1007/s00586-008-0757-z.

18. Venesmaa PK, Kröger HP, Miettinen HJ, Jurvelin JS, Suomalainen OT, Alhava EM. Monitoring of periprosthetic BMD after uncemented total hip arthroplasty with dual-energy X-ray absorptiometry--a 3-year follow-up study. J Bone Miner Res. 2001;16(6):1056-1061. doi:10.1359/jbmr.2001.16.6.1056.

19. Arabmotlagh M, Pilz M, Warzecha J, Rauschmann M. Changes of femoral periprosthetic bone mineral density 6 years after treatment with alendronate following total hip arthroplasty J Orthop Res. 2009;27(2):183-188. doi:10.1002/jor.20748.

20. Gruen TA, McNeice GM, Amstutz HC. Modes of failure of cemented stem-type femoral components: a radiographic analysis of loosening. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 1979;(141):17-27.

21. Zeytinoglu M, Jain RK, Vokes TJ. Vertebral fracture assessment: Enhancing the diagnosis, prevention, and treatment of osteoporosis. Bone. 2017;104:54-65. doi:10.1016/j.bone.2017.03.004.

22. Kiebzak GM. Radiolucent casting tape allows for accurate measurement of forearm bone mineral density using dual-energy X-ray absorptiometry. J Clin Densitom. 1998;1(4):369-374.

23. Sung KH, Chung CY, Lee KM, et al. Correlation between central and peripheral bone mineral density around the elbow measured by dual-energy x-ray absorptiometry in healthy children and adolescents. J Clin Densitom. 2017;20(1):114-119. doi:10.1016/j.jocd.2016.04.007.

24. Hamdy R, Kiebzak GM, Seier E, Watts NB. The prevalence of significant left-right differences in hip bone mineral density. Osteoporos Int. 2006;17(12):1772-1780. doi:10.1007/s00198-006-0192-0.

25. Kelly TL, Berger N, Richardson TL. DXA body composition: Theory and practice. Appl Radiat Isot. 1998;49(5-6):511-513.

26. Kiebzak GM, Leamy LJ, Pierson LM, Nord RH, Zhang ZY. Measurement precision of body composition variables using the lunar DPX-L densitometer. J Clin Densitom. 2000;3(1):35-41.

27. Bilborough JC, Greenway k, Par D, Coutts AJ. The accuracy and precision of DXA for assessing body composition in team sport athletes. J Sports Sci. 2014;32(19):1821-1828. doi:10.1080/02640414.2014.926380.

28. Malkov S, Cawthon PM, Peters KW, et al. Health ABC Study. Hip fractures risk in older men and women associated with DXA-derived measures of thigh subcutaneous fat thickness, cross-sectional muscle area, and muscle density. J Bone Miner Res. 2015;30(8):1414-1421. doi:10.1002/jbmr.2469.

29. Arangio GA, Chen C, Klady M, Reed JF. Thigh muscle size and strength after anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction and rehabilitation. J Orthop Sports Phys Ther. 1997;26(5):238-245. doi:10.2519/jospt.1997.26.5.238.

30. Ledford CK, Millikan PD, Nickel BT, et al. Percent body fat Is more predictive of function after total joint arthroplasty than body mass index. J Bone Joint Surg. 2016;98(10):849-857. doi:10.2106/JBJS.15.00509.

31. Berlet G, Kiebzak GM, Dandar A, et al. Prospective analysis of body composition and SF36 profiles in professional dancers over a 7-month season: is there a correlation to injury? J Dance Med Sci. 2002;6(2):54-61.

32. Grant JA, Bedi A, Kurz J, Bancroft R, Gagnier JJ, Miller BS. Ability of preseason body composition and physical fitness to predict the risk of injury in male collegiate hockey players. Sports Health. 2015;7(1):45-51. doi:10.1177/1941738114540445.

33. Stewart AD, Hannan J. Subregional tissue morphometry in male athletes and controls using DXA. Int J Sport Nutr Exerc Metab. 2000;10(2):157-169. doi:10.1123/ijsnem.10.2.157.

34. Sannicandro I, Cofano G, Rosa RA, Piccinno A. Balance training exercises decrease lower-limb strength asymmetry in young tennis players. J Sports Sci Med. 2014;13(2):397-402.

35. Guglielmi G, Ponti F, Agostini M, Amadori M, Battista G, Bazzocchi A. The role of DXA in sarcopenia. Aging Clin Exp Res. 2016;28(6):1047-1060. doi:10.1007/s40520-016-0589-3.

36. Janssen I, Baumgartner RN, Ross R, Rosenberg IH, Roubenoff R. Skeletal muscle cutpoints associated with elevated physical disability risk in older men and women. Am J Epidemiol. 2004;159(4):413-421.

37. Landi F, Calvani R, Ortolani E, et al. The association between sarcopenia and functional outcomes among older patients with hip fracture undergoing in-hospital rehabilitation. Osteoporos Int. 2017;28(5):1569-1576. doi:10.1007/s00198-017-3929-z.

38. Roh YH, Noh JH, Gong HS, Baek GH. Effect of low appendicular lean mass, grip strength, and gait speed on the functional outcome after surgery for distal radius fractures. Arch Osteoporos. 2017;12(1):41. doi:10.1007/s11657-017-0335-2.

39. Miller MS, Callahan DM, Toth MJ. Skeletal muscle myofilament adaptations to aging, disease, and disuse and their effects on whole muscle performance in older adult humans. Front Physiol. 2014;5:369. doi:10.3389/fphys.2014.00369.

40. Waters DJ, Baumgartner RN. Sarcopenia and obesity. Clin Geriatr Med. 2011;27(3):401-421. doi:10.1016/j.cger.2011.03.007.

41. Bachrach LK, Gordon CM. Bone densitometry in children and adolescents. Pediatrics. 2016;138(4):e20162398. doi:10.1542/peds.2016-2398.

Author and Disclosure Information

Author’s Disclosure Statement: The author reports no actual or potential conflict of interest in relation to this article.

Dr. Kiebzak is Orthopedic Research Program Manager, Department of Orthopedics and Sports Medicine, Nemours Children’s Hospital and Specialty Care, Orlando, Florida.

Address correspondence to: Gary M. Kiebzak, PhD, Department of Orthopedics and Sports Medicine, Nemours Children's Hospital and Specialty Care, 13535 Nemours Parkway, Orlando, FL 32827 (tel, 407-264-1368; email, [email protected]).

Am J Orthop. 2018;47(5). Copyright Frontline Medical Communications Inc. 2018. All rights reserved.

. The Potential Value of Dual-Energy X-Ray Absorptiometry in Orthopedics. Am J Orthop.

Publications
Topics
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Author’s Disclosure Statement: The author reports no actual or potential conflict of interest in relation to this article.

Dr. Kiebzak is Orthopedic Research Program Manager, Department of Orthopedics and Sports Medicine, Nemours Children’s Hospital and Specialty Care, Orlando, Florida.

Address correspondence to: Gary M. Kiebzak, PhD, Department of Orthopedics and Sports Medicine, Nemours Children's Hospital and Specialty Care, 13535 Nemours Parkway, Orlando, FL 32827 (tel, 407-264-1368; email, [email protected]).

Am J Orthop. 2018;47(5). Copyright Frontline Medical Communications Inc. 2018. All rights reserved.

. The Potential Value of Dual-Energy X-Ray Absorptiometry in Orthopedics. Am J Orthop.

Author and Disclosure Information

Author’s Disclosure Statement: The author reports no actual or potential conflict of interest in relation to this article.

Dr. Kiebzak is Orthopedic Research Program Manager, Department of Orthopedics and Sports Medicine, Nemours Children’s Hospital and Specialty Care, Orlando, Florida.

Address correspondence to: Gary M. Kiebzak, PhD, Department of Orthopedics and Sports Medicine, Nemours Children's Hospital and Specialty Care, 13535 Nemours Parkway, Orlando, FL 32827 (tel, 407-264-1368; email, [email protected]).

Am J Orthop. 2018;47(5). Copyright Frontline Medical Communications Inc. 2018. All rights reserved.

. The Potential Value of Dual-Energy X-Ray Absorptiometry in Orthopedics. Am J Orthop.

ABSTRACT

Dual-energy X-ray absorptiometry (DXA) is a well-established technology with an important and well-known role in measuring bone mineral density (BMD) for the purpose of determining fracture risk, diagnosing osteoporosis, and monitoring treatment efficacy. However, aside from the assessment of bone status, DXA is likely underutilized in the field of orthopedics, and most orthopedists may not be aware of the full capabilities of DXA, particularly with regard to total body scans and body composition assessment. For example, DXA would be a valuable tool for monitoring body composition after surgery where compensatory changes in the affected limb may lead to right-left asymmetry (eg, tracking lean mass change after knee surgery), rehabilitation regimens for athletes, congenital and metabolic disorders that affect the musculoskeletal system, or monitoring sarcopenia and frailty in the elderly. Furthermore, preoperative and postoperative regional scans can track BMD changes during healing or alert surgeons to impending problems such as loss of periprosthetic bone, which could lead to implant failure. This article discusses the capabilities of DXA and how this technology could be better used to the advantage of the attending orthopedist.

Dual-energy X-ray absorptiometry, abbreviated as “DXA,” (although usually abbreviated in older literature as “DEXA”) was first introduced in 1987 (Hologic QDR-1000 system, Hologic, Inc) and immediately made all previous forms of radiation-based bone mineral density (BMD) measurement systems obsolete.1 Since then, there have been many generations of the technology, with the main US manufacturers in 2017 being Hologic, Inc. and GE Lunar. There are 2 forms of DXA, peripheral systems (which usually measure BMD only in the radius, finger bones, or calcaneus) and central systems (which measure the radius, proximal femur [“hip”], lumbar spine, total body, and custom sites). The general principle of how DXA works is based on the differential attenuation of photons by bone, fat, and lean mass.2 The DXA technique uses a low- and high-energy X-ray beam produced by an X-ray tube. With the low-energy beam, attenuation by bone is greater than attenuation by soft tissue. With the high-energy beam, attenuation by bone and soft tissues are similar. The dual X-ray beams are passed through the body regions being scanned (usually posterioanteriorly), and the differential attenuation by bone and soft tissue is analyzed to produce BMD estimates. In addition, a high-quality image is produced to enable the operator of the DXA system to verify that the appropriate body region was scanned. It is important to realize that DXA is 2-dimensional (which is sometimes cited as a weakness of DXA), and the units of BMD are grams of mineral per centimeter squared (g/cm2).

Continue to: When assessing bone status...

 

 

When assessing bone status for the purpose of determining if a patient is normal, osteopenic, or osteoporotic, the skeletal sites (called regions of interest [ROI]) typically scanned are the proximal femur, lumbar spine, and radius. The BMD of the patient is then compared to a manufacturer-provided normative database of young adults (the logic being that the BMD in the young adult normative population represents maximal peak bone mass). Total body BMD and body composition can also be quantified (grams of lean and fat mass), and custom scans can be designed for other skeletal sites. Specifically, a patient’s BMD is compared to a database of sex- and age-adjusted normal values, and the deviation from normal is expressed as a T-score (the number of standard deviations the patient's BMD is above or below the average BMD of the young adult reference population) and Z-scores (the number of standard deviations a patient's BMD is above or below the average BMD of a sex- and age-matched reference population).3 The International Society for Clinical Densitometry (ISCD) has developed and published well-accepted guidelines used to assist in acquiring high-quality DXA scans and for the diagnosis of osteoporosis using BMD. The accuracy and, especially, the precision of DXA scans can be remarkable when they are performed by trained technologists, and thus, serial scans can be performed to monitor BMD and body composition changes with aging or in response to treatment.

Because of the nature of the scan mechanics and speed, the effective radiation dose with DXA is very low, expressed in microSieverts.4,5 Generally, the radiation exposure from a series of the lumbar spine, proximal femur, and distal radius is about the same as daily background radiation. Even total body scans present very low exposure due to the scan speed at which any 1 body part is exposed for only a fraction of a second.

BENEFITS OF USING DXA FOR THE ORTHEOPEDIST

At the time of this writing in 2018, the presumption could be made that most physicians in the specialties of internal medicine, rheumatology, endocrinology, radiology, and orthopedics were familiar with the capabilities of DXA to assess BMD for the purpose of diagnosing osteoporosis. However, DXA is likely underused for other purposes, as orthopedists may be unaware of the full capabilities of DXA. Printouts after a scan contain more information than simply BMD, and there are more features and applications of DXA that can potentially be useful to orthopedists.

BONE SIZE

Data from a DXA scan are expressed not only as g/cm2 (BMD) but also as total grams in the ROI (known as bone mineral content, abbreviated as BMC), and cm2 (area of the ROI). These data may appear on a separate page, being considered ancillary results. The latter 2 variables are rarely included on a report sent to a referring physician; therefore, awareness of their value is probably limited. However, there are instances where such information could be valuable when interpreting results, especially bone size.6,7 For example, on occasion, patients present with osteopenic lumbar vertebrate but larger than normal vertebral size (area). Many studies have shown that bone size is directly related to bone strength and thus fracture risk.8,9 Although an understudied phenomenon, large vertebral body size could be protective, counteracting a lower than optimal BMD. Further, because the area of the ROI is measured, it is possible to calculate the bone width (or measure directly with a ruler tool in the software if available) for the area measured. This is especially feasible for tubular bones such as the midshaft of the radius, or more specifically, the classic DXA ROI being the area approximately one third the length of the radius from the distal end, the radius 33% region (actually based on ulna length). Consequently, it is possible to use the width of the radius 33% ROI in addition to BMD and T-score when assessing fracture risk.

CASE STUDY

A 60-year-old man had a DXA series of the lumbar spine, proximal femur, and whole body. His total body T-score was 0.6 (normal), and his total proximal femur T-score was −0.8 (normal), but his lumbar spine vertebrae 2 to 4 T-score was −1.9. As the patient was osteopenic based on the lumbar spine T-score, some physicians may have initiated antiresorptive therapy, especially if other risk factors for fracture were present. Further examination of the ancillary results of the DXA scan revealed that the vertebral body height T-score was a remarkable 1.11 and 1.53 after adjustment for stature (automatic software calculation). These results suggested that the patient had vertebral bodies of above average size, which theoretically would be protective against fracture even though the BMD T-score was below normal. For this patient, this finding mitigated immediate concern about the lumbar spine T-score of −1.9. Although vertebral body size is not typically used in assessing fracture risk, it is useful information that could be factored into the decision to start treatment or watch for further change with aging.

Continue to: Case Series: Distal Radius Fractures...

 

 

CASE SERIES: DISTAL RADIUS FRACTURES

Table 1 summarizes the data comparing radius 33% ROI T-scores and ROI width in patients who fractured the contralateral radius and normal nonfractured controls.10  

Table 1. Comparison of Radius Width at the 33% Region of Interest (ROI) and Bone Mineral Density T-Scores in Premenopausal Women With and Without Fractures

 

33% ROI

T-score

Width of ROI, cm

White women with distal radius fractures

 

 

Premenopausal (<49 years), n = 36

-0.2 + 0.9

1.22 + 0.11a

Controls matched for race, age, BMIb

 

 

Premenopausal (<49 years), n = 65

-0.1 + 0.8

1.45 + 0.25

aP < 0.0001 compared to matched controls. bControls were women without fractures, who were first randomly matched by race, then age, then body mass index (BMI).
 
Table 1 was modified with permission from Kiebzak and Sassard.10

For premenopausal women with distal radius fractures, the width of the radius at the radius 33% ROI was significantly smaller than that in controls. However, there was no difference in T-scores between premenopausal women with distal radius fractures and controls. Thus, bone width more accurately identified women with fractures than T-scores based on BMD, and the orthopedist could use bone size in addition to BMD to predict fracture risk in a patient.

PREPARATION FOR SURGERY

For some procedures, there is potential benefit of assessing bone status prior to surgery. That is, determination of low BMD could potentially influence the type of hardware or fixation techniques used in surgery. Various studies have shown that poor bone quality and low BMD can impair purchase with various types of fixation.11-13 Low preoperative BMD has been shown to be related to high implant migration.14 Knowledge of BMD could influence the choice of screw type used or the type of implant metal (titanium vs cobalt chrome). Another example is predicting the risk of spine curvature progression in adolescent idiopathic scoliosis.15-17 It has been reported that low BMD is a risk factor for progression.15 Knowledge of BMD could potentially help with patient management strategies. For example, a patient with low BMD and vitamin D deficiency could be treated (vitamin D supplementation) prior to planning surgery in an effort to improve the low BMD.

PERIOPROSTHETIC BMD

It is possible to monitor changes in BMD around implants using the periprosthetic software application (this usually needs to be purchased separately from standard software that is installed with a system set-up). Dramatic loss of bone due to stress shielding after total hip arthroplasty (THA) can be a risk factor for implant migration or potentially outright failure of fixation or breakthrough. If bone loss occurs and is observed in the early stages, then antiresorptive treatment can be initiated to limit further loss.18,19 (Figure 1) shows the image from a periprosthetic scan. 

Standard Gruen zones are the default ROIs.20 It is well established that BMD loss differs from zone to zone, with the greatest loss in zone 7 after THA.

Continue to: A 60-year-old, 215-lb man...

 

 

CASE REPORT

A 60-year-old, 215-lb man had a total hip replacement using a newly introduced cemented collared cobalt-chromium alloy femoral stem. A baseline periprosthetic DXA scan was performed 6 weeks postoperatively. Compared to baseline, the change in BMD in the Gruen zone 5 was −8.2%, +6.5%, +4.9%, and +9.46% at 3, 6, 12, and 24 months, respectively. In contrast, dramatic BMD loss was seen in Gruen zone 7 (calcar region): −33.2%, −40.8%, −37.1%, and −34.1% at 3, 6, 12, and 24 months, respectively. Similar findings in other patients led to discontinuation of use of this stem in favor of a collarless stem in which less BMD loss was seen in Gruen zone 7. Although additional technologist training is required and scans may not be reimbursable, for research purposes or for evaluating new component prototypes, the periprosthetic DXA scan capability can be useful.

Various other custom scans can be used to detect and quantify vertebral fractures (vertebral fracture assessment application), monitor healing of fractures by scanning through radiolucent cast materials, or for research purposes to assess BMD at unusual locations.21-23 Other new innovations, such as the ability to perform full-length scans of the femoral shaft and to quantify focal thickening of the lateral cortex to identify beaking, an abnormality associated with atypical femur fracture after long-term bisphosphonate use, continue to expand the utility of DXA. Using standard software, cadaver bones can be scanned prior to biomechanical testing for a variety of purposes, such as ensuring proper matching specimens in test groups. It has been reported that the common practice of using contralateral bone specimens can lead to bias, as the BMD can be significantly different in right and left bones from the same individual.9,24

TOTAL BODY BMD AND BODY COMPOSITION SCANS

Perhaps the least understood capability of DXA from our experience working with orthopedists is the ability to perform total body scans and to obtain not only total body and regional BMD but also body composition data, namely grams of lean and fat mass.25 Soft tissue (no bone pixels) is partitioned into fat and lean body mass by a calibration procedure (lean mass = total soft tissue –fat mass). DXA has become the standard for body composition assessment given the ease of data acquisition (a total body scan takes only a few minutes), accuracy, and precision of measurements. Compared with other methods (eg, skinfold thickness, bioelectrical impedance, and underwater weighing), it is the only method that gives regional values for fat mass, lean mass, and BMC (this allows the ability to compare left vs right sides).25-27 The ability to perform regional measurements cannot be overstated, as stable body weight belies potential changes with age and disease that relate to redistribution of fat and lean mass. It is not possible to identify, let alone track, such changes by measuring gross body weight on a scale or with BMI calculations. However, redistribution of fat and lean mass can be monitored in great detail using DXA. Figures 2 and 3 show the typical output from a DXA total body/body composition scan.

 

Total body scans with body composition analyses have many applications. For example, monitoring growth and development or treatment in patients with congenital deformity, metabolic bone disease, osteoporosis, and frailty; patients undergoing rehabilitation; and patients having surgery that could affect the use of a contralateral limb with potential hypertrophy or atrophy. Accurate assessment of percent body fat and fat distribution may help surgeons to improve risk stratification and surgical outcome.28-30 Fracture risk has been associated with muscle area.28 Simple measurements of quadriceps size underestimates atrophy, and total body composition can quantitate lean mass.30

In sports medicine, body composition assessments could be useful to monitor postoperative recovery and effectiveness of rehabilitation protocols after injury, effectiveness of conditioning and training programs, developmental changes due to sports participation, and for obtaining baseline assessment at the time of preseason physicals.27,31-34 In athletes, baseline status and morphological adaptations to training have traditionally been measured by anthropometry (eg, skinfold thickness, BMI, limb circumference, etc.), but DXA total body scanning allows for much more detailed assessments with the possibility of subregional quantitation. There is evidence for sports-specific body composition profiles and characteristic adaptations.27,31-34 Using DXA, adaptive changes as a result of training as well as changes and recovery after surgery or injury can be monitored. For example, quadriceps atrophy usually occurs to some extent after ACL repair, and bone mineral loss and muscle atrophy occur after a limb has been immobilized with a cast. DXA body composition assessment could be used to monitor leg lean mass after surgery for comparison with presurgery values or those of the contralateral noninjured side, or to track recovery of bone mineral and muscle after a cast is removed. Some technical sports, such as tennis and baseball pitching, are known to result in limb asymmetry; DXA body composition could be used to monitor development of right-left arm asymmetry in tennis players or baseball pitchers, and then measures could be taken to balance the asymmetry. Wrestlers and elite dancers are expected to maintain strict weight requirements, but diets are often poor, and as such, DXA body composition could be used to track the effects of dieting and training by comparing serial measurements to baseline to ensure that weight changes include preservation or gain of muscle mass.31

Continue to: For older patients...

 

 

For older patients being followed after orthopedic care, there is a growing concern about age-related loss of muscle mass, or sarcopenia, which can lead to functional impairment (eg, balance, gait, etc.), and physical disability leading to falling and increased risk of fracture.35-40 Even obese patients can be sarcopenic (a concept known as sarcopenic obesity), and their large body mass can mask the relative deficiency of lean mass.40 DXA total body scans can be used to monitor patients at risk for sarcopenia.

Finally, DXA total body composition scans are underused in the pediatric population. Given the low radiation burden, DXA can be used safely in children of all ages. In addition to the same uses as in adults for presurgical assessment, monitoring bone and soft-tissue changes after treatment and rehabilitation, scans can be used to monitor growth and development.41

CASE STUDY: MONITORING DEVELOPMENT AND TREATMENT

A 12-year-old boy with polyostotic fibrous dysplasia (McCune Albright Syndrome) was started on treatment with cyclic pamidronate to mitigate bone pain and reduce fracture risk. Use of DXA was planned to provide evidence of treatment efficacy by documenting increasing BMD. However, the severe skeletal deformity prevented standard site-specific DXA scans, and consequently, total body scans were effectively used to acquire the BMD data needed to monitor treatment (Figure 4).

CASE STUDY: AGE-RELATED SARCOPENIA

Figure 5 shows images of a 64-year-old woman who was followed after a distal radius fracture. A total body scan and body composition assessment was performed in 2002. At follow-up in 2004, total body weight seemed stable with only a seemingly benign 5.1-lb loss of weight, and the patient’s overall physical appearance was unchanged (Table 2). 

Table 2. Age-Related Changes Potentially Leading to Sarcopenia

 

Baseline, 2002

Follow-up, 2004

Change, %

Body weight, kg

57.9 (127.6 lb)

55.6 (122.5 lb)

4

BMI

20.6

19.8

 

Total body fat, g

13,619

13,390

−1.7

Total body percent fat

23.5

24.1

 

Total body lean, g

42,038

39,949

−5.0

Dual-energy X-ray absorptiometry scans were performed using a GE Lunar Prodigy system.

However, body composition assessment revealed a disproportionate loss of lean mass, with a resultant total percent body fat increase. This imbalance between the change in fat and lean mass could lead to clinical sarcopenia unless appropriate dietary and exercise measures are taken. Such subtle developing imbalances in body composition could only be quantitated using DXA total body scans.

Continue to: It is not uncommon...

 

 

CASE STUDY: WEIGHT CHANGE IN A RECREATIONAL ATHLETE

It is not uncommon to encounter patients who have substantial weight changes as a result of lifestyle changes, such as dieting. It is also possible that body weight remains stable, but variable changes occur in the amount and distribution of fat and lean mass. Combining exercise with dieting is more likely to be associated with preservation or gain of lean mass. Such a case is presented. After a knee injury, a club tennis player reported gaining 30 lb in the subsequent 12 months. She enrolled in a DXA study, and serial body composition assessments were performed as she started a diet program and exercised on a treadmill and stationary bike. Table 3 shows body composition changes from baseline. 

Table 3. Body Composition Changes After Dieting and Exercise

 

 

 

Total Body

 

Weight, lb

Body Mass Index

Bone Mineral Density, g/cm2

Fat, g

Lean, g

Baseline

160

27.5

1.245

29,023

39,610

12-month follow-up

148

25.4

1.230

22,581

41,979

Dual-energy X-ray absorptiometry scans were performed using a GE Lunar Prodigy system.

Although gross weight using a scale clearly showed progress in losing weight, it did not provide information about redistribution of fat and lean mass. The DXA body composition assessment showed that at follow up, there was a 22% decrease in total grams of fat and a 6% increase in lean mass (changes were uniform over different body regions). Her BMI still categorized her as being overweight; however, her body composition changes demonstrated that diet and exercise were producing positive results.

CONCLUSION

There are many ways in which DXA technology could provide orthopedists with valuable baseline and postoperative and post-treatment information about their patients. This technology could be used more effectively by orthopedists in both general clinical practice and research.

ABSTRACT

Dual-energy X-ray absorptiometry (DXA) is a well-established technology with an important and well-known role in measuring bone mineral density (BMD) for the purpose of determining fracture risk, diagnosing osteoporosis, and monitoring treatment efficacy. However, aside from the assessment of bone status, DXA is likely underutilized in the field of orthopedics, and most orthopedists may not be aware of the full capabilities of DXA, particularly with regard to total body scans and body composition assessment. For example, DXA would be a valuable tool for monitoring body composition after surgery where compensatory changes in the affected limb may lead to right-left asymmetry (eg, tracking lean mass change after knee surgery), rehabilitation regimens for athletes, congenital and metabolic disorders that affect the musculoskeletal system, or monitoring sarcopenia and frailty in the elderly. Furthermore, preoperative and postoperative regional scans can track BMD changes during healing or alert surgeons to impending problems such as loss of periprosthetic bone, which could lead to implant failure. This article discusses the capabilities of DXA and how this technology could be better used to the advantage of the attending orthopedist.

Dual-energy X-ray absorptiometry, abbreviated as “DXA,” (although usually abbreviated in older literature as “DEXA”) was first introduced in 1987 (Hologic QDR-1000 system, Hologic, Inc) and immediately made all previous forms of radiation-based bone mineral density (BMD) measurement systems obsolete.1 Since then, there have been many generations of the technology, with the main US manufacturers in 2017 being Hologic, Inc. and GE Lunar. There are 2 forms of DXA, peripheral systems (which usually measure BMD only in the radius, finger bones, or calcaneus) and central systems (which measure the radius, proximal femur [“hip”], lumbar spine, total body, and custom sites). The general principle of how DXA works is based on the differential attenuation of photons by bone, fat, and lean mass.2 The DXA technique uses a low- and high-energy X-ray beam produced by an X-ray tube. With the low-energy beam, attenuation by bone is greater than attenuation by soft tissue. With the high-energy beam, attenuation by bone and soft tissues are similar. The dual X-ray beams are passed through the body regions being scanned (usually posterioanteriorly), and the differential attenuation by bone and soft tissue is analyzed to produce BMD estimates. In addition, a high-quality image is produced to enable the operator of the DXA system to verify that the appropriate body region was scanned. It is important to realize that DXA is 2-dimensional (which is sometimes cited as a weakness of DXA), and the units of BMD are grams of mineral per centimeter squared (g/cm2).

Continue to: When assessing bone status...

 

 

When assessing bone status for the purpose of determining if a patient is normal, osteopenic, or osteoporotic, the skeletal sites (called regions of interest [ROI]) typically scanned are the proximal femur, lumbar spine, and radius. The BMD of the patient is then compared to a manufacturer-provided normative database of young adults (the logic being that the BMD in the young adult normative population represents maximal peak bone mass). Total body BMD and body composition can also be quantified (grams of lean and fat mass), and custom scans can be designed for other skeletal sites. Specifically, a patient’s BMD is compared to a database of sex- and age-adjusted normal values, and the deviation from normal is expressed as a T-score (the number of standard deviations the patient's BMD is above or below the average BMD of the young adult reference population) and Z-scores (the number of standard deviations a patient's BMD is above or below the average BMD of a sex- and age-matched reference population).3 The International Society for Clinical Densitometry (ISCD) has developed and published well-accepted guidelines used to assist in acquiring high-quality DXA scans and for the diagnosis of osteoporosis using BMD. The accuracy and, especially, the precision of DXA scans can be remarkable when they are performed by trained technologists, and thus, serial scans can be performed to monitor BMD and body composition changes with aging or in response to treatment.

Because of the nature of the scan mechanics and speed, the effective radiation dose with DXA is very low, expressed in microSieverts.4,5 Generally, the radiation exposure from a series of the lumbar spine, proximal femur, and distal radius is about the same as daily background radiation. Even total body scans present very low exposure due to the scan speed at which any 1 body part is exposed for only a fraction of a second.

BENEFITS OF USING DXA FOR THE ORTHEOPEDIST

At the time of this writing in 2018, the presumption could be made that most physicians in the specialties of internal medicine, rheumatology, endocrinology, radiology, and orthopedics were familiar with the capabilities of DXA to assess BMD for the purpose of diagnosing osteoporosis. However, DXA is likely underused for other purposes, as orthopedists may be unaware of the full capabilities of DXA. Printouts after a scan contain more information than simply BMD, and there are more features and applications of DXA that can potentially be useful to orthopedists.

BONE SIZE

Data from a DXA scan are expressed not only as g/cm2 (BMD) but also as total grams in the ROI (known as bone mineral content, abbreviated as BMC), and cm2 (area of the ROI). These data may appear on a separate page, being considered ancillary results. The latter 2 variables are rarely included on a report sent to a referring physician; therefore, awareness of their value is probably limited. However, there are instances where such information could be valuable when interpreting results, especially bone size.6,7 For example, on occasion, patients present with osteopenic lumbar vertebrate but larger than normal vertebral size (area). Many studies have shown that bone size is directly related to bone strength and thus fracture risk.8,9 Although an understudied phenomenon, large vertebral body size could be protective, counteracting a lower than optimal BMD. Further, because the area of the ROI is measured, it is possible to calculate the bone width (or measure directly with a ruler tool in the software if available) for the area measured. This is especially feasible for tubular bones such as the midshaft of the radius, or more specifically, the classic DXA ROI being the area approximately one third the length of the radius from the distal end, the radius 33% region (actually based on ulna length). Consequently, it is possible to use the width of the radius 33% ROI in addition to BMD and T-score when assessing fracture risk.

CASE STUDY

A 60-year-old man had a DXA series of the lumbar spine, proximal femur, and whole body. His total body T-score was 0.6 (normal), and his total proximal femur T-score was −0.8 (normal), but his lumbar spine vertebrae 2 to 4 T-score was −1.9. As the patient was osteopenic based on the lumbar spine T-score, some physicians may have initiated antiresorptive therapy, especially if other risk factors for fracture were present. Further examination of the ancillary results of the DXA scan revealed that the vertebral body height T-score was a remarkable 1.11 and 1.53 after adjustment for stature (automatic software calculation). These results suggested that the patient had vertebral bodies of above average size, which theoretically would be protective against fracture even though the BMD T-score was below normal. For this patient, this finding mitigated immediate concern about the lumbar spine T-score of −1.9. Although vertebral body size is not typically used in assessing fracture risk, it is useful information that could be factored into the decision to start treatment or watch for further change with aging.

Continue to: Case Series: Distal Radius Fractures...

 

 

CASE SERIES: DISTAL RADIUS FRACTURES

Table 1 summarizes the data comparing radius 33% ROI T-scores and ROI width in patients who fractured the contralateral radius and normal nonfractured controls.10  

Table 1. Comparison of Radius Width at the 33% Region of Interest (ROI) and Bone Mineral Density T-Scores in Premenopausal Women With and Without Fractures

 

33% ROI

T-score

Width of ROI, cm

White women with distal radius fractures

 

 

Premenopausal (<49 years), n = 36

-0.2 + 0.9

1.22 + 0.11a

Controls matched for race, age, BMIb

 

 

Premenopausal (<49 years), n = 65

-0.1 + 0.8

1.45 + 0.25

aP < 0.0001 compared to matched controls. bControls were women without fractures, who were first randomly matched by race, then age, then body mass index (BMI).
 
Table 1 was modified with permission from Kiebzak and Sassard.10

For premenopausal women with distal radius fractures, the width of the radius at the radius 33% ROI was significantly smaller than that in controls. However, there was no difference in T-scores between premenopausal women with distal radius fractures and controls. Thus, bone width more accurately identified women with fractures than T-scores based on BMD, and the orthopedist could use bone size in addition to BMD to predict fracture risk in a patient.

PREPARATION FOR SURGERY

For some procedures, there is potential benefit of assessing bone status prior to surgery. That is, determination of low BMD could potentially influence the type of hardware or fixation techniques used in surgery. Various studies have shown that poor bone quality and low BMD can impair purchase with various types of fixation.11-13 Low preoperative BMD has been shown to be related to high implant migration.14 Knowledge of BMD could influence the choice of screw type used or the type of implant metal (titanium vs cobalt chrome). Another example is predicting the risk of spine curvature progression in adolescent idiopathic scoliosis.15-17 It has been reported that low BMD is a risk factor for progression.15 Knowledge of BMD could potentially help with patient management strategies. For example, a patient with low BMD and vitamin D deficiency could be treated (vitamin D supplementation) prior to planning surgery in an effort to improve the low BMD.

PERIOPROSTHETIC BMD

It is possible to monitor changes in BMD around implants using the periprosthetic software application (this usually needs to be purchased separately from standard software that is installed with a system set-up). Dramatic loss of bone due to stress shielding after total hip arthroplasty (THA) can be a risk factor for implant migration or potentially outright failure of fixation or breakthrough. If bone loss occurs and is observed in the early stages, then antiresorptive treatment can be initiated to limit further loss.18,19 (Figure 1) shows the image from a periprosthetic scan. 

Standard Gruen zones are the default ROIs.20 It is well established that BMD loss differs from zone to zone, with the greatest loss in zone 7 after THA.

Continue to: A 60-year-old, 215-lb man...

 

 

CASE REPORT

A 60-year-old, 215-lb man had a total hip replacement using a newly introduced cemented collared cobalt-chromium alloy femoral stem. A baseline periprosthetic DXA scan was performed 6 weeks postoperatively. Compared to baseline, the change in BMD in the Gruen zone 5 was −8.2%, +6.5%, +4.9%, and +9.46% at 3, 6, 12, and 24 months, respectively. In contrast, dramatic BMD loss was seen in Gruen zone 7 (calcar region): −33.2%, −40.8%, −37.1%, and −34.1% at 3, 6, 12, and 24 months, respectively. Similar findings in other patients led to discontinuation of use of this stem in favor of a collarless stem in which less BMD loss was seen in Gruen zone 7. Although additional technologist training is required and scans may not be reimbursable, for research purposes or for evaluating new component prototypes, the periprosthetic DXA scan capability can be useful.

Various other custom scans can be used to detect and quantify vertebral fractures (vertebral fracture assessment application), monitor healing of fractures by scanning through radiolucent cast materials, or for research purposes to assess BMD at unusual locations.21-23 Other new innovations, such as the ability to perform full-length scans of the femoral shaft and to quantify focal thickening of the lateral cortex to identify beaking, an abnormality associated with atypical femur fracture after long-term bisphosphonate use, continue to expand the utility of DXA. Using standard software, cadaver bones can be scanned prior to biomechanical testing for a variety of purposes, such as ensuring proper matching specimens in test groups. It has been reported that the common practice of using contralateral bone specimens can lead to bias, as the BMD can be significantly different in right and left bones from the same individual.9,24

TOTAL BODY BMD AND BODY COMPOSITION SCANS

Perhaps the least understood capability of DXA from our experience working with orthopedists is the ability to perform total body scans and to obtain not only total body and regional BMD but also body composition data, namely grams of lean and fat mass.25 Soft tissue (no bone pixels) is partitioned into fat and lean body mass by a calibration procedure (lean mass = total soft tissue –fat mass). DXA has become the standard for body composition assessment given the ease of data acquisition (a total body scan takes only a few minutes), accuracy, and precision of measurements. Compared with other methods (eg, skinfold thickness, bioelectrical impedance, and underwater weighing), it is the only method that gives regional values for fat mass, lean mass, and BMC (this allows the ability to compare left vs right sides).25-27 The ability to perform regional measurements cannot be overstated, as stable body weight belies potential changes with age and disease that relate to redistribution of fat and lean mass. It is not possible to identify, let alone track, such changes by measuring gross body weight on a scale or with BMI calculations. However, redistribution of fat and lean mass can be monitored in great detail using DXA. Figures 2 and 3 show the typical output from a DXA total body/body composition scan.

 

Total body scans with body composition analyses have many applications. For example, monitoring growth and development or treatment in patients with congenital deformity, metabolic bone disease, osteoporosis, and frailty; patients undergoing rehabilitation; and patients having surgery that could affect the use of a contralateral limb with potential hypertrophy or atrophy. Accurate assessment of percent body fat and fat distribution may help surgeons to improve risk stratification and surgical outcome.28-30 Fracture risk has been associated with muscle area.28 Simple measurements of quadriceps size underestimates atrophy, and total body composition can quantitate lean mass.30

In sports medicine, body composition assessments could be useful to monitor postoperative recovery and effectiveness of rehabilitation protocols after injury, effectiveness of conditioning and training programs, developmental changes due to sports participation, and for obtaining baseline assessment at the time of preseason physicals.27,31-34 In athletes, baseline status and morphological adaptations to training have traditionally been measured by anthropometry (eg, skinfold thickness, BMI, limb circumference, etc.), but DXA total body scanning allows for much more detailed assessments with the possibility of subregional quantitation. There is evidence for sports-specific body composition profiles and characteristic adaptations.27,31-34 Using DXA, adaptive changes as a result of training as well as changes and recovery after surgery or injury can be monitored. For example, quadriceps atrophy usually occurs to some extent after ACL repair, and bone mineral loss and muscle atrophy occur after a limb has been immobilized with a cast. DXA body composition assessment could be used to monitor leg lean mass after surgery for comparison with presurgery values or those of the contralateral noninjured side, or to track recovery of bone mineral and muscle after a cast is removed. Some technical sports, such as tennis and baseball pitching, are known to result in limb asymmetry; DXA body composition could be used to monitor development of right-left arm asymmetry in tennis players or baseball pitchers, and then measures could be taken to balance the asymmetry. Wrestlers and elite dancers are expected to maintain strict weight requirements, but diets are often poor, and as such, DXA body composition could be used to track the effects of dieting and training by comparing serial measurements to baseline to ensure that weight changes include preservation or gain of muscle mass.31

Continue to: For older patients...

 

 

For older patients being followed after orthopedic care, there is a growing concern about age-related loss of muscle mass, or sarcopenia, which can lead to functional impairment (eg, balance, gait, etc.), and physical disability leading to falling and increased risk of fracture.35-40 Even obese patients can be sarcopenic (a concept known as sarcopenic obesity), and their large body mass can mask the relative deficiency of lean mass.40 DXA total body scans can be used to monitor patients at risk for sarcopenia.

Finally, DXA total body composition scans are underused in the pediatric population. Given the low radiation burden, DXA can be used safely in children of all ages. In addition to the same uses as in adults for presurgical assessment, monitoring bone and soft-tissue changes after treatment and rehabilitation, scans can be used to monitor growth and development.41

CASE STUDY: MONITORING DEVELOPMENT AND TREATMENT

A 12-year-old boy with polyostotic fibrous dysplasia (McCune Albright Syndrome) was started on treatment with cyclic pamidronate to mitigate bone pain and reduce fracture risk. Use of DXA was planned to provide evidence of treatment efficacy by documenting increasing BMD. However, the severe skeletal deformity prevented standard site-specific DXA scans, and consequently, total body scans were effectively used to acquire the BMD data needed to monitor treatment (Figure 4).

CASE STUDY: AGE-RELATED SARCOPENIA

Figure 5 shows images of a 64-year-old woman who was followed after a distal radius fracture. A total body scan and body composition assessment was performed in 2002. At follow-up in 2004, total body weight seemed stable with only a seemingly benign 5.1-lb loss of weight, and the patient’s overall physical appearance was unchanged (Table 2). 

Table 2. Age-Related Changes Potentially Leading to Sarcopenia

 

Baseline, 2002

Follow-up, 2004

Change, %

Body weight, kg

57.9 (127.6 lb)

55.6 (122.5 lb)

4

BMI

20.6

19.8

 

Total body fat, g

13,619

13,390

−1.7

Total body percent fat

23.5

24.1

 

Total body lean, g

42,038

39,949

−5.0

Dual-energy X-ray absorptiometry scans were performed using a GE Lunar Prodigy system.

However, body composition assessment revealed a disproportionate loss of lean mass, with a resultant total percent body fat increase. This imbalance between the change in fat and lean mass could lead to clinical sarcopenia unless appropriate dietary and exercise measures are taken. Such subtle developing imbalances in body composition could only be quantitated using DXA total body scans.

Continue to: It is not uncommon...

 

 

CASE STUDY: WEIGHT CHANGE IN A RECREATIONAL ATHLETE

It is not uncommon to encounter patients who have substantial weight changes as a result of lifestyle changes, such as dieting. It is also possible that body weight remains stable, but variable changes occur in the amount and distribution of fat and lean mass. Combining exercise with dieting is more likely to be associated with preservation or gain of lean mass. Such a case is presented. After a knee injury, a club tennis player reported gaining 30 lb in the subsequent 12 months. She enrolled in a DXA study, and serial body composition assessments were performed as she started a diet program and exercised on a treadmill and stationary bike. Table 3 shows body composition changes from baseline. 

Table 3. Body Composition Changes After Dieting and Exercise

 

 

 

Total Body

 

Weight, lb

Body Mass Index

Bone Mineral Density, g/cm2

Fat, g

Lean, g

Baseline

160

27.5

1.245

29,023

39,610

12-month follow-up

148

25.4

1.230

22,581

41,979

Dual-energy X-ray absorptiometry scans were performed using a GE Lunar Prodigy system.

Although gross weight using a scale clearly showed progress in losing weight, it did not provide information about redistribution of fat and lean mass. The DXA body composition assessment showed that at follow up, there was a 22% decrease in total grams of fat and a 6% increase in lean mass (changes were uniform over different body regions). Her BMI still categorized her as being overweight; however, her body composition changes demonstrated that diet and exercise were producing positive results.

CONCLUSION

There are many ways in which DXA technology could provide orthopedists with valuable baseline and postoperative and post-treatment information about their patients. This technology could be used more effectively by orthopedists in both general clinical practice and research.

References

1. Miller PD. The history of bone densitometry. Bone. 2017;104:4-6 [Epub ahead of print].

2. Blake GM, Fogelman I. Technical principles of dual energy X ray absorptiometry. Semin Nucl Med. 1997;27(3):210-228.

3. Faulkner KG. The tale of the T-score: review and perspective. Osteoporo Int. 2005;16(4):347-352. doi:10.1007/s00198-004-1779-y.

4. Solomou G, Damilakis J. Radiation exposure in bone densitometry. Semin Musculoskelet Radiol. 2016;20(4):392-398. doi:10.1055/s-0036-1592430.

5. Adams J. Bone densitometry in children. Semin Musculoskelet Radiol. 2016;20(3):254-268. doi:10.1055/s-0036-1592369.

6. Duan Y, Parfitt AM, Seeman E. Vertebral bone mass, size, and volumetric density in women with spinal fractures. J Bone Miner Res. 1999;14(10):1796-1802. doi:10.1359/jbmr.1999.14.10.1796.

7. Szaulc P, Munoz F, Duboeuf F, Delmas PD. Low width of tubular bones is associated with increased risk of fragility fracture in elderly men–the MINOS study. Bone 2006;38(4):595-602. doi:10.1016/j.bone.2005.09.004.

8. Mi J, Li K, Zhao X, Zhao CQ, Li H, Zhao J. Vertebral body compressive strength evaluated by dual-energy x-ray absorptiometry and Hounsfield units in vitro. J Clin Densitom. 2018;21(1):148-153. doi:10.1016/j.jocd.2016.08.011.

9. Ambrose CG, Kiebzak GM, Sabonghy EP, et al. Biomechanical testing of cadaveric specimens: importance of bone mineral density assessment. Foot Ankle Int. 2002;23(9):850-855. doi:10.1177/107110070202300913.

10. Kiebzak G, Sassard WR. Smaller radius width in women with distal radius fractures compared to women without fractures. Cureus. 2017;9(12):e1950. doi:10.775/cureus.1950.

11. Krappinger D, Bizzotto N, Riedmann S, Kammerlander C, Hengg C, Kralinger FS. Predicting failure after surgical fixation of proximal humerus fractures. Injury 2011;42(11):1283-1288. doi:10.1016/j.injury.2011.01.017.

12. Suhm N, Hengg C, Schwyn R, Windolf M, Quarz V, Hänni M. Mechanical torque measurement predicts load to implant cut-out: a biomechanical study investigating DHS anchorage in femoral heads. Arch Orthop Trauma Surg. 2007;127(6):469-474. doi:10.1007/s00402-006-0265-8.

13. Persiani P, Ranaldi FM, Graci J, et al. Isolated olecranon fractures in children affected by osteogenesis imperfecta type I treated with single screw or tension band wiring system: outcomes and pitfalls in relation to bone mineral density. Medicine (Baltimore). 2017;96(20):e6766. doi:10.1097/MD.0000000000006766.

14. Andersen MR, Winther NS, Lind T, Schrøder HM, Flivik G, Petersen MM. Low preoperative BMD is related to high migration of tibia components in uncemented TKA–92 patients in a combined DEXA and RSA study with 2-year follow-up. J Arthroplasty. 2017;32(7):2141-2146. doi:10.1016/j.arth.2017.02.032.

15. Yip BH, Yu FW, Wang Z, et al. Prognostic value of bone mineral density on curve progression: A longitudinal cohort study of 513 girls with adolescent idiopathic scoliosis. Sci Rep. 2016;6:39220. doi:10.1038/srep39220.

16. Pourabbas Tahvildari B, Erfani MA, Nouraei H, Sadeghian M. Evaluation of bone mineral status in adolescent idiopathic scoliosis. Clin Orthop Surg. 2014;6(2):180-184. doi:10.4055/cios.2014.6.2.180.

17. Li XF, Li H, Liu ZD, Dai LY. Low bone mineral status in adolescent idiopathic scoliosis. Eur Spine J. 2008;17(11):1431-1440. doi:10.1007/s00586-008-0757-z.

18. Venesmaa PK, Kröger HP, Miettinen HJ, Jurvelin JS, Suomalainen OT, Alhava EM. Monitoring of periprosthetic BMD after uncemented total hip arthroplasty with dual-energy X-ray absorptiometry--a 3-year follow-up study. J Bone Miner Res. 2001;16(6):1056-1061. doi:10.1359/jbmr.2001.16.6.1056.

19. Arabmotlagh M, Pilz M, Warzecha J, Rauschmann M. Changes of femoral periprosthetic bone mineral density 6 years after treatment with alendronate following total hip arthroplasty J Orthop Res. 2009;27(2):183-188. doi:10.1002/jor.20748.

20. Gruen TA, McNeice GM, Amstutz HC. Modes of failure of cemented stem-type femoral components: a radiographic analysis of loosening. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 1979;(141):17-27.

21. Zeytinoglu M, Jain RK, Vokes TJ. Vertebral fracture assessment: Enhancing the diagnosis, prevention, and treatment of osteoporosis. Bone. 2017;104:54-65. doi:10.1016/j.bone.2017.03.004.

22. Kiebzak GM. Radiolucent casting tape allows for accurate measurement of forearm bone mineral density using dual-energy X-ray absorptiometry. J Clin Densitom. 1998;1(4):369-374.

23. Sung KH, Chung CY, Lee KM, et al. Correlation between central and peripheral bone mineral density around the elbow measured by dual-energy x-ray absorptiometry in healthy children and adolescents. J Clin Densitom. 2017;20(1):114-119. doi:10.1016/j.jocd.2016.04.007.

24. Hamdy R, Kiebzak GM, Seier E, Watts NB. The prevalence of significant left-right differences in hip bone mineral density. Osteoporos Int. 2006;17(12):1772-1780. doi:10.1007/s00198-006-0192-0.

25. Kelly TL, Berger N, Richardson TL. DXA body composition: Theory and practice. Appl Radiat Isot. 1998;49(5-6):511-513.

26. Kiebzak GM, Leamy LJ, Pierson LM, Nord RH, Zhang ZY. Measurement precision of body composition variables using the lunar DPX-L densitometer. J Clin Densitom. 2000;3(1):35-41.

27. Bilborough JC, Greenway k, Par D, Coutts AJ. The accuracy and precision of DXA for assessing body composition in team sport athletes. J Sports Sci. 2014;32(19):1821-1828. doi:10.1080/02640414.2014.926380.

28. Malkov S, Cawthon PM, Peters KW, et al. Health ABC Study. Hip fractures risk in older men and women associated with DXA-derived measures of thigh subcutaneous fat thickness, cross-sectional muscle area, and muscle density. J Bone Miner Res. 2015;30(8):1414-1421. doi:10.1002/jbmr.2469.

29. Arangio GA, Chen C, Klady M, Reed JF. Thigh muscle size and strength after anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction and rehabilitation. J Orthop Sports Phys Ther. 1997;26(5):238-245. doi:10.2519/jospt.1997.26.5.238.

30. Ledford CK, Millikan PD, Nickel BT, et al. Percent body fat Is more predictive of function after total joint arthroplasty than body mass index. J Bone Joint Surg. 2016;98(10):849-857. doi:10.2106/JBJS.15.00509.

31. Berlet G, Kiebzak GM, Dandar A, et al. Prospective analysis of body composition and SF36 profiles in professional dancers over a 7-month season: is there a correlation to injury? J Dance Med Sci. 2002;6(2):54-61.

32. Grant JA, Bedi A, Kurz J, Bancroft R, Gagnier JJ, Miller BS. Ability of preseason body composition and physical fitness to predict the risk of injury in male collegiate hockey players. Sports Health. 2015;7(1):45-51. doi:10.1177/1941738114540445.

33. Stewart AD, Hannan J. Subregional tissue morphometry in male athletes and controls using DXA. Int J Sport Nutr Exerc Metab. 2000;10(2):157-169. doi:10.1123/ijsnem.10.2.157.

34. Sannicandro I, Cofano G, Rosa RA, Piccinno A. Balance training exercises decrease lower-limb strength asymmetry in young tennis players. J Sports Sci Med. 2014;13(2):397-402.

35. Guglielmi G, Ponti F, Agostini M, Amadori M, Battista G, Bazzocchi A. The role of DXA in sarcopenia. Aging Clin Exp Res. 2016;28(6):1047-1060. doi:10.1007/s40520-016-0589-3.

36. Janssen I, Baumgartner RN, Ross R, Rosenberg IH, Roubenoff R. Skeletal muscle cutpoints associated with elevated physical disability risk in older men and women. Am J Epidemiol. 2004;159(4):413-421.

37. Landi F, Calvani R, Ortolani E, et al. The association between sarcopenia and functional outcomes among older patients with hip fracture undergoing in-hospital rehabilitation. Osteoporos Int. 2017;28(5):1569-1576. doi:10.1007/s00198-017-3929-z.

38. Roh YH, Noh JH, Gong HS, Baek GH. Effect of low appendicular lean mass, grip strength, and gait speed on the functional outcome after surgery for distal radius fractures. Arch Osteoporos. 2017;12(1):41. doi:10.1007/s11657-017-0335-2.

39. Miller MS, Callahan DM, Toth MJ. Skeletal muscle myofilament adaptations to aging, disease, and disuse and their effects on whole muscle performance in older adult humans. Front Physiol. 2014;5:369. doi:10.3389/fphys.2014.00369.

40. Waters DJ, Baumgartner RN. Sarcopenia and obesity. Clin Geriatr Med. 2011;27(3):401-421. doi:10.1016/j.cger.2011.03.007.

41. Bachrach LK, Gordon CM. Bone densitometry in children and adolescents. Pediatrics. 2016;138(4):e20162398. doi:10.1542/peds.2016-2398.

References

1. Miller PD. The history of bone densitometry. Bone. 2017;104:4-6 [Epub ahead of print].

2. Blake GM, Fogelman I. Technical principles of dual energy X ray absorptiometry. Semin Nucl Med. 1997;27(3):210-228.

3. Faulkner KG. The tale of the T-score: review and perspective. Osteoporo Int. 2005;16(4):347-352. doi:10.1007/s00198-004-1779-y.

4. Solomou G, Damilakis J. Radiation exposure in bone densitometry. Semin Musculoskelet Radiol. 2016;20(4):392-398. doi:10.1055/s-0036-1592430.

5. Adams J. Bone densitometry in children. Semin Musculoskelet Radiol. 2016;20(3):254-268. doi:10.1055/s-0036-1592369.

6. Duan Y, Parfitt AM, Seeman E. Vertebral bone mass, size, and volumetric density in women with spinal fractures. J Bone Miner Res. 1999;14(10):1796-1802. doi:10.1359/jbmr.1999.14.10.1796.

7. Szaulc P, Munoz F, Duboeuf F, Delmas PD. Low width of tubular bones is associated with increased risk of fragility fracture in elderly men–the MINOS study. Bone 2006;38(4):595-602. doi:10.1016/j.bone.2005.09.004.

8. Mi J, Li K, Zhao X, Zhao CQ, Li H, Zhao J. Vertebral body compressive strength evaluated by dual-energy x-ray absorptiometry and Hounsfield units in vitro. J Clin Densitom. 2018;21(1):148-153. doi:10.1016/j.jocd.2016.08.011.

9. Ambrose CG, Kiebzak GM, Sabonghy EP, et al. Biomechanical testing of cadaveric specimens: importance of bone mineral density assessment. Foot Ankle Int. 2002;23(9):850-855. doi:10.1177/107110070202300913.

10. Kiebzak G, Sassard WR. Smaller radius width in women with distal radius fractures compared to women without fractures. Cureus. 2017;9(12):e1950. doi:10.775/cureus.1950.

11. Krappinger D, Bizzotto N, Riedmann S, Kammerlander C, Hengg C, Kralinger FS. Predicting failure after surgical fixation of proximal humerus fractures. Injury 2011;42(11):1283-1288. doi:10.1016/j.injury.2011.01.017.

12. Suhm N, Hengg C, Schwyn R, Windolf M, Quarz V, Hänni M. Mechanical torque measurement predicts load to implant cut-out: a biomechanical study investigating DHS anchorage in femoral heads. Arch Orthop Trauma Surg. 2007;127(6):469-474. doi:10.1007/s00402-006-0265-8.

13. Persiani P, Ranaldi FM, Graci J, et al. Isolated olecranon fractures in children affected by osteogenesis imperfecta type I treated with single screw or tension band wiring system: outcomes and pitfalls in relation to bone mineral density. Medicine (Baltimore). 2017;96(20):e6766. doi:10.1097/MD.0000000000006766.

14. Andersen MR, Winther NS, Lind T, Schrøder HM, Flivik G, Petersen MM. Low preoperative BMD is related to high migration of tibia components in uncemented TKA–92 patients in a combined DEXA and RSA study with 2-year follow-up. J Arthroplasty. 2017;32(7):2141-2146. doi:10.1016/j.arth.2017.02.032.

15. Yip BH, Yu FW, Wang Z, et al. Prognostic value of bone mineral density on curve progression: A longitudinal cohort study of 513 girls with adolescent idiopathic scoliosis. Sci Rep. 2016;6:39220. doi:10.1038/srep39220.

16. Pourabbas Tahvildari B, Erfani MA, Nouraei H, Sadeghian M. Evaluation of bone mineral status in adolescent idiopathic scoliosis. Clin Orthop Surg. 2014;6(2):180-184. doi:10.4055/cios.2014.6.2.180.

17. Li XF, Li H, Liu ZD, Dai LY. Low bone mineral status in adolescent idiopathic scoliosis. Eur Spine J. 2008;17(11):1431-1440. doi:10.1007/s00586-008-0757-z.

18. Venesmaa PK, Kröger HP, Miettinen HJ, Jurvelin JS, Suomalainen OT, Alhava EM. Monitoring of periprosthetic BMD after uncemented total hip arthroplasty with dual-energy X-ray absorptiometry--a 3-year follow-up study. J Bone Miner Res. 2001;16(6):1056-1061. doi:10.1359/jbmr.2001.16.6.1056.

19. Arabmotlagh M, Pilz M, Warzecha J, Rauschmann M. Changes of femoral periprosthetic bone mineral density 6 years after treatment with alendronate following total hip arthroplasty J Orthop Res. 2009;27(2):183-188. doi:10.1002/jor.20748.

20. Gruen TA, McNeice GM, Amstutz HC. Modes of failure of cemented stem-type femoral components: a radiographic analysis of loosening. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 1979;(141):17-27.

21. Zeytinoglu M, Jain RK, Vokes TJ. Vertebral fracture assessment: Enhancing the diagnosis, prevention, and treatment of osteoporosis. Bone. 2017;104:54-65. doi:10.1016/j.bone.2017.03.004.

22. Kiebzak GM. Radiolucent casting tape allows for accurate measurement of forearm bone mineral density using dual-energy X-ray absorptiometry. J Clin Densitom. 1998;1(4):369-374.

23. Sung KH, Chung CY, Lee KM, et al. Correlation between central and peripheral bone mineral density around the elbow measured by dual-energy x-ray absorptiometry in healthy children and adolescents. J Clin Densitom. 2017;20(1):114-119. doi:10.1016/j.jocd.2016.04.007.

24. Hamdy R, Kiebzak GM, Seier E, Watts NB. The prevalence of significant left-right differences in hip bone mineral density. Osteoporos Int. 2006;17(12):1772-1780. doi:10.1007/s00198-006-0192-0.

25. Kelly TL, Berger N, Richardson TL. DXA body composition: Theory and practice. Appl Radiat Isot. 1998;49(5-6):511-513.

26. Kiebzak GM, Leamy LJ, Pierson LM, Nord RH, Zhang ZY. Measurement precision of body composition variables using the lunar DPX-L densitometer. J Clin Densitom. 2000;3(1):35-41.

27. Bilborough JC, Greenway k, Par D, Coutts AJ. The accuracy and precision of DXA for assessing body composition in team sport athletes. J Sports Sci. 2014;32(19):1821-1828. doi:10.1080/02640414.2014.926380.

28. Malkov S, Cawthon PM, Peters KW, et al. Health ABC Study. Hip fractures risk in older men and women associated with DXA-derived measures of thigh subcutaneous fat thickness, cross-sectional muscle area, and muscle density. J Bone Miner Res. 2015;30(8):1414-1421. doi:10.1002/jbmr.2469.

29. Arangio GA, Chen C, Klady M, Reed JF. Thigh muscle size and strength after anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction and rehabilitation. J Orthop Sports Phys Ther. 1997;26(5):238-245. doi:10.2519/jospt.1997.26.5.238.

30. Ledford CK, Millikan PD, Nickel BT, et al. Percent body fat Is more predictive of function after total joint arthroplasty than body mass index. J Bone Joint Surg. 2016;98(10):849-857. doi:10.2106/JBJS.15.00509.

31. Berlet G, Kiebzak GM, Dandar A, et al. Prospective analysis of body composition and SF36 profiles in professional dancers over a 7-month season: is there a correlation to injury? J Dance Med Sci. 2002;6(2):54-61.

32. Grant JA, Bedi A, Kurz J, Bancroft R, Gagnier JJ, Miller BS. Ability of preseason body composition and physical fitness to predict the risk of injury in male collegiate hockey players. Sports Health. 2015;7(1):45-51. doi:10.1177/1941738114540445.

33. Stewart AD, Hannan J. Subregional tissue morphometry in male athletes and controls using DXA. Int J Sport Nutr Exerc Metab. 2000;10(2):157-169. doi:10.1123/ijsnem.10.2.157.

34. Sannicandro I, Cofano G, Rosa RA, Piccinno A. Balance training exercises decrease lower-limb strength asymmetry in young tennis players. J Sports Sci Med. 2014;13(2):397-402.

35. Guglielmi G, Ponti F, Agostini M, Amadori M, Battista G, Bazzocchi A. The role of DXA in sarcopenia. Aging Clin Exp Res. 2016;28(6):1047-1060. doi:10.1007/s40520-016-0589-3.

36. Janssen I, Baumgartner RN, Ross R, Rosenberg IH, Roubenoff R. Skeletal muscle cutpoints associated with elevated physical disability risk in older men and women. Am J Epidemiol. 2004;159(4):413-421.

37. Landi F, Calvani R, Ortolani E, et al. The association between sarcopenia and functional outcomes among older patients with hip fracture undergoing in-hospital rehabilitation. Osteoporos Int. 2017;28(5):1569-1576. doi:10.1007/s00198-017-3929-z.

38. Roh YH, Noh JH, Gong HS, Baek GH. Effect of low appendicular lean mass, grip strength, and gait speed on the functional outcome after surgery for distal radius fractures. Arch Osteoporos. 2017;12(1):41. doi:10.1007/s11657-017-0335-2.

39. Miller MS, Callahan DM, Toth MJ. Skeletal muscle myofilament adaptations to aging, disease, and disuse and their effects on whole muscle performance in older adult humans. Front Physiol. 2014;5:369. doi:10.3389/fphys.2014.00369.

40. Waters DJ, Baumgartner RN. Sarcopenia and obesity. Clin Geriatr Med. 2011;27(3):401-421. doi:10.1016/j.cger.2011.03.007.

41. Bachrach LK, Gordon CM. Bone densitometry in children and adolescents. Pediatrics. 2016;138(4):e20162398. doi:10.1542/peds.2016-2398.

Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
The Potential Value of Dual-Energy X-Ray Absorptiometry in Orthopedics
Display Headline
The Potential Value of Dual-Energy X-Ray Absorptiometry in Orthopedics
Sections
Inside the Article

TAKE-HOME POINTS

  • DXA is underutilized technology in orthopedics.
  • More data ("ancillary data") are often available from a DXA scan then typically included in a standard report from a referral center.
  • Most orthopedists are likely unaware of the detailed body composition data available with a total body scan.
  • Preoperative DXA scans and knowledge of BMD may be informative when planning the type of fixation and implant metal to used.
  • Serial follow-up body composition scans can be useful in monitoring the course of bone healing (mineralization) and soft tissue changes (fat and lean mass).
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Gate On Date
Tue, 03/26/2019 - 15:15
Un-Gate On Date
Tue, 03/26/2019 - 15:15
Use ProPublica
CFC Schedule Remove Status
Tue, 03/26/2019 - 15:15
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.

Emergency Imaging: Femoral Pseudoaneurysm

Article Type
Changed
Wed, 12/12/2018 - 21:10
An 84-year-old man presented for evaluation of an increasingly swollen mass on his left groin.

Case

An 84-year-old man, who was a resident at a local nursing home, presented for evaluation after the nursing staff noticed an increasingly swollen mass on the patient’s left groin. The patient’s medical history was significant for bilateral aortofemoral graft surgery, dementia, hypertension, and severe peripheral artery disease (PAD). He was not on any anticoagulation or antiplatelet agents. Due to the patient’s dementia, he was unable to provide a history regarding the onset of the swelling or any other signs or symptoms.

On examination, the patient did not appear in distress. His son, who was the patient’s durable power of attorney, was likewise unable to provide a clear timeframe regarding onset of the mass. The patient had no recent history of trauma and had not undergone any recent medical procedures. Vital signs at presentation were: blood pressure, 110/70 mm Hg; heart rate, 84 beats/min; respiratory rate, 13 breaths/min; and temperature, 98.6°F. Oxygen saturation was 94% on room air.

Clinical examination revealed a pulsatile, purple left groin mass and bruit. The mass was located around the left inguinal ligament and extended down the proximal, inner thigh (Figure 1). There was no drainage or lesions from the mass. Inspection of the patient’s hip demonstrated decreased adduction, limited by the mass; otherwise, there was normal range of motion. The dorsalis pedis and posterior tibial pulses were equal and intact, and the rest of the physical examination was unremarkable.

Figure 1.


The patient tolerated the examination without focal signs of discomfort. A Doppler ultrasound revealed findings consistent with a common femoral pseudoaneurysm (PSA) (Figure 2). For better visualization and extension, a computed tomography angiogram (CTA) was obtained, which demonstrated a PSA measuring 11.7 x 10.7 x 7.3 cm; there was no active extravasation (Figure 3).
Figure 2.


The patient was started on intravenous normal saline while vascular surgery services was consulted for management and repair. After a discussion with the son regarding the patient’s wishes, surgical intervention was refused and the patient was conservatively managed and transitioned to hospice care.
Figure 3.

Discussion

A true aneurysm differs from a PSA in that true aneurysms involve all three layers of the vessel wall. A PSA consists partly of the vessel wall and partly of encapsulating fibrous tissue or surrounding tissue.

Etiology

Femoral artery PSAs can be iatrogenic, for example, develop following cardiac catheterization or at the anastomotic site of previous surgery.1 The incidence of diagnostic postcatheterization PSA ranges from 0.05% to 2%, whereas interventional postcatheterization PSA ranges from 2% to 6%.2

With the increasing number of peripheral coronary diagnostics and interventions, emergency physicians should include PSA in the differential diagnosis of patients with a recent or remote history of catheterization or bypass grafts. Less commonly, femoral PSAs are caused by non-surgical trauma or infection (ie, mycotic PSA). Patient risk factors for development of PSA include obesity, hypertension, PAD, and anticoagulation.3 Patients with femoral artery PSAs may present with a painful or painless pulsatile mass. Mass effect of the PSA can compress nearby neurovascular structures, leading to femoral neuropathies or limb edema secondary to venous obstruction.4 Complications of embolization or thrombosis can cause limb ischemia, neuropathy, and claudication, while rupture may present with a rapidly expanding groin hematoma. Additionally, sizeable PSAs can cause overlying skin necrosis.5

Imaging Studies

Diagnosis of a PSA can be made through Doppler ultrasound, which is the preferred imaging modality due to its accuracy, noninvasive nature, and low cost. Doppler ultrasound has been found to have a sensitivity of 94% and specificity of 97% in detecting PSAs. Additional imaging with CTA can provide further definition of vasculopathy.6 Treatment should be considered for patients with a symptomatic femoral PSA, a PSA measuring more than 3 cm, or patients who are on anticoagulation therapy. Studies have shown that observation-only and follow-up may be appropriate for patients with a PSA measuring less than 3 cm. A study by Toursarkissian et al7 found that the majority of PSAs smaller than 3 cm spontaneously resolved in a mean of 23 days without limb-threatening complications.

Treatment

Traditionally, open surgical repair techniques were the only treatment option for PSAs. However, in the early 1990s, the advent of new techniques such as stenting, coil insertion, ultrasound-guided compression, and ultrasound-guided thrombin injection, have developed as alternatives to open surgical repair; there has been variable success to these minimally invasive approaches.5,8

 

 

Ultrasound-Guided Compression. A conservative approach to treating PSAs, ultrasound-guided compression requires sustained compression by a skilled physician. This technique is associated with significant discomfort to the patient.5 Ultrasound-Guided Thrombin Injection. This technique is the treatment of choice for postcatheterization PSA. However, this intervention is contraindicated in patients who have concerning features such as an infected PSA, rapid expansion, skin necrosis, or signs of limb ischemia. Additionally, ultrasound-guided thrombin injection is not appropriate for use in patients with a PSA occurring at anastomosis of a synthetic graft and native artery.5

Conclusion

Based on our patient’s clinical presentation and history of aortofemoral bypass surgery, we suspected a femoral PSA. While the PSA noted in our patient was sizeable, imaging studies and clinical examination showed no sign of limb ischemia or rupture.

Femoral PSAs are usually iatrogenic in nature, typically developing shortly after catheterization or a previous bypass surgery. The most serious complication of a PSA is rupture, but a thorough examination of the distal extremity is warranted to assess for limb ischemia as well. Ultrasound imaging is considered the modality of choice based on its high sensitivity and sensitivity for detecting PSAs.

Small PSAs (<3 cm) can be managed medically, but larger PSAs (>3 cm) require treatment. Newer techniques, including stenting, coil insertion, ultrasound-guided compression, and ultrasound-guided thrombin injection are alternatives to open surgical repair of larger, uncomplicated PSAs. However, urgent open surgical repair is the only option when there is evidence of a ruptured PSA, ischemia, or skin necrosis.

References

1. Faggioli GL, Stella A, Gargiulo M, Tarantini S, D’Addato M, Ricotta JJ. Morphology of small aneurysms: definition and impact on risk of rupture. Am J Surg. 1994;168(2):131-135.

2. Hessel SJ, Adams DF, Abrams HL. Complications of angiography. Radiology. 1981;138(2):273-281. doi:10.1148/radiology.138.2.7455105.

3. Petrou E, Malakos I, Kampanarou S, Doulas N, Voudris V. Life-threatening rupture of a femoral pseudoaneurysm after cardiac catheterization. Open Cardiovasc Med J. 2016;10:201-204. doi:10.2174/1874192401610010201.

4. Mees B, Robinson D, Verhagen H, Chuen J. Non-aortic aneurysms—natural history and recommendations for referral and treatment. Aust Fam Physician. 2013;42(6):370-374.

5. Webber GW, Jang J, Gustavson S, Olin JW. Contemporary management of postcatheterization pseudoaneurysms. Circulation. 2007;115(20):2666-2674. doi:10.1161/CIRCULATIONAHA.106.681973.

6. Coughlin BF, Paushter DM. Peripheral pseudoaneurysms: evaluation with duplex US. Radiology. 1988;168(2):339-342. doi:10.1148/radiology.168.2.3293107.

7. Toursarkissian B, Allen BT, Petrinec D, et al. Spontaneous closure of selected iatrogenic pseudoaneurysms and arteriovenous fistulae. J Vasc Surg. 1997;25(5):803-809; discussion 808-809.

8. Corriere MA, Guzman RJ. True and false aneurysms of the femoral artery. Semin Vasc Surg. 2005;18(4):216-223. doi:10.1053/j.semvascsurg.2005.09.008.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Authors’ Disclosure Statement: The authors report no actual or potential conflict of interest in relation to this article. The views expressed are those of the authors and do not reflect the official policy of the Department of the Army, the Department of Defense, or the US Government.

Dr Koo is a resident, department of emergency medicine, Madigan Army Medical Center, Joint Base Lewis McChord, Washington. Dr Ball is an emergency physician, Cleveland Clinic, Cleveland, Ohio.

Issue
Emergency Medicine - 50(5)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
110-112
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Authors’ Disclosure Statement: The authors report no actual or potential conflict of interest in relation to this article. The views expressed are those of the authors and do not reflect the official policy of the Department of the Army, the Department of Defense, or the US Government.

Dr Koo is a resident, department of emergency medicine, Madigan Army Medical Center, Joint Base Lewis McChord, Washington. Dr Ball is an emergency physician, Cleveland Clinic, Cleveland, Ohio.

Author and Disclosure Information

Authors’ Disclosure Statement: The authors report no actual or potential conflict of interest in relation to this article. The views expressed are those of the authors and do not reflect the official policy of the Department of the Army, the Department of Defense, or the US Government.

Dr Koo is a resident, department of emergency medicine, Madigan Army Medical Center, Joint Base Lewis McChord, Washington. Dr Ball is an emergency physician, Cleveland Clinic, Cleveland, Ohio.

Article PDF
Article PDF
An 84-year-old man presented for evaluation of an increasingly swollen mass on his left groin.
An 84-year-old man presented for evaluation of an increasingly swollen mass on his left groin.

Case

An 84-year-old man, who was a resident at a local nursing home, presented for evaluation after the nursing staff noticed an increasingly swollen mass on the patient’s left groin. The patient’s medical history was significant for bilateral aortofemoral graft surgery, dementia, hypertension, and severe peripheral artery disease (PAD). He was not on any anticoagulation or antiplatelet agents. Due to the patient’s dementia, he was unable to provide a history regarding the onset of the swelling or any other signs or symptoms.

On examination, the patient did not appear in distress. His son, who was the patient’s durable power of attorney, was likewise unable to provide a clear timeframe regarding onset of the mass. The patient had no recent history of trauma and had not undergone any recent medical procedures. Vital signs at presentation were: blood pressure, 110/70 mm Hg; heart rate, 84 beats/min; respiratory rate, 13 breaths/min; and temperature, 98.6°F. Oxygen saturation was 94% on room air.

Clinical examination revealed a pulsatile, purple left groin mass and bruit. The mass was located around the left inguinal ligament and extended down the proximal, inner thigh (Figure 1). There was no drainage or lesions from the mass. Inspection of the patient’s hip demonstrated decreased adduction, limited by the mass; otherwise, there was normal range of motion. The dorsalis pedis and posterior tibial pulses were equal and intact, and the rest of the physical examination was unremarkable.

Figure 1.


The patient tolerated the examination without focal signs of discomfort. A Doppler ultrasound revealed findings consistent with a common femoral pseudoaneurysm (PSA) (Figure 2). For better visualization and extension, a computed tomography angiogram (CTA) was obtained, which demonstrated a PSA measuring 11.7 x 10.7 x 7.3 cm; there was no active extravasation (Figure 3).
Figure 2.


The patient was started on intravenous normal saline while vascular surgery services was consulted for management and repair. After a discussion with the son regarding the patient’s wishes, surgical intervention was refused and the patient was conservatively managed and transitioned to hospice care.
Figure 3.

Discussion

A true aneurysm differs from a PSA in that true aneurysms involve all three layers of the vessel wall. A PSA consists partly of the vessel wall and partly of encapsulating fibrous tissue or surrounding tissue.

Etiology

Femoral artery PSAs can be iatrogenic, for example, develop following cardiac catheterization or at the anastomotic site of previous surgery.1 The incidence of diagnostic postcatheterization PSA ranges from 0.05% to 2%, whereas interventional postcatheterization PSA ranges from 2% to 6%.2

With the increasing number of peripheral coronary diagnostics and interventions, emergency physicians should include PSA in the differential diagnosis of patients with a recent or remote history of catheterization or bypass grafts. Less commonly, femoral PSAs are caused by non-surgical trauma or infection (ie, mycotic PSA). Patient risk factors for development of PSA include obesity, hypertension, PAD, and anticoagulation.3 Patients with femoral artery PSAs may present with a painful or painless pulsatile mass. Mass effect of the PSA can compress nearby neurovascular structures, leading to femoral neuropathies or limb edema secondary to venous obstruction.4 Complications of embolization or thrombosis can cause limb ischemia, neuropathy, and claudication, while rupture may present with a rapidly expanding groin hematoma. Additionally, sizeable PSAs can cause overlying skin necrosis.5

Imaging Studies

Diagnosis of a PSA can be made through Doppler ultrasound, which is the preferred imaging modality due to its accuracy, noninvasive nature, and low cost. Doppler ultrasound has been found to have a sensitivity of 94% and specificity of 97% in detecting PSAs. Additional imaging with CTA can provide further definition of vasculopathy.6 Treatment should be considered for patients with a symptomatic femoral PSA, a PSA measuring more than 3 cm, or patients who are on anticoagulation therapy. Studies have shown that observation-only and follow-up may be appropriate for patients with a PSA measuring less than 3 cm. A study by Toursarkissian et al7 found that the majority of PSAs smaller than 3 cm spontaneously resolved in a mean of 23 days without limb-threatening complications.

Treatment

Traditionally, open surgical repair techniques were the only treatment option for PSAs. However, in the early 1990s, the advent of new techniques such as stenting, coil insertion, ultrasound-guided compression, and ultrasound-guided thrombin injection, have developed as alternatives to open surgical repair; there has been variable success to these minimally invasive approaches.5,8

 

 

Ultrasound-Guided Compression. A conservative approach to treating PSAs, ultrasound-guided compression requires sustained compression by a skilled physician. This technique is associated with significant discomfort to the patient.5 Ultrasound-Guided Thrombin Injection. This technique is the treatment of choice for postcatheterization PSA. However, this intervention is contraindicated in patients who have concerning features such as an infected PSA, rapid expansion, skin necrosis, or signs of limb ischemia. Additionally, ultrasound-guided thrombin injection is not appropriate for use in patients with a PSA occurring at anastomosis of a synthetic graft and native artery.5

Conclusion

Based on our patient’s clinical presentation and history of aortofemoral bypass surgery, we suspected a femoral PSA. While the PSA noted in our patient was sizeable, imaging studies and clinical examination showed no sign of limb ischemia or rupture.

Femoral PSAs are usually iatrogenic in nature, typically developing shortly after catheterization or a previous bypass surgery. The most serious complication of a PSA is rupture, but a thorough examination of the distal extremity is warranted to assess for limb ischemia as well. Ultrasound imaging is considered the modality of choice based on its high sensitivity and sensitivity for detecting PSAs.

Small PSAs (<3 cm) can be managed medically, but larger PSAs (>3 cm) require treatment. Newer techniques, including stenting, coil insertion, ultrasound-guided compression, and ultrasound-guided thrombin injection are alternatives to open surgical repair of larger, uncomplicated PSAs. However, urgent open surgical repair is the only option when there is evidence of a ruptured PSA, ischemia, or skin necrosis.

Case

An 84-year-old man, who was a resident at a local nursing home, presented for evaluation after the nursing staff noticed an increasingly swollen mass on the patient’s left groin. The patient’s medical history was significant for bilateral aortofemoral graft surgery, dementia, hypertension, and severe peripheral artery disease (PAD). He was not on any anticoagulation or antiplatelet agents. Due to the patient’s dementia, he was unable to provide a history regarding the onset of the swelling or any other signs or symptoms.

On examination, the patient did not appear in distress. His son, who was the patient’s durable power of attorney, was likewise unable to provide a clear timeframe regarding onset of the mass. The patient had no recent history of trauma and had not undergone any recent medical procedures. Vital signs at presentation were: blood pressure, 110/70 mm Hg; heart rate, 84 beats/min; respiratory rate, 13 breaths/min; and temperature, 98.6°F. Oxygen saturation was 94% on room air.

Clinical examination revealed a pulsatile, purple left groin mass and bruit. The mass was located around the left inguinal ligament and extended down the proximal, inner thigh (Figure 1). There was no drainage or lesions from the mass. Inspection of the patient’s hip demonstrated decreased adduction, limited by the mass; otherwise, there was normal range of motion. The dorsalis pedis and posterior tibial pulses were equal and intact, and the rest of the physical examination was unremarkable.

Figure 1.


The patient tolerated the examination without focal signs of discomfort. A Doppler ultrasound revealed findings consistent with a common femoral pseudoaneurysm (PSA) (Figure 2). For better visualization and extension, a computed tomography angiogram (CTA) was obtained, which demonstrated a PSA measuring 11.7 x 10.7 x 7.3 cm; there was no active extravasation (Figure 3).
Figure 2.


The patient was started on intravenous normal saline while vascular surgery services was consulted for management and repair. After a discussion with the son regarding the patient’s wishes, surgical intervention was refused and the patient was conservatively managed and transitioned to hospice care.
Figure 3.

Discussion

A true aneurysm differs from a PSA in that true aneurysms involve all three layers of the vessel wall. A PSA consists partly of the vessel wall and partly of encapsulating fibrous tissue or surrounding tissue.

Etiology

Femoral artery PSAs can be iatrogenic, for example, develop following cardiac catheterization or at the anastomotic site of previous surgery.1 The incidence of diagnostic postcatheterization PSA ranges from 0.05% to 2%, whereas interventional postcatheterization PSA ranges from 2% to 6%.2

With the increasing number of peripheral coronary diagnostics and interventions, emergency physicians should include PSA in the differential diagnosis of patients with a recent or remote history of catheterization or bypass grafts. Less commonly, femoral PSAs are caused by non-surgical trauma or infection (ie, mycotic PSA). Patient risk factors for development of PSA include obesity, hypertension, PAD, and anticoagulation.3 Patients with femoral artery PSAs may present with a painful or painless pulsatile mass. Mass effect of the PSA can compress nearby neurovascular structures, leading to femoral neuropathies or limb edema secondary to venous obstruction.4 Complications of embolization or thrombosis can cause limb ischemia, neuropathy, and claudication, while rupture may present with a rapidly expanding groin hematoma. Additionally, sizeable PSAs can cause overlying skin necrosis.5

Imaging Studies

Diagnosis of a PSA can be made through Doppler ultrasound, which is the preferred imaging modality due to its accuracy, noninvasive nature, and low cost. Doppler ultrasound has been found to have a sensitivity of 94% and specificity of 97% in detecting PSAs. Additional imaging with CTA can provide further definition of vasculopathy.6 Treatment should be considered for patients with a symptomatic femoral PSA, a PSA measuring more than 3 cm, or patients who are on anticoagulation therapy. Studies have shown that observation-only and follow-up may be appropriate for patients with a PSA measuring less than 3 cm. A study by Toursarkissian et al7 found that the majority of PSAs smaller than 3 cm spontaneously resolved in a mean of 23 days without limb-threatening complications.

Treatment

Traditionally, open surgical repair techniques were the only treatment option for PSAs. However, in the early 1990s, the advent of new techniques such as stenting, coil insertion, ultrasound-guided compression, and ultrasound-guided thrombin injection, have developed as alternatives to open surgical repair; there has been variable success to these minimally invasive approaches.5,8

 

 

Ultrasound-Guided Compression. A conservative approach to treating PSAs, ultrasound-guided compression requires sustained compression by a skilled physician. This technique is associated with significant discomfort to the patient.5 Ultrasound-Guided Thrombin Injection. This technique is the treatment of choice for postcatheterization PSA. However, this intervention is contraindicated in patients who have concerning features such as an infected PSA, rapid expansion, skin necrosis, or signs of limb ischemia. Additionally, ultrasound-guided thrombin injection is not appropriate for use in patients with a PSA occurring at anastomosis of a synthetic graft and native artery.5

Conclusion

Based on our patient’s clinical presentation and history of aortofemoral bypass surgery, we suspected a femoral PSA. While the PSA noted in our patient was sizeable, imaging studies and clinical examination showed no sign of limb ischemia or rupture.

Femoral PSAs are usually iatrogenic in nature, typically developing shortly after catheterization or a previous bypass surgery. The most serious complication of a PSA is rupture, but a thorough examination of the distal extremity is warranted to assess for limb ischemia as well. Ultrasound imaging is considered the modality of choice based on its high sensitivity and sensitivity for detecting PSAs.

Small PSAs (<3 cm) can be managed medically, but larger PSAs (>3 cm) require treatment. Newer techniques, including stenting, coil insertion, ultrasound-guided compression, and ultrasound-guided thrombin injection are alternatives to open surgical repair of larger, uncomplicated PSAs. However, urgent open surgical repair is the only option when there is evidence of a ruptured PSA, ischemia, or skin necrosis.

References

1. Faggioli GL, Stella A, Gargiulo M, Tarantini S, D’Addato M, Ricotta JJ. Morphology of small aneurysms: definition and impact on risk of rupture. Am J Surg. 1994;168(2):131-135.

2. Hessel SJ, Adams DF, Abrams HL. Complications of angiography. Radiology. 1981;138(2):273-281. doi:10.1148/radiology.138.2.7455105.

3. Petrou E, Malakos I, Kampanarou S, Doulas N, Voudris V. Life-threatening rupture of a femoral pseudoaneurysm after cardiac catheterization. Open Cardiovasc Med J. 2016;10:201-204. doi:10.2174/1874192401610010201.

4. Mees B, Robinson D, Verhagen H, Chuen J. Non-aortic aneurysms—natural history and recommendations for referral and treatment. Aust Fam Physician. 2013;42(6):370-374.

5. Webber GW, Jang J, Gustavson S, Olin JW. Contemporary management of postcatheterization pseudoaneurysms. Circulation. 2007;115(20):2666-2674. doi:10.1161/CIRCULATIONAHA.106.681973.

6. Coughlin BF, Paushter DM. Peripheral pseudoaneurysms: evaluation with duplex US. Radiology. 1988;168(2):339-342. doi:10.1148/radiology.168.2.3293107.

7. Toursarkissian B, Allen BT, Petrinec D, et al. Spontaneous closure of selected iatrogenic pseudoaneurysms and arteriovenous fistulae. J Vasc Surg. 1997;25(5):803-809; discussion 808-809.

8. Corriere MA, Guzman RJ. True and false aneurysms of the femoral artery. Semin Vasc Surg. 2005;18(4):216-223. doi:10.1053/j.semvascsurg.2005.09.008.

References

1. Faggioli GL, Stella A, Gargiulo M, Tarantini S, D’Addato M, Ricotta JJ. Morphology of small aneurysms: definition and impact on risk of rupture. Am J Surg. 1994;168(2):131-135.

2. Hessel SJ, Adams DF, Abrams HL. Complications of angiography. Radiology. 1981;138(2):273-281. doi:10.1148/radiology.138.2.7455105.

3. Petrou E, Malakos I, Kampanarou S, Doulas N, Voudris V. Life-threatening rupture of a femoral pseudoaneurysm after cardiac catheterization. Open Cardiovasc Med J. 2016;10:201-204. doi:10.2174/1874192401610010201.

4. Mees B, Robinson D, Verhagen H, Chuen J. Non-aortic aneurysms—natural history and recommendations for referral and treatment. Aust Fam Physician. 2013;42(6):370-374.

5. Webber GW, Jang J, Gustavson S, Olin JW. Contemporary management of postcatheterization pseudoaneurysms. Circulation. 2007;115(20):2666-2674. doi:10.1161/CIRCULATIONAHA.106.681973.

6. Coughlin BF, Paushter DM. Peripheral pseudoaneurysms: evaluation with duplex US. Radiology. 1988;168(2):339-342. doi:10.1148/radiology.168.2.3293107.

7. Toursarkissian B, Allen BT, Petrinec D, et al. Spontaneous closure of selected iatrogenic pseudoaneurysms and arteriovenous fistulae. J Vasc Surg. 1997;25(5):803-809; discussion 808-809.

8. Corriere MA, Guzman RJ. True and false aneurysms of the femoral artery. Semin Vasc Surg. 2005;18(4):216-223. doi:10.1053/j.semvascsurg.2005.09.008.

Issue
Emergency Medicine - 50(5)
Issue
Emergency Medicine - 50(5)
Page Number
110-112
Page Number
110-112
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Use ProPublica
Article PDF Media

Bell Palsy Mimics

Article Type
Changed
Thu, 03/28/2019 - 14:37
A 61-year-old woman presented for evaluation of right facial drooping and vertigo.

Facial paralysis is a common medical complaint—one that has fascinated ancient and contemporary physicians alike.1 An idiopathic facial nerve paresis involving the lower motor neuron was described in 1821 by Sir Charles Bell. This entity became known as a Bell’s palsy, the hallmark of which was weakness or complete paralysis of the muscles of one side of the face, with no sparing of the muscles of the forehead. However, not all facial paralysis is due to Bell’s palsy.

We present a case of a patient with a Bell’s palsy mimic to facilitate and guide the differential diagnosis and distinguish conditions from the classical presentation that Bell first described to the more concerning symptoms that may not be immediately obvious. Our case further underscores the importance of performing a thorough assessment to determine the presence of other neurological findings.

Case

A 61-year-old woman presented to the ED for evaluation of right facial droop and sensation of “room spinning.” The patient stated both symptoms began approximately 36 hours prior to presentation, upon awakening. She further noted that the right side of her face felt “funny” and numb.

The patient denied any headache, neck or chest pain, extremity numbness, or weakness, but stated that she felt like she was going to fall toward her right side whenever she attempted to walk. The patient’s medical history was significant for hypertension, for which she was taking losartan. Her surgical history was notable for a left oophorectomy secondary to an ovarian cyst. Regarding the social history, the patient admitted to smoking 90 packs of cigarettes per year, but denied alcohol or illicit drug use.

Upon arrival at the ED, the patient’s vital signs were: blood pressure, 164/86 mm Hg: pulse, 89 beats/min; respiratory rate, 18 breaths/min; and temperature, 98.6°F. Oxygen saturation was 98% on room air.

Physical examination revealed the patient had a right facial droop consistent with right facial palsy. She was unable to wrinkle her right forehead or fully close her right eye. There were no field cuts on confrontation. The patient’s speech was noticeable for a mild dysarthria. The motor examination revealed mild weakness of the left upper extremity and impaired right facial sensation. There were no rashes noted on the face, head, or ears. The patient had slightly impaired hearing in the right ear, which was new in onset. The remainder of the physical examination was unremarkable.

Although the patient exhibited the classic signs of Bell’s palsy, including complete paralysis of the muscles of one side of the face, inability to wrinkle the muscle of the right forehead, and inability to fully close the right eye, she also had concerning symptoms of vertigo, dysarthria, and contralateral upper extremity weakness.

A computed tomography (CT) scan of the head was ordered, which revealed a large mass lesion centered in the right petrous apex, with an associated large component extending medially into the right cerebellopontine angle (CPA) that caused a mass effect on the adjacent brainstem (Figures 1a and 1b).

Figure 1.


Upon these findings, the patient was transferred to another facility for neurosurgical evaluation. Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) studies performed at the receiving hospital demonstrated a large expansile heterogeneous mass lesion centered in the right petrous apex with an associated large, probable hemorrhagic soft-tissue component extending medially into the right CPA, causing a mass effect on the adjacent brainstem and mild obstructive hydrocephalus (Figures 2a and 2b).
Figure 2.


The patient was given dexamethasone 10 mg intravenously and taken to the operating room for a right suboccipital craniotomy with subtotal tumor removal. Intraoperative high-voltage stimulation of the fifth to eighth cranial nerves showed no response, indicating significant impairment.

While there were no intraoperative complications, the patient had significant postoperative dysphagia and resultant aspiration. A tracheostomy and percutaneous endoscopic gastrostomy tube were subsequently placed. Results of a biopsy taken during surgery identified an atypical meningioma. The patient remained in the hospital for 4 weeks, after which she was discharged to a long-term care (LTC) and rehabilitation facility.
Figure 3.


A repeat CT scan taken 2 months after surgery demonstrated absence of the previously identified large mass (Figure 1b). Three months after discharge from the LTC-rehabilitation facility, MRI of the brain showed continued interval improvement of the previously noted mass centered in the right petrous apex (Figures 3a and 3b).

 

 

Discussion

Accounts of facial paralysis and facial nerve disorders have been noted throughout history and include accounts of the condition by Hippocrates.1 Bell’s palsy was named after surgeon Sir Charles Bell, who described a peripheral-nerve paralysis of the facial nerve in 1821. Bell’s work helped to elucidate the anatomy and functional role of the facial nerve.1,2

Signs and Symptoms

The classic presentation of Bell’s palsy is weakness or complete paralysis of the muscles of one side of the face, with no sparing of the muscles of the forehead. The eyelid on the affected side generally does not close, which can result in ocular irritation due to ineffective lubrication.

A scoring system has been developed by House and Brackmann which grades the degree impairment based on such characteristics as facial muscle function and eye closure.3,4 Approximately 96% of patients with a Bell’s palsy will improve to a House-Brackmann score of 2 or better within 1 year from diagnosis,5 and 85% of patients with Bell’s palsy will show at least some improvement within 3 weeks of onset (Table).Although the classic description of Bell’s palsy notes the condition as idiopathic, there is an increasing body of evidence in the literature showing a link to herpes simplex virus 1.5-7

Table.

Ramsey-Hunt Syndrome

The relationship between Bell’s palsy and Ramsey-Hunt syndrome is complex and controversial. Ramsey-Hunt syndrome is a constellation of possible complications from varicella-virus infection. Symptoms of Ramsey-Hunt syndrome include facial paralysis, tinnitus, hearing loss, vertigo, hyperacusis (increased sensitivity to certain frequencies and volume ranges of sound), and decreased ocular tearing.8 Due to the nature of symptoms associated with Ramsey-Hunt syndrome, it is apparent that the condition involves more than the seventh cranial nerve. In fact, studies have shown that Ramsey-Hunt syndrome can affect the fifth, sixth, eighth, and ninth cranial nerves.8

Ramsey-Hunt syndrome, which can present in the absence of cutaneous rash (referred to as zoster sine herpete), is estimated to occur in 8% to 20% of unilateral facial nerve palsies in adult patients.8,9 Regardless of the etiology of Bell’s palsy, a review of the literature makes it clear that facial nerve paralysis is not synonymous with Bell’s palsy.10 In one example, Yetter et al10 describe the case of a patient who, though initially diagnosed with Bell’s palsy, ultimately was found to have a facial palsy due to a parotid gland malignancy.

Likewise, Stomeo11 describes a case of a patient with facial paralysis and profound ipsilateral hearing loss who ultimately was found to have a mucoepithelial carcinoma of the parotid gland. In their report, the authors note that approximately 80% of facial nerve paralysis is due to Bell’s palsy, while 5% is due to malignancy.

In another report, Clemis12 describes a case in which a patient who initially was diagnosed with Bell’s palsy eventually was found to have an adenoid cystic carcinoma of the parotid. Thus, the authors appropriately emphasize in their report that “all that palsies is not Bell’s.”

Differential Diagnosis

Historical factors, including timing and duration of symptom onset, help to distinguish a Bell’s palsy from other disorders that can mimic this condition. In their study, Brach VanSwewaringen13 highlight the fact that “not all facial paralysis is Bell’s palsy.” In their review, the authors describe clues to help distinguish conditions that mimic Bell’s palsy. For example, maximal weakness from Bell’s Palsy typically occurs within 3 to 7 days from symptom onset, and that a more gradual onset of symptoms, with slow or negligible improvement over 6 to 12 months, is more indicative of a space-occupying lesion than Bell’s palsy.13It is, however, important to note that although the patient in our case had a central lesion, she experienced an acute onset of symptoms.

The presence of additional symptoms may also suggest an alternative diagnosis. Brach and VanSwearingen13 further noted that symptoms associated with the eighth nerve, such as vertigo, tinnitus, and hearing loss may be found in patients with a CPA tumor. In patients with larger tumors, ninth and 10th nerve symptoms, including the impaired hearing noted in our patient, may be present. Some patients with ninth and 10th nerve symptoms may perceive a sense of facial numbness, but actual sensory changes in the facial nerve distribution are unlikely in Bell’s palsy. Gustatory changes, however, are consistent with Bell’s palsy.

Ear pain is consistent with Bell’s palsy and is a signal to be vigilant for the possible emergence of an ear rash, which would suggest the diagnosis of herpes zoster oticus along the trajectory of Ramsey-Hunt syndrome. Facial pain in the area of the facial nerve is inconsistent with Bell’s palsy, while hyperacusis is consistent with Bell’s palsy. Hearing loss is an eighth nerve symptom that is inconsistent with Bell’s palsy.

Similarly, there are physical examination findings that can help distinguish a true Bell’s palsy from a mimic. Changes in tear production are consistent with Bell’s palsy, but imbalance and disequilibrium are not.14

As previously noted, the patient in this case had difficulty walking and felt as if she was falling toward her right side.

One way to organize the causes of facial paralysis has been proposed by Adour et al.15 In this system, etiologies are listed as either acute paralysis or chronic, progressive paralysis. Acute paralysis (ie, the sudden onset of symptoms with maximal severity within 2 weeks), of which Bell’s palsy is the most common, can be seen in cases of polyneuritis.

A new case of Bell’s palsy has been estimated to occur in the United States every 10 minutes.8 Guillain-Barré syndrome and Lyme disease are also in this category, as is Ramsey-Hunt syndrome. Patients with Lyme disease may have a history of a tick bite or rash.14

Trauma can also cause acute facial nerve paralysis (eg, blunt trauma-associated facial fracture, penetrating trauma, birth trauma). Unilateral central facial weakness can have a neurological cause, such as a lesion to the contralateral cortex, subcortical white matter, or internal capsule.2,15 Otitis media can sometimes cause facial paralysis.16 A cholesteatoma can cause acute facial paralysis.Malignancies cause 5% of all cases of facial paralysis. Primary parotid tumors of various types are in this category. Metastatic disease from breast, lung, skin, colon, and kidney may cause facial paralysis. As our case illustrates, CPA tumors can cause facial paralysis.15 It is important to also note that a patient can have both a Bell’s palsy and a concurrent disease. There are a number of case reports in the literature that describe acute onset of facial paralysis as a presenting symptom of malignancy.17 In addition, there are cases wherein a neurological finding on imaging, such as an acoustic neuroma, was presumed to be the cause of facial paralysis, yet the patient’s symptoms resolved in a manner consistent with Bell’s palsy.18

For example, Lagman et al19 described a patient in which a CPA lipoma was presumed to be the cause of the facial paralysis, but the eventual outcome showed the lipoma to have been an incidentaloma.

Conclusion

This case demonstrates a presenting symptom of facial palsy and the presence of a CPA tumor. The presence of vertigo along with other historical and physical examination findings inconsistent with Bell’s palsy prompted the CT scan of the head. A review of the literature suggests a number of important findings in patients with facial palsy to assist the clinician in distinguishing true Bell’s palsy from other diseases that can mimic this condition. This case serves as a reminder of the need to perform a thorough and diligent workup to determine the presence or absence of other neurologic findings prior to closing on the diagnosis of Bell’s palsy.

References

1. Glicenstein J. Ann Chir Plast Esthet. 2015;60(5):347-362. doi:10.1016/j.anplas.2015.05.007.

2. Tiemstra JD, Khatkhate N. Bell’s palsy: diagnosis and management. Am Fam Physician. 2007;76(7):997-1002.

3. House JW, Brackmann DE. Facial nerve grading system. Otolaryngol Head Neck Surg. 1985;93(2):146-147. doi:10.1177/019459988509300202.

4. Reitzen SD, Babb JS, Lalwani AK. Significance and reliability of the House-Brackmann grading system for regional facial nerve function. Otolaryngol Head Neck Surg. 2009;140(2):154-158. doi:10.1016/j.otohns.2008.11.021.

5. Yeo SW, Lee DH, Jun BC, Chang KH, Park YS. Analysis of prognostic factors in Bell’s palsy and Ramsay Hunt syndrome. Auris Nasus Larynx. 2007;34(2):159-164. doi:10.1016/j.anl.2006.09.005.

6. Ahmed A. When is facial paralysis Bell palsy? Current diagnosis and treatment. Cleve Clin J Med. 2005;72(5):398-401, 405.

7. Gilden DH. Clinical practice. Bell’s palsy. N Engl J Med. 2004;351(13):1323-1331. doi:10.1056/NEJMcp041120.

8. Adour KK. Otological complications of herpes zoster.Ann Neurol. 1994;35:Suppl:S62-S64.

9. Furuta Y, Ohtani F, Mesuda Y, Fukuda S, Inuyama Y. Early diagnosis of zoster sine herpete and antiviral therapy for the treatment of facial palsy. Neurology. 2000;55(5):708-710.

10. Yetter MF, Ogren FP, Moore GF, Yonkers AJ. Bell’s palsy: a facial nerve paralysis diagnosis of exclusion. Nebr Med J. 1990;75(5):109-116.

11. Stomeo F. Possibilities of diagnostic errors in paralysis of the 7th cranial nerve. Acta Otorhinolaryngol Ital. 1989;9(6):629-633.

12. Clemis JD. All that palsies is not Bell’s: Bell’s palsy due to adenoid cystic carcinoma of the parotid. Am J Otol. 1991;12(5):397.

13. Brach JS, VanSwearingen JM. Not all facial paralysis is Bell’s palsy: a case report. Arch Phys Med Rehabil. 1999;80(7):857-859.

14. Albers JR, Tamang S. Common questions about Bell palsy. Am Fam Physician. 2014;89(3):209-212.

15. Adour KK, Hilsinger RL Jr, Callan EJ. Facial paralysis and Bell’s palsy: a protocol for differential diagnosis. Am J Otol. 1985;Suppl:68-73.

16. Morrow MJ. Bell’s palsy and herpes zoster. Curr Treat Options Neurol. 2000;2(5):407-416.

17. Quesnel AM, Lindsay RW, Hadlock TA. When the bell tolls on Bell’s palsy: finding occult malignancy in acute-onset facial paralysis. Am J Otolaryngol. 2010;31(5):339-342. doi:10.1016/j.amjoto.2009.04.003.

18. Kaushal A, Curran WJ Jr. For whom the Bell’s palsy tolls? Am J Clin Oncol. 2009;32(4):450-451. doi:10.1097/01.coc.0000239141.22916.22.

19. Lagman C, Choy W, Lee SJ, et al. A Case of Bell’s palsy with an incidental finding of a cerebellopontine angle lipoma. Cureus. 2016;8(8):e747. doi:10.7759/cureus.747.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Authors’ Disclosure Statement: The authors report no actual or potential conflict of interest in relation to this article.

Dr Lucerna is the program director, combined emergency medicine/internal medicine, Rowan University School of Osteopathic Medicine, Jefferson Health, Stratford, New Jersey. Dr Espinosa is an attending physician, department of emergency medicine, Rowan University School of Osteopathic Medicine, Jefferson Health, Stratford, New Jersey. Ms Hertz is an advance nurse practitioner, department of family medicine, University of Pennsylvania/Penn Medicine, Gibbsboro, New Jersey.

Issue
Emergency Medicine - 50(5)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
101-106
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Authors’ Disclosure Statement: The authors report no actual or potential conflict of interest in relation to this article.

Dr Lucerna is the program director, combined emergency medicine/internal medicine, Rowan University School of Osteopathic Medicine, Jefferson Health, Stratford, New Jersey. Dr Espinosa is an attending physician, department of emergency medicine, Rowan University School of Osteopathic Medicine, Jefferson Health, Stratford, New Jersey. Ms Hertz is an advance nurse practitioner, department of family medicine, University of Pennsylvania/Penn Medicine, Gibbsboro, New Jersey.

Author and Disclosure Information

Authors’ Disclosure Statement: The authors report no actual or potential conflict of interest in relation to this article.

Dr Lucerna is the program director, combined emergency medicine/internal medicine, Rowan University School of Osteopathic Medicine, Jefferson Health, Stratford, New Jersey. Dr Espinosa is an attending physician, department of emergency medicine, Rowan University School of Osteopathic Medicine, Jefferson Health, Stratford, New Jersey. Ms Hertz is an advance nurse practitioner, department of family medicine, University of Pennsylvania/Penn Medicine, Gibbsboro, New Jersey.

Article PDF
Article PDF
A 61-year-old woman presented for evaluation of right facial drooping and vertigo.
A 61-year-old woman presented for evaluation of right facial drooping and vertigo.

Facial paralysis is a common medical complaint—one that has fascinated ancient and contemporary physicians alike.1 An idiopathic facial nerve paresis involving the lower motor neuron was described in 1821 by Sir Charles Bell. This entity became known as a Bell’s palsy, the hallmark of which was weakness or complete paralysis of the muscles of one side of the face, with no sparing of the muscles of the forehead. However, not all facial paralysis is due to Bell’s palsy.

We present a case of a patient with a Bell’s palsy mimic to facilitate and guide the differential diagnosis and distinguish conditions from the classical presentation that Bell first described to the more concerning symptoms that may not be immediately obvious. Our case further underscores the importance of performing a thorough assessment to determine the presence of other neurological findings.

Case

A 61-year-old woman presented to the ED for evaluation of right facial droop and sensation of “room spinning.” The patient stated both symptoms began approximately 36 hours prior to presentation, upon awakening. She further noted that the right side of her face felt “funny” and numb.

The patient denied any headache, neck or chest pain, extremity numbness, or weakness, but stated that she felt like she was going to fall toward her right side whenever she attempted to walk. The patient’s medical history was significant for hypertension, for which she was taking losartan. Her surgical history was notable for a left oophorectomy secondary to an ovarian cyst. Regarding the social history, the patient admitted to smoking 90 packs of cigarettes per year, but denied alcohol or illicit drug use.

Upon arrival at the ED, the patient’s vital signs were: blood pressure, 164/86 mm Hg: pulse, 89 beats/min; respiratory rate, 18 breaths/min; and temperature, 98.6°F. Oxygen saturation was 98% on room air.

Physical examination revealed the patient had a right facial droop consistent with right facial palsy. She was unable to wrinkle her right forehead or fully close her right eye. There were no field cuts on confrontation. The patient’s speech was noticeable for a mild dysarthria. The motor examination revealed mild weakness of the left upper extremity and impaired right facial sensation. There were no rashes noted on the face, head, or ears. The patient had slightly impaired hearing in the right ear, which was new in onset. The remainder of the physical examination was unremarkable.

Although the patient exhibited the classic signs of Bell’s palsy, including complete paralysis of the muscles of one side of the face, inability to wrinkle the muscle of the right forehead, and inability to fully close the right eye, she also had concerning symptoms of vertigo, dysarthria, and contralateral upper extremity weakness.

A computed tomography (CT) scan of the head was ordered, which revealed a large mass lesion centered in the right petrous apex, with an associated large component extending medially into the right cerebellopontine angle (CPA) that caused a mass effect on the adjacent brainstem (Figures 1a and 1b).

Figure 1.


Upon these findings, the patient was transferred to another facility for neurosurgical evaluation. Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) studies performed at the receiving hospital demonstrated a large expansile heterogeneous mass lesion centered in the right petrous apex with an associated large, probable hemorrhagic soft-tissue component extending medially into the right CPA, causing a mass effect on the adjacent brainstem and mild obstructive hydrocephalus (Figures 2a and 2b).
Figure 2.


The patient was given dexamethasone 10 mg intravenously and taken to the operating room for a right suboccipital craniotomy with subtotal tumor removal. Intraoperative high-voltage stimulation of the fifth to eighth cranial nerves showed no response, indicating significant impairment.

While there were no intraoperative complications, the patient had significant postoperative dysphagia and resultant aspiration. A tracheostomy and percutaneous endoscopic gastrostomy tube were subsequently placed. Results of a biopsy taken during surgery identified an atypical meningioma. The patient remained in the hospital for 4 weeks, after which she was discharged to a long-term care (LTC) and rehabilitation facility.
Figure 3.


A repeat CT scan taken 2 months after surgery demonstrated absence of the previously identified large mass (Figure 1b). Three months after discharge from the LTC-rehabilitation facility, MRI of the brain showed continued interval improvement of the previously noted mass centered in the right petrous apex (Figures 3a and 3b).

 

 

Discussion

Accounts of facial paralysis and facial nerve disorders have been noted throughout history and include accounts of the condition by Hippocrates.1 Bell’s palsy was named after surgeon Sir Charles Bell, who described a peripheral-nerve paralysis of the facial nerve in 1821. Bell’s work helped to elucidate the anatomy and functional role of the facial nerve.1,2

Signs and Symptoms

The classic presentation of Bell’s palsy is weakness or complete paralysis of the muscles of one side of the face, with no sparing of the muscles of the forehead. The eyelid on the affected side generally does not close, which can result in ocular irritation due to ineffective lubrication.

A scoring system has been developed by House and Brackmann which grades the degree impairment based on such characteristics as facial muscle function and eye closure.3,4 Approximately 96% of patients with a Bell’s palsy will improve to a House-Brackmann score of 2 or better within 1 year from diagnosis,5 and 85% of patients with Bell’s palsy will show at least some improvement within 3 weeks of onset (Table).Although the classic description of Bell’s palsy notes the condition as idiopathic, there is an increasing body of evidence in the literature showing a link to herpes simplex virus 1.5-7

Table.

Ramsey-Hunt Syndrome

The relationship between Bell’s palsy and Ramsey-Hunt syndrome is complex and controversial. Ramsey-Hunt syndrome is a constellation of possible complications from varicella-virus infection. Symptoms of Ramsey-Hunt syndrome include facial paralysis, tinnitus, hearing loss, vertigo, hyperacusis (increased sensitivity to certain frequencies and volume ranges of sound), and decreased ocular tearing.8 Due to the nature of symptoms associated with Ramsey-Hunt syndrome, it is apparent that the condition involves more than the seventh cranial nerve. In fact, studies have shown that Ramsey-Hunt syndrome can affect the fifth, sixth, eighth, and ninth cranial nerves.8

Ramsey-Hunt syndrome, which can present in the absence of cutaneous rash (referred to as zoster sine herpete), is estimated to occur in 8% to 20% of unilateral facial nerve palsies in adult patients.8,9 Regardless of the etiology of Bell’s palsy, a review of the literature makes it clear that facial nerve paralysis is not synonymous with Bell’s palsy.10 In one example, Yetter et al10 describe the case of a patient who, though initially diagnosed with Bell’s palsy, ultimately was found to have a facial palsy due to a parotid gland malignancy.

Likewise, Stomeo11 describes a case of a patient with facial paralysis and profound ipsilateral hearing loss who ultimately was found to have a mucoepithelial carcinoma of the parotid gland. In their report, the authors note that approximately 80% of facial nerve paralysis is due to Bell’s palsy, while 5% is due to malignancy.

In another report, Clemis12 describes a case in which a patient who initially was diagnosed with Bell’s palsy eventually was found to have an adenoid cystic carcinoma of the parotid. Thus, the authors appropriately emphasize in their report that “all that palsies is not Bell’s.”

Differential Diagnosis

Historical factors, including timing and duration of symptom onset, help to distinguish a Bell’s palsy from other disorders that can mimic this condition. In their study, Brach VanSwewaringen13 highlight the fact that “not all facial paralysis is Bell’s palsy.” In their review, the authors describe clues to help distinguish conditions that mimic Bell’s palsy. For example, maximal weakness from Bell’s Palsy typically occurs within 3 to 7 days from symptom onset, and that a more gradual onset of symptoms, with slow or negligible improvement over 6 to 12 months, is more indicative of a space-occupying lesion than Bell’s palsy.13It is, however, important to note that although the patient in our case had a central lesion, she experienced an acute onset of symptoms.

The presence of additional symptoms may also suggest an alternative diagnosis. Brach and VanSwearingen13 further noted that symptoms associated with the eighth nerve, such as vertigo, tinnitus, and hearing loss may be found in patients with a CPA tumor. In patients with larger tumors, ninth and 10th nerve symptoms, including the impaired hearing noted in our patient, may be present. Some patients with ninth and 10th nerve symptoms may perceive a sense of facial numbness, but actual sensory changes in the facial nerve distribution are unlikely in Bell’s palsy. Gustatory changes, however, are consistent with Bell’s palsy.

Ear pain is consistent with Bell’s palsy and is a signal to be vigilant for the possible emergence of an ear rash, which would suggest the diagnosis of herpes zoster oticus along the trajectory of Ramsey-Hunt syndrome. Facial pain in the area of the facial nerve is inconsistent with Bell’s palsy, while hyperacusis is consistent with Bell’s palsy. Hearing loss is an eighth nerve symptom that is inconsistent with Bell’s palsy.

Similarly, there are physical examination findings that can help distinguish a true Bell’s palsy from a mimic. Changes in tear production are consistent with Bell’s palsy, but imbalance and disequilibrium are not.14

As previously noted, the patient in this case had difficulty walking and felt as if she was falling toward her right side.

One way to organize the causes of facial paralysis has been proposed by Adour et al.15 In this system, etiologies are listed as either acute paralysis or chronic, progressive paralysis. Acute paralysis (ie, the sudden onset of symptoms with maximal severity within 2 weeks), of which Bell’s palsy is the most common, can be seen in cases of polyneuritis.

A new case of Bell’s palsy has been estimated to occur in the United States every 10 minutes.8 Guillain-Barré syndrome and Lyme disease are also in this category, as is Ramsey-Hunt syndrome. Patients with Lyme disease may have a history of a tick bite or rash.14

Trauma can also cause acute facial nerve paralysis (eg, blunt trauma-associated facial fracture, penetrating trauma, birth trauma). Unilateral central facial weakness can have a neurological cause, such as a lesion to the contralateral cortex, subcortical white matter, or internal capsule.2,15 Otitis media can sometimes cause facial paralysis.16 A cholesteatoma can cause acute facial paralysis.Malignancies cause 5% of all cases of facial paralysis. Primary parotid tumors of various types are in this category. Metastatic disease from breast, lung, skin, colon, and kidney may cause facial paralysis. As our case illustrates, CPA tumors can cause facial paralysis.15 It is important to also note that a patient can have both a Bell’s palsy and a concurrent disease. There are a number of case reports in the literature that describe acute onset of facial paralysis as a presenting symptom of malignancy.17 In addition, there are cases wherein a neurological finding on imaging, such as an acoustic neuroma, was presumed to be the cause of facial paralysis, yet the patient’s symptoms resolved in a manner consistent with Bell’s palsy.18

For example, Lagman et al19 described a patient in which a CPA lipoma was presumed to be the cause of the facial paralysis, but the eventual outcome showed the lipoma to have been an incidentaloma.

Conclusion

This case demonstrates a presenting symptom of facial palsy and the presence of a CPA tumor. The presence of vertigo along with other historical and physical examination findings inconsistent with Bell’s palsy prompted the CT scan of the head. A review of the literature suggests a number of important findings in patients with facial palsy to assist the clinician in distinguishing true Bell’s palsy from other diseases that can mimic this condition. This case serves as a reminder of the need to perform a thorough and diligent workup to determine the presence or absence of other neurologic findings prior to closing on the diagnosis of Bell’s palsy.

Facial paralysis is a common medical complaint—one that has fascinated ancient and contemporary physicians alike.1 An idiopathic facial nerve paresis involving the lower motor neuron was described in 1821 by Sir Charles Bell. This entity became known as a Bell’s palsy, the hallmark of which was weakness or complete paralysis of the muscles of one side of the face, with no sparing of the muscles of the forehead. However, not all facial paralysis is due to Bell’s palsy.

We present a case of a patient with a Bell’s palsy mimic to facilitate and guide the differential diagnosis and distinguish conditions from the classical presentation that Bell first described to the more concerning symptoms that may not be immediately obvious. Our case further underscores the importance of performing a thorough assessment to determine the presence of other neurological findings.

Case

A 61-year-old woman presented to the ED for evaluation of right facial droop and sensation of “room spinning.” The patient stated both symptoms began approximately 36 hours prior to presentation, upon awakening. She further noted that the right side of her face felt “funny” and numb.

The patient denied any headache, neck or chest pain, extremity numbness, or weakness, but stated that she felt like she was going to fall toward her right side whenever she attempted to walk. The patient’s medical history was significant for hypertension, for which she was taking losartan. Her surgical history was notable for a left oophorectomy secondary to an ovarian cyst. Regarding the social history, the patient admitted to smoking 90 packs of cigarettes per year, but denied alcohol or illicit drug use.

Upon arrival at the ED, the patient’s vital signs were: blood pressure, 164/86 mm Hg: pulse, 89 beats/min; respiratory rate, 18 breaths/min; and temperature, 98.6°F. Oxygen saturation was 98% on room air.

Physical examination revealed the patient had a right facial droop consistent with right facial palsy. She was unable to wrinkle her right forehead or fully close her right eye. There were no field cuts on confrontation. The patient’s speech was noticeable for a mild dysarthria. The motor examination revealed mild weakness of the left upper extremity and impaired right facial sensation. There were no rashes noted on the face, head, or ears. The patient had slightly impaired hearing in the right ear, which was new in onset. The remainder of the physical examination was unremarkable.

Although the patient exhibited the classic signs of Bell’s palsy, including complete paralysis of the muscles of one side of the face, inability to wrinkle the muscle of the right forehead, and inability to fully close the right eye, she also had concerning symptoms of vertigo, dysarthria, and contralateral upper extremity weakness.

A computed tomography (CT) scan of the head was ordered, which revealed a large mass lesion centered in the right petrous apex, with an associated large component extending medially into the right cerebellopontine angle (CPA) that caused a mass effect on the adjacent brainstem (Figures 1a and 1b).

Figure 1.


Upon these findings, the patient was transferred to another facility for neurosurgical evaluation. Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) studies performed at the receiving hospital demonstrated a large expansile heterogeneous mass lesion centered in the right petrous apex with an associated large, probable hemorrhagic soft-tissue component extending medially into the right CPA, causing a mass effect on the adjacent brainstem and mild obstructive hydrocephalus (Figures 2a and 2b).
Figure 2.


The patient was given dexamethasone 10 mg intravenously and taken to the operating room for a right suboccipital craniotomy with subtotal tumor removal. Intraoperative high-voltage stimulation of the fifth to eighth cranial nerves showed no response, indicating significant impairment.

While there were no intraoperative complications, the patient had significant postoperative dysphagia and resultant aspiration. A tracheostomy and percutaneous endoscopic gastrostomy tube were subsequently placed. Results of a biopsy taken during surgery identified an atypical meningioma. The patient remained in the hospital for 4 weeks, after which she was discharged to a long-term care (LTC) and rehabilitation facility.
Figure 3.


A repeat CT scan taken 2 months after surgery demonstrated absence of the previously identified large mass (Figure 1b). Three months after discharge from the LTC-rehabilitation facility, MRI of the brain showed continued interval improvement of the previously noted mass centered in the right petrous apex (Figures 3a and 3b).

 

 

Discussion

Accounts of facial paralysis and facial nerve disorders have been noted throughout history and include accounts of the condition by Hippocrates.1 Bell’s palsy was named after surgeon Sir Charles Bell, who described a peripheral-nerve paralysis of the facial nerve in 1821. Bell’s work helped to elucidate the anatomy and functional role of the facial nerve.1,2

Signs and Symptoms

The classic presentation of Bell’s palsy is weakness or complete paralysis of the muscles of one side of the face, with no sparing of the muscles of the forehead. The eyelid on the affected side generally does not close, which can result in ocular irritation due to ineffective lubrication.

A scoring system has been developed by House and Brackmann which grades the degree impairment based on such characteristics as facial muscle function and eye closure.3,4 Approximately 96% of patients with a Bell’s palsy will improve to a House-Brackmann score of 2 or better within 1 year from diagnosis,5 and 85% of patients with Bell’s palsy will show at least some improvement within 3 weeks of onset (Table).Although the classic description of Bell’s palsy notes the condition as idiopathic, there is an increasing body of evidence in the literature showing a link to herpes simplex virus 1.5-7

Table.

Ramsey-Hunt Syndrome

The relationship between Bell’s palsy and Ramsey-Hunt syndrome is complex and controversial. Ramsey-Hunt syndrome is a constellation of possible complications from varicella-virus infection. Symptoms of Ramsey-Hunt syndrome include facial paralysis, tinnitus, hearing loss, vertigo, hyperacusis (increased sensitivity to certain frequencies and volume ranges of sound), and decreased ocular tearing.8 Due to the nature of symptoms associated with Ramsey-Hunt syndrome, it is apparent that the condition involves more than the seventh cranial nerve. In fact, studies have shown that Ramsey-Hunt syndrome can affect the fifth, sixth, eighth, and ninth cranial nerves.8

Ramsey-Hunt syndrome, which can present in the absence of cutaneous rash (referred to as zoster sine herpete), is estimated to occur in 8% to 20% of unilateral facial nerve palsies in adult patients.8,9 Regardless of the etiology of Bell’s palsy, a review of the literature makes it clear that facial nerve paralysis is not synonymous with Bell’s palsy.10 In one example, Yetter et al10 describe the case of a patient who, though initially diagnosed with Bell’s palsy, ultimately was found to have a facial palsy due to a parotid gland malignancy.

Likewise, Stomeo11 describes a case of a patient with facial paralysis and profound ipsilateral hearing loss who ultimately was found to have a mucoepithelial carcinoma of the parotid gland. In their report, the authors note that approximately 80% of facial nerve paralysis is due to Bell’s palsy, while 5% is due to malignancy.

In another report, Clemis12 describes a case in which a patient who initially was diagnosed with Bell’s palsy eventually was found to have an adenoid cystic carcinoma of the parotid. Thus, the authors appropriately emphasize in their report that “all that palsies is not Bell’s.”

Differential Diagnosis

Historical factors, including timing and duration of symptom onset, help to distinguish a Bell’s palsy from other disorders that can mimic this condition. In their study, Brach VanSwewaringen13 highlight the fact that “not all facial paralysis is Bell’s palsy.” In their review, the authors describe clues to help distinguish conditions that mimic Bell’s palsy. For example, maximal weakness from Bell’s Palsy typically occurs within 3 to 7 days from symptom onset, and that a more gradual onset of symptoms, with slow or negligible improvement over 6 to 12 months, is more indicative of a space-occupying lesion than Bell’s palsy.13It is, however, important to note that although the patient in our case had a central lesion, she experienced an acute onset of symptoms.

The presence of additional symptoms may also suggest an alternative diagnosis. Brach and VanSwearingen13 further noted that symptoms associated with the eighth nerve, such as vertigo, tinnitus, and hearing loss may be found in patients with a CPA tumor. In patients with larger tumors, ninth and 10th nerve symptoms, including the impaired hearing noted in our patient, may be present. Some patients with ninth and 10th nerve symptoms may perceive a sense of facial numbness, but actual sensory changes in the facial nerve distribution are unlikely in Bell’s palsy. Gustatory changes, however, are consistent with Bell’s palsy.

Ear pain is consistent with Bell’s palsy and is a signal to be vigilant for the possible emergence of an ear rash, which would suggest the diagnosis of herpes zoster oticus along the trajectory of Ramsey-Hunt syndrome. Facial pain in the area of the facial nerve is inconsistent with Bell’s palsy, while hyperacusis is consistent with Bell’s palsy. Hearing loss is an eighth nerve symptom that is inconsistent with Bell’s palsy.

Similarly, there are physical examination findings that can help distinguish a true Bell’s palsy from a mimic. Changes in tear production are consistent with Bell’s palsy, but imbalance and disequilibrium are not.14

As previously noted, the patient in this case had difficulty walking and felt as if she was falling toward her right side.

One way to organize the causes of facial paralysis has been proposed by Adour et al.15 In this system, etiologies are listed as either acute paralysis or chronic, progressive paralysis. Acute paralysis (ie, the sudden onset of symptoms with maximal severity within 2 weeks), of which Bell’s palsy is the most common, can be seen in cases of polyneuritis.

A new case of Bell’s palsy has been estimated to occur in the United States every 10 minutes.8 Guillain-Barré syndrome and Lyme disease are also in this category, as is Ramsey-Hunt syndrome. Patients with Lyme disease may have a history of a tick bite or rash.14

Trauma can also cause acute facial nerve paralysis (eg, blunt trauma-associated facial fracture, penetrating trauma, birth trauma). Unilateral central facial weakness can have a neurological cause, such as a lesion to the contralateral cortex, subcortical white matter, or internal capsule.2,15 Otitis media can sometimes cause facial paralysis.16 A cholesteatoma can cause acute facial paralysis.Malignancies cause 5% of all cases of facial paralysis. Primary parotid tumors of various types are in this category. Metastatic disease from breast, lung, skin, colon, and kidney may cause facial paralysis. As our case illustrates, CPA tumors can cause facial paralysis.15 It is important to also note that a patient can have both a Bell’s palsy and a concurrent disease. There are a number of case reports in the literature that describe acute onset of facial paralysis as a presenting symptom of malignancy.17 In addition, there are cases wherein a neurological finding on imaging, such as an acoustic neuroma, was presumed to be the cause of facial paralysis, yet the patient’s symptoms resolved in a manner consistent with Bell’s palsy.18

For example, Lagman et al19 described a patient in which a CPA lipoma was presumed to be the cause of the facial paralysis, but the eventual outcome showed the lipoma to have been an incidentaloma.

Conclusion

This case demonstrates a presenting symptom of facial palsy and the presence of a CPA tumor. The presence of vertigo along with other historical and physical examination findings inconsistent with Bell’s palsy prompted the CT scan of the head. A review of the literature suggests a number of important findings in patients with facial palsy to assist the clinician in distinguishing true Bell’s palsy from other diseases that can mimic this condition. This case serves as a reminder of the need to perform a thorough and diligent workup to determine the presence or absence of other neurologic findings prior to closing on the diagnosis of Bell’s palsy.

References

1. Glicenstein J. Ann Chir Plast Esthet. 2015;60(5):347-362. doi:10.1016/j.anplas.2015.05.007.

2. Tiemstra JD, Khatkhate N. Bell’s palsy: diagnosis and management. Am Fam Physician. 2007;76(7):997-1002.

3. House JW, Brackmann DE. Facial nerve grading system. Otolaryngol Head Neck Surg. 1985;93(2):146-147. doi:10.1177/019459988509300202.

4. Reitzen SD, Babb JS, Lalwani AK. Significance and reliability of the House-Brackmann grading system for regional facial nerve function. Otolaryngol Head Neck Surg. 2009;140(2):154-158. doi:10.1016/j.otohns.2008.11.021.

5. Yeo SW, Lee DH, Jun BC, Chang KH, Park YS. Analysis of prognostic factors in Bell’s palsy and Ramsay Hunt syndrome. Auris Nasus Larynx. 2007;34(2):159-164. doi:10.1016/j.anl.2006.09.005.

6. Ahmed A. When is facial paralysis Bell palsy? Current diagnosis and treatment. Cleve Clin J Med. 2005;72(5):398-401, 405.

7. Gilden DH. Clinical practice. Bell’s palsy. N Engl J Med. 2004;351(13):1323-1331. doi:10.1056/NEJMcp041120.

8. Adour KK. Otological complications of herpes zoster.Ann Neurol. 1994;35:Suppl:S62-S64.

9. Furuta Y, Ohtani F, Mesuda Y, Fukuda S, Inuyama Y. Early diagnosis of zoster sine herpete and antiviral therapy for the treatment of facial palsy. Neurology. 2000;55(5):708-710.

10. Yetter MF, Ogren FP, Moore GF, Yonkers AJ. Bell’s palsy: a facial nerve paralysis diagnosis of exclusion. Nebr Med J. 1990;75(5):109-116.

11. Stomeo F. Possibilities of diagnostic errors in paralysis of the 7th cranial nerve. Acta Otorhinolaryngol Ital. 1989;9(6):629-633.

12. Clemis JD. All that palsies is not Bell’s: Bell’s palsy due to adenoid cystic carcinoma of the parotid. Am J Otol. 1991;12(5):397.

13. Brach JS, VanSwearingen JM. Not all facial paralysis is Bell’s palsy: a case report. Arch Phys Med Rehabil. 1999;80(7):857-859.

14. Albers JR, Tamang S. Common questions about Bell palsy. Am Fam Physician. 2014;89(3):209-212.

15. Adour KK, Hilsinger RL Jr, Callan EJ. Facial paralysis and Bell’s palsy: a protocol for differential diagnosis. Am J Otol. 1985;Suppl:68-73.

16. Morrow MJ. Bell’s palsy and herpes zoster. Curr Treat Options Neurol. 2000;2(5):407-416.

17. Quesnel AM, Lindsay RW, Hadlock TA. When the bell tolls on Bell’s palsy: finding occult malignancy in acute-onset facial paralysis. Am J Otolaryngol. 2010;31(5):339-342. doi:10.1016/j.amjoto.2009.04.003.

18. Kaushal A, Curran WJ Jr. For whom the Bell’s palsy tolls? Am J Clin Oncol. 2009;32(4):450-451. doi:10.1097/01.coc.0000239141.22916.22.

19. Lagman C, Choy W, Lee SJ, et al. A Case of Bell’s palsy with an incidental finding of a cerebellopontine angle lipoma. Cureus. 2016;8(8):e747. doi:10.7759/cureus.747.

References

1. Glicenstein J. Ann Chir Plast Esthet. 2015;60(5):347-362. doi:10.1016/j.anplas.2015.05.007.

2. Tiemstra JD, Khatkhate N. Bell’s palsy: diagnosis and management. Am Fam Physician. 2007;76(7):997-1002.

3. House JW, Brackmann DE. Facial nerve grading system. Otolaryngol Head Neck Surg. 1985;93(2):146-147. doi:10.1177/019459988509300202.

4. Reitzen SD, Babb JS, Lalwani AK. Significance and reliability of the House-Brackmann grading system for regional facial nerve function. Otolaryngol Head Neck Surg. 2009;140(2):154-158. doi:10.1016/j.otohns.2008.11.021.

5. Yeo SW, Lee DH, Jun BC, Chang KH, Park YS. Analysis of prognostic factors in Bell’s palsy and Ramsay Hunt syndrome. Auris Nasus Larynx. 2007;34(2):159-164. doi:10.1016/j.anl.2006.09.005.

6. Ahmed A. When is facial paralysis Bell palsy? Current diagnosis and treatment. Cleve Clin J Med. 2005;72(5):398-401, 405.

7. Gilden DH. Clinical practice. Bell’s palsy. N Engl J Med. 2004;351(13):1323-1331. doi:10.1056/NEJMcp041120.

8. Adour KK. Otological complications of herpes zoster.Ann Neurol. 1994;35:Suppl:S62-S64.

9. Furuta Y, Ohtani F, Mesuda Y, Fukuda S, Inuyama Y. Early diagnosis of zoster sine herpete and antiviral therapy for the treatment of facial palsy. Neurology. 2000;55(5):708-710.

10. Yetter MF, Ogren FP, Moore GF, Yonkers AJ. Bell’s palsy: a facial nerve paralysis diagnosis of exclusion. Nebr Med J. 1990;75(5):109-116.

11. Stomeo F. Possibilities of diagnostic errors in paralysis of the 7th cranial nerve. Acta Otorhinolaryngol Ital. 1989;9(6):629-633.

12. Clemis JD. All that palsies is not Bell’s: Bell’s palsy due to adenoid cystic carcinoma of the parotid. Am J Otol. 1991;12(5):397.

13. Brach JS, VanSwearingen JM. Not all facial paralysis is Bell’s palsy: a case report. Arch Phys Med Rehabil. 1999;80(7):857-859.

14. Albers JR, Tamang S. Common questions about Bell palsy. Am Fam Physician. 2014;89(3):209-212.

15. Adour KK, Hilsinger RL Jr, Callan EJ. Facial paralysis and Bell’s palsy: a protocol for differential diagnosis. Am J Otol. 1985;Suppl:68-73.

16. Morrow MJ. Bell’s palsy and herpes zoster. Curr Treat Options Neurol. 2000;2(5):407-416.

17. Quesnel AM, Lindsay RW, Hadlock TA. When the bell tolls on Bell’s palsy: finding occult malignancy in acute-onset facial paralysis. Am J Otolaryngol. 2010;31(5):339-342. doi:10.1016/j.amjoto.2009.04.003.

18. Kaushal A, Curran WJ Jr. For whom the Bell’s palsy tolls? Am J Clin Oncol. 2009;32(4):450-451. doi:10.1097/01.coc.0000239141.22916.22.

19. Lagman C, Choy W, Lee SJ, et al. A Case of Bell’s palsy with an incidental finding of a cerebellopontine angle lipoma. Cureus. 2016;8(8):e747. doi:10.7759/cureus.747.

Issue
Emergency Medicine - 50(5)
Issue
Emergency Medicine - 50(5)
Page Number
101-106
Page Number
101-106
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Use ProPublica
Article PDF Media

Use of a Core Reamer for the Resection of a Central Distal Femoral Physeal Bone Bridge: A Novel Technique with 3-Year Follow-up

Article Type
Changed
Tue, 02/14/2023 - 13:05
Display Headline
Use of a Core Reamer for the Resection of a Central Distal Femoral Physeal Bone Bridge: A Novel Technique with 3-Year Follow-up

ABSTRACT

A central distal femoral physeal bone bridge in a boy aged 5 years and 7 months was resected with a fluoroscopically guided core reamer placed through a lateral parapatellar approach. At 3-year follow-up, the boy’s leg-length discrepancy was 3.0 cm (3.9 cm preoperatively), and the physeal bone bridge did not recur. The patient had full function and no pain or other patellofemoral complaints. This technique provided direct access to the physeal bone bridge, and complete resection was performed without injury to the adjacent physeal cartilage in the medial and lateral columns of the distal femur, which is expected to grow normally in the absence of the bridge.

A physeal bone bridge is an osseous connection that forms across a physis. It may cause partial premature physeal arrest. Angular deformity and limb-length discrepancy are the main complications caused by physeal bone bridges.1-4 The indications for the treatment of physeal bridges are well documented.1-5 Trauma and infection are common causes of distal femoral physeal bone bridges. Arkader and colleagues6 showed that among different types of physeal bridges, the Salter-Harris type is significantly associated with complications, among which growth arrest is the most common and occurs in 27.4% of all patients.

The treatment of distal femoral physeal bone bridges is technically difficult and provides variable results. Poor results are reported in 13% to 40% of patients.7-10 Procedure failure has been attributed to incomplete resection with the persistent tethering and dislodgement of the graft.11 Methods with improved efficacy for the removal of central physeal bridges will help prevent reformation after treatment. We have used a novel technique that allows the direct resection of a central physeal bone bridge in the distal femur through the use of a fluoroscopically guided core reamer. This technique enables the complete removal of the bone bridge and the direct visual assessment of the remaining physis. The patient’s parents provided written informed consent for print and electronic publication of this case report.

CASE

A 3-year-old boy with a history of hemifacial microsomia presented for the evaluation of genu valgum and leg-length discrepancy. His intermalleolar distance at that time was 8 cm. A standing radiograph of his lower extremities demonstrated changes consistent with physiologic genu valgum. He had no history of knee trauma, infection, or pain.

At the age of 5 years and 7 months, the patient returned for a repeat evaluation and was noted to exhibit the progressive valgus deformity of the right leg and a leg-length discrepancy of 3.9 cm (Figure 1). 

Radiographs also showed the presence of a bone bridge of unknown etiology in the boy’s distal femoral physis. Computed tomography and magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) were used to characterize the size and location of the bone bridge, which was found to involve approximately 30% of the physis (Figures 2A-2C). 
Using the multiplier method described by Paley and colleagues,12 the patient’s projected leg-length discrepancy, assuming complete growth arrest, was approximately 10.2 cm. The risks and benefits of physeal bone bridge resection, including the high rate of recurrence, were discussed with the patient’s family, who wished to proceed with resection.

 

Continue to: With the patient supine on the operating...

 

 

OPERATIVE TECHNIQUE

With the patient supine on the operating table and after the administration of general anesthesia, 3-dimensional (3-D) fluoroscopy was used to localize the bone bridge, which confirmed the fluoroscopic location that was previously visualized through preoperative 3-D imaging. The leg was elevated, and a tourniquet was applied and inflated. A lateral parapatellar approach was used to isolate the distal femoral physis anteriorly because the bone bridge was centered just lateral to the central portion of the distal femoral physis. A Kirschner wire was placed in the center of the bridge under anteroposterior and lateral fluoroscopic imaging (Figures 3A-3E). 

A series of core reamers were then introduced, starting at 10 mm diameter and increasing to 18 mm diameter before complete resection was accomplished. Irrigation was used to prevent the thermal necrosis of the physis during reaming, and lateral fluoroscopic imaging was used to prevent injury to the posterior neurovascular structures. Each time a reaming was completed, the physeal bone bed was inspected to confirm complete bone bridge resection (Figure 3C). Once 18 mm of the physis had been removed, direct visual inspection confirmed normal physis was present on all sides of the bone that remained following physeal bar resection (Figures 3D and 4A, 4B). 
The defect was irrigated with normal saline and filled with cranioplast (Figure 3E). Cranioplast (the methyl ester of methacrylic acid that easily polymerizes into polymethyl methacrylate) was chosen because the amount of adipose tissue was insufficient for harvesting for interposition given the patient’s lean body habitus. Moreover, the use of the cranioplast prevented the occurrence of exothermic reactions during curing and provided hemostasis because the cranioplast occupied the entire cavity and was strong enough to provide structural support.13 When partially set into a putty-like state to allow molding, the cranioplast was carefully contoured within the femoral trochlea. To protect the resection site from pathologic fracture, the patient was placed in a long-leg cast, and only protected weight-bearing with the use of a walker was allowed for 6 weeks.

OUTCOME

The patient healed uneventfully, and early range-of-motion exercises were started 6 weeks postoperatively. At 6-month follow-up, his leg-length discrepancy was 2.7 cm, and the bone bridge did not recur. At 3-year follow-up, his leg-length discrepancy was 3.0 cm, and the bone bridge did not recur. Over the 3 years postoperatively, the patient exhibited 9.8 cm of growth on his operative side and 9.5 cm on his nonoperative side (Figure 5). 

The patient has returned to full function and has had no pain, patellofemoral complaints, or complications associated with the cranioplast. He currently is being followed for his leg-length discrepancy. A contralateral epiphysiodesis is planned to equalize his leg-length discrepancy.

DISCUSSION

Given the considerable growth potential of the distal femoral physis,1,14-16 an injury to the distal femoral physis and the formation of a physeal bone bridge can have a profound effect on a young patient in terms of leg-length discrepancy and angular deformity. Fracture from trauma or infection is a common cause of physeal bone bridges.6,17-19 The etiology of our patient’s distal femoral physeal bone bridge is idiopathic, which is considerably less common than other etiologies, and the incidence of idiopathic physeal bone bridge formation is not well established in the literature. Hresko and Kasser21 identified atraumatic physeal bone bridge formations in 7 patients. Among the 13 patients with physeal bone bridges described by Broughton and colleagues,20 the cause of bridge formation is unknown in 1.

Physeal bone bridges that form centrally are particularly challenging because they are difficult to visualize through a peripheral approach. A number of methods for resecting central physeal bone bridges have been described. These methods have varying degrees of success. In 1981, Langenskiöld7 first described the creation of a metaphyseal mirror and the use of a dental mirror for visualization. This technique, however, yielded unfavorable results in 16% of patients. Williamson and Staheli9 reported poor results in 23% of patients. Loraas and Schmale4 described the use of an endoscope, termed an osteoscope, for visualization, citing advantages of superior illumination and potential for image magnification and capture. Marsh and Polzhofer8 also showed this technique to have low morbidity but poor results in 13% of patients, whereas Moreta and colleagues10 reported poor results in 2 out of 5 patients. The rate of poor results of these methods may be related to the technical difficulty of using dental mirrors and arthroscopes and can be improved by highly efficient direct methods with improved visualization, such as the method described in this article.

Continue to: Proper imaging is necessary for...

 

 

Proper imaging is necessary for the accurate quantification of bone bridges to determine resectability and to identify the best surgical approach to resection. MRI with software for the generation of 3-D physeal maps is a reproducible method with good interobserver reliability.22,23 Intraoperative computer-assisted imaging also is beneficial for determining the extent and location of the resection to ensure complete bone bridge removal.24

To our knowledge, a direct approach through parapatellar arthrotomy for the resection of a centrally located distal femoral physeal bone bridge has not been previously described. This novel technique provided direct access to the physeal bone bridge and was performed without injuring the adjacent physeal cartilage in the medial and lateral columns of the distal femur, which may grow normally in the absence of the bridge. Instead of using a lateral or medial approach with a metaphyseal window,4 we directly approached this central bar through a parapatellar approach and were able to completely resect it under direct visualization. This obviated the need for an arthroscope or dental mirror. To remove the entire physeal bone bridge, we needed to resect completely from the anterior cortex to the posterior cortex. Although this technique potentially increased the risk of iatrogenic fracture, we believed that this risk would not differ greatly from that of disrupting the medial or lateral metaphysis and would be more stable with either axial and torsion load. At 3-year follow-up, the patient exhibited restored normal growth in his operative limb relative to that in his nonoperative limb, had not developed angular deformity, and had maintained his previously developed limb-length discrepancy that could be corrected with the epiphysiodesis of his opposite limb at a later date.

The limitations to this technique include the fact that it may be most effective with small-to moderate-sized central physeal bone bridges, although resection has shown good results with up to 70% physeal involvement.8 In this patient, the bone bridge was moderately sized (30% of the physis), centrally located, and clearly visible on fluoroscopy. These characteristics increased the technical safety and ease of the procedure. The resection of large, peripheral bridges may destabilize the distal femur. The destabilization of the distal femur, in turn, can lead to fracture. Patellofemoral mechanics may also be affected during the treatment of distal femoral physeal bone bridges. This patient has not experienced any patellofemoral dysfunction or symptoms. Given the patient’s age and significant amount of remaining growth, he will need close monitoring until he reaches skeletal maturity.

This paper will be judged for the Resident Writer’s Award.

References

1. Murphy GA. Disorders of tendons and fascia and adolescent and adult pes planus. In: Canale ST, Beaty JH, eds. Campbell’s Operative Orthopaedics. 12th edition. Philadelphia, PA: Mosby-Elsevier; 2013:3966-3972.

2. Khoshhal KI, Kiefer GN. Physeal bridge resection. J Am Acad Orthop Surg. 2005;13(1):47-58. doi:10.5435/00124635-200501000-00007.

3. Stans AA. Excision of physeal bar. In: Wiesel SW, ed. Operative Techniques in Orthopaedic Surgery. Philadelphia, PA: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins; 2011:1244-1249.

4. Loraas EK, Schmale GA. Endoscopically aided physeal bar takedown and guided growth for the treatment of angular limb deformity. J Pediatr Orthop B. 2012;21(4):348-351. doi:10.1097/BPB.0b013e328346d308.

5. Inoue T, Naito M, Fuhii T, Akiyoshi Y, Yoshimura I, Takamura K. Partial physeal growth arrest treated by bridge resection and artificial dura substitute interposition. J Pediatr Orthop B. 2006;15(1):65-69. doi:10.1097/01202412-200601000-00014.

6. Arkader A, Warner WC Jr, Horn BD, Shaw RN, Wells L. Predicting the outcome of physeal fractures of the distal femur. J Pediatr Orthop. 2007;27(6):703-708. doi:10.1097/BPO.0b013e3180dca0e5.

7. Langenskiöld A. Surgical treatment of partial closure of the growth plate. J Pediatr Orthop. 1981;1(1):3-11. doi:10.1097/01241398-198101010-00002.

8. Marsh JS, Polzhofer GK. Arthroscopically assisted central physeal bar resection. J Pediatr Orthop. 2006;26(2):255-259. doi:10.1097/01.bpo.0000218533.43986.e1.

9. Williamson RV, Staheli LT. Partial physeal growth arrest: treatment by bridge resection and fat interposition. J Pediatr Orthop. 1990;10(6):769-776. doi:10.1097/01241398-199011000-00012.

10. Moreta J, Abril JC, Miranda C. Arthroscopy-assisted resection-interposition of post-traumatic central physeal bridges. Rev Esp Cir Orthop Traumatol. 2013;57(5):333-339. doi:10.1016/j.recot.2013.07.004.

11. Hasler CC, Foster BK. Secondary tethers after physeal bar resection: a common source of failure? Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2002;405:242-249.

12. Paley D, Bhave A, Herzenberg JE, Bowen JR. Multiplier method for predicting limb-length discrepancy. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2000;82(10):1432-1446. doi:10.2106/00004623-200010000-00010.

13. Khoshhal KI, Kiefer GN. Physeal bridge resection. J Am Acad Orthop Surg. 2005;13(1):47-58. doi:10.5435/00124635-200501000-00007.

14. Rathjen KE, Kim HKW. Physeal injuries and growth disturbances. In: Flynn JM, Skaggs DL, Waters PM, eds. Rockwood and Wilkins’ Fractures in Children. 8th edition. Philadelphia, PA: Wolters-Kluwer; 2015:135-137.

15. Peterson CA, Peterson HA. Analysis of the incidence of injuries to the epiphyseal growth plate. J Trauma. 1972;12(4):275-281. doi:10.1097/00005373-197204000-00002.

16. Pritchett JW. Longitudinal growth and growth-plate activity in the lower extremity. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 1992;275:274-279.

17. Cassebaum WH, Patterson AH. Fracture of the distal femoral epiphysis. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 1965;41:79-91. doi:10.1097/00003086-196500410-00009.

18. Dahl WJ, Silva S, Vanderhave KL. Distal femoral physeal fixation: are smooth pins really safe? J Pedatir Orthop. 2014;34(2):134-138. doi:10.1097/BPO.0000000000000083.

19. Roberts J. Fracture separation of the distal femoral epiphyseal growth line. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 1973;55:1324.

20. Broughton NS, Dickens DR, Cole WG, Menelaus MB. Epiphyseolysis for partial growth plate arrest. Results after four years or at maturity. J Bone Joint Surg Br. 1989;71(1):13-16. doi:10.1302/0301-620X.71B1.2914983.

21. Hresko MT, Kasser JR. Physeal arrest about the knee associated with non-physeal fractures in the lower extremity. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 1989;71(5):698-703. doi:10.2106/00004623-198971050-00009.

22. Lurie B, Koff MF, Shah P, et al. Three-dimensional magnetic resonance imaging of physeal injury: reliability and clinical utility. J Pediatr Orthop. 2014;34(3):239-245. doi:10.1097/BPO.0000000000000104.

23. Sailhan F, Chotel F, Guibal AL, et al. Three-dimensional MR imaging in the assessment of physeal growth arrest. Eur Radiol. 2004;14(9):1600-1608. doi:10.1007/s00330-004-2319-z.

24. Kang HG, Yoon SJ, Kim JR. Resection of a physeal bar under computer-assisted guidance. J Bone Joint Surg Br. 2010;92(10):1452-1455. doi:10.1302/0301-620X.92B10.24587.

Author and Disclosure Information

Authors’ Disclosure Statement: The authors report no actual or potential conflict of interest in relation to this article.

Dr. Pharr is a Postgraduate Year 3 Resident, Dr. Kelly is an Associate Professor, and Dr. Sawyer is a Professor, Department of Orthopaedic Surgery and Biomedical Engineering, University of Tennessee-Campbell Clinic, Memphis, Tennessee. Dr. Roaten is a Pediatric Orthopedic Surgeon, Cook Children’s Medical Center, Fort Worth, Texas. Mrs. Moisan is a Clinical Site Manager, PAREXEL, Memphis, Tennessee.

Address correspondence to: Derek M. Kelly, MD, Department of Orthopaedic Surgery and Biomedical Engineering, University of Tennessee-Campbell Clinic, 1211 Union Avenue, Suite 510, Memphis, TN 38104 (tel, 901-759-3270; fax, 901-759-3278; email, [email protected]).

Am J Orthop. 2018;47(5). Copyright Frontline Medical Communications Inc. 2018. All rights reserved.

. Use of a Core Reamer for the Resection of a Central Distal Femoral Physeal Bone Bridge: A Novel Technique with 3-Year Follow-up. Am J Orthop.

 

Publications
Topics
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Authors’ Disclosure Statement: The authors report no actual or potential conflict of interest in relation to this article.

Dr. Pharr is a Postgraduate Year 3 Resident, Dr. Kelly is an Associate Professor, and Dr. Sawyer is a Professor, Department of Orthopaedic Surgery and Biomedical Engineering, University of Tennessee-Campbell Clinic, Memphis, Tennessee. Dr. Roaten is a Pediatric Orthopedic Surgeon, Cook Children’s Medical Center, Fort Worth, Texas. Mrs. Moisan is a Clinical Site Manager, PAREXEL, Memphis, Tennessee.

Address correspondence to: Derek M. Kelly, MD, Department of Orthopaedic Surgery and Biomedical Engineering, University of Tennessee-Campbell Clinic, 1211 Union Avenue, Suite 510, Memphis, TN 38104 (tel, 901-759-3270; fax, 901-759-3278; email, [email protected]).

Am J Orthop. 2018;47(5). Copyright Frontline Medical Communications Inc. 2018. All rights reserved.

. Use of a Core Reamer for the Resection of a Central Distal Femoral Physeal Bone Bridge: A Novel Technique with 3-Year Follow-up. Am J Orthop.

 

Author and Disclosure Information

Authors’ Disclosure Statement: The authors report no actual or potential conflict of interest in relation to this article.

Dr. Pharr is a Postgraduate Year 3 Resident, Dr. Kelly is an Associate Professor, and Dr. Sawyer is a Professor, Department of Orthopaedic Surgery and Biomedical Engineering, University of Tennessee-Campbell Clinic, Memphis, Tennessee. Dr. Roaten is a Pediatric Orthopedic Surgeon, Cook Children’s Medical Center, Fort Worth, Texas. Mrs. Moisan is a Clinical Site Manager, PAREXEL, Memphis, Tennessee.

Address correspondence to: Derek M. Kelly, MD, Department of Orthopaedic Surgery and Biomedical Engineering, University of Tennessee-Campbell Clinic, 1211 Union Avenue, Suite 510, Memphis, TN 38104 (tel, 901-759-3270; fax, 901-759-3278; email, [email protected]).

Am J Orthop. 2018;47(5). Copyright Frontline Medical Communications Inc. 2018. All rights reserved.

. Use of a Core Reamer for the Resection of a Central Distal Femoral Physeal Bone Bridge: A Novel Technique with 3-Year Follow-up. Am J Orthop.

 

ABSTRACT

A central distal femoral physeal bone bridge in a boy aged 5 years and 7 months was resected with a fluoroscopically guided core reamer placed through a lateral parapatellar approach. At 3-year follow-up, the boy’s leg-length discrepancy was 3.0 cm (3.9 cm preoperatively), and the physeal bone bridge did not recur. The patient had full function and no pain or other patellofemoral complaints. This technique provided direct access to the physeal bone bridge, and complete resection was performed without injury to the adjacent physeal cartilage in the medial and lateral columns of the distal femur, which is expected to grow normally in the absence of the bridge.

A physeal bone bridge is an osseous connection that forms across a physis. It may cause partial premature physeal arrest. Angular deformity and limb-length discrepancy are the main complications caused by physeal bone bridges.1-4 The indications for the treatment of physeal bridges are well documented.1-5 Trauma and infection are common causes of distal femoral physeal bone bridges. Arkader and colleagues6 showed that among different types of physeal bridges, the Salter-Harris type is significantly associated with complications, among which growth arrest is the most common and occurs in 27.4% of all patients.

The treatment of distal femoral physeal bone bridges is technically difficult and provides variable results. Poor results are reported in 13% to 40% of patients.7-10 Procedure failure has been attributed to incomplete resection with the persistent tethering and dislodgement of the graft.11 Methods with improved efficacy for the removal of central physeal bridges will help prevent reformation after treatment. We have used a novel technique that allows the direct resection of a central physeal bone bridge in the distal femur through the use of a fluoroscopically guided core reamer. This technique enables the complete removal of the bone bridge and the direct visual assessment of the remaining physis. The patient’s parents provided written informed consent for print and electronic publication of this case report.

CASE

A 3-year-old boy with a history of hemifacial microsomia presented for the evaluation of genu valgum and leg-length discrepancy. His intermalleolar distance at that time was 8 cm. A standing radiograph of his lower extremities demonstrated changes consistent with physiologic genu valgum. He had no history of knee trauma, infection, or pain.

At the age of 5 years and 7 months, the patient returned for a repeat evaluation and was noted to exhibit the progressive valgus deformity of the right leg and a leg-length discrepancy of 3.9 cm (Figure 1). 

Radiographs also showed the presence of a bone bridge of unknown etiology in the boy’s distal femoral physis. Computed tomography and magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) were used to characterize the size and location of the bone bridge, which was found to involve approximately 30% of the physis (Figures 2A-2C). 
Using the multiplier method described by Paley and colleagues,12 the patient’s projected leg-length discrepancy, assuming complete growth arrest, was approximately 10.2 cm. The risks and benefits of physeal bone bridge resection, including the high rate of recurrence, were discussed with the patient’s family, who wished to proceed with resection.

 

Continue to: With the patient supine on the operating...

 

 

OPERATIVE TECHNIQUE

With the patient supine on the operating table and after the administration of general anesthesia, 3-dimensional (3-D) fluoroscopy was used to localize the bone bridge, which confirmed the fluoroscopic location that was previously visualized through preoperative 3-D imaging. The leg was elevated, and a tourniquet was applied and inflated. A lateral parapatellar approach was used to isolate the distal femoral physis anteriorly because the bone bridge was centered just lateral to the central portion of the distal femoral physis. A Kirschner wire was placed in the center of the bridge under anteroposterior and lateral fluoroscopic imaging (Figures 3A-3E). 

A series of core reamers were then introduced, starting at 10 mm diameter and increasing to 18 mm diameter before complete resection was accomplished. Irrigation was used to prevent the thermal necrosis of the physis during reaming, and lateral fluoroscopic imaging was used to prevent injury to the posterior neurovascular structures. Each time a reaming was completed, the physeal bone bed was inspected to confirm complete bone bridge resection (Figure 3C). Once 18 mm of the physis had been removed, direct visual inspection confirmed normal physis was present on all sides of the bone that remained following physeal bar resection (Figures 3D and 4A, 4B). 
The defect was irrigated with normal saline and filled with cranioplast (Figure 3E). Cranioplast (the methyl ester of methacrylic acid that easily polymerizes into polymethyl methacrylate) was chosen because the amount of adipose tissue was insufficient for harvesting for interposition given the patient’s lean body habitus. Moreover, the use of the cranioplast prevented the occurrence of exothermic reactions during curing and provided hemostasis because the cranioplast occupied the entire cavity and was strong enough to provide structural support.13 When partially set into a putty-like state to allow molding, the cranioplast was carefully contoured within the femoral trochlea. To protect the resection site from pathologic fracture, the patient was placed in a long-leg cast, and only protected weight-bearing with the use of a walker was allowed for 6 weeks.

OUTCOME

The patient healed uneventfully, and early range-of-motion exercises were started 6 weeks postoperatively. At 6-month follow-up, his leg-length discrepancy was 2.7 cm, and the bone bridge did not recur. At 3-year follow-up, his leg-length discrepancy was 3.0 cm, and the bone bridge did not recur. Over the 3 years postoperatively, the patient exhibited 9.8 cm of growth on his operative side and 9.5 cm on his nonoperative side (Figure 5). 

The patient has returned to full function and has had no pain, patellofemoral complaints, or complications associated with the cranioplast. He currently is being followed for his leg-length discrepancy. A contralateral epiphysiodesis is planned to equalize his leg-length discrepancy.

DISCUSSION

Given the considerable growth potential of the distal femoral physis,1,14-16 an injury to the distal femoral physis and the formation of a physeal bone bridge can have a profound effect on a young patient in terms of leg-length discrepancy and angular deformity. Fracture from trauma or infection is a common cause of physeal bone bridges.6,17-19 The etiology of our patient’s distal femoral physeal bone bridge is idiopathic, which is considerably less common than other etiologies, and the incidence of idiopathic physeal bone bridge formation is not well established in the literature. Hresko and Kasser21 identified atraumatic physeal bone bridge formations in 7 patients. Among the 13 patients with physeal bone bridges described by Broughton and colleagues,20 the cause of bridge formation is unknown in 1.

Physeal bone bridges that form centrally are particularly challenging because they are difficult to visualize through a peripheral approach. A number of methods for resecting central physeal bone bridges have been described. These methods have varying degrees of success. In 1981, Langenskiöld7 first described the creation of a metaphyseal mirror and the use of a dental mirror for visualization. This technique, however, yielded unfavorable results in 16% of patients. Williamson and Staheli9 reported poor results in 23% of patients. Loraas and Schmale4 described the use of an endoscope, termed an osteoscope, for visualization, citing advantages of superior illumination and potential for image magnification and capture. Marsh and Polzhofer8 also showed this technique to have low morbidity but poor results in 13% of patients, whereas Moreta and colleagues10 reported poor results in 2 out of 5 patients. The rate of poor results of these methods may be related to the technical difficulty of using dental mirrors and arthroscopes and can be improved by highly efficient direct methods with improved visualization, such as the method described in this article.

Continue to: Proper imaging is necessary for...

 

 

Proper imaging is necessary for the accurate quantification of bone bridges to determine resectability and to identify the best surgical approach to resection. MRI with software for the generation of 3-D physeal maps is a reproducible method with good interobserver reliability.22,23 Intraoperative computer-assisted imaging also is beneficial for determining the extent and location of the resection to ensure complete bone bridge removal.24

To our knowledge, a direct approach through parapatellar arthrotomy for the resection of a centrally located distal femoral physeal bone bridge has not been previously described. This novel technique provided direct access to the physeal bone bridge and was performed without injuring the adjacent physeal cartilage in the medial and lateral columns of the distal femur, which may grow normally in the absence of the bridge. Instead of using a lateral or medial approach with a metaphyseal window,4 we directly approached this central bar through a parapatellar approach and were able to completely resect it under direct visualization. This obviated the need for an arthroscope or dental mirror. To remove the entire physeal bone bridge, we needed to resect completely from the anterior cortex to the posterior cortex. Although this technique potentially increased the risk of iatrogenic fracture, we believed that this risk would not differ greatly from that of disrupting the medial or lateral metaphysis and would be more stable with either axial and torsion load. At 3-year follow-up, the patient exhibited restored normal growth in his operative limb relative to that in his nonoperative limb, had not developed angular deformity, and had maintained his previously developed limb-length discrepancy that could be corrected with the epiphysiodesis of his opposite limb at a later date.

The limitations to this technique include the fact that it may be most effective with small-to moderate-sized central physeal bone bridges, although resection has shown good results with up to 70% physeal involvement.8 In this patient, the bone bridge was moderately sized (30% of the physis), centrally located, and clearly visible on fluoroscopy. These characteristics increased the technical safety and ease of the procedure. The resection of large, peripheral bridges may destabilize the distal femur. The destabilization of the distal femur, in turn, can lead to fracture. Patellofemoral mechanics may also be affected during the treatment of distal femoral physeal bone bridges. This patient has not experienced any patellofemoral dysfunction or symptoms. Given the patient’s age and significant amount of remaining growth, he will need close monitoring until he reaches skeletal maturity.

This paper will be judged for the Resident Writer’s Award.

ABSTRACT

A central distal femoral physeal bone bridge in a boy aged 5 years and 7 months was resected with a fluoroscopically guided core reamer placed through a lateral parapatellar approach. At 3-year follow-up, the boy’s leg-length discrepancy was 3.0 cm (3.9 cm preoperatively), and the physeal bone bridge did not recur. The patient had full function and no pain or other patellofemoral complaints. This technique provided direct access to the physeal bone bridge, and complete resection was performed without injury to the adjacent physeal cartilage in the medial and lateral columns of the distal femur, which is expected to grow normally in the absence of the bridge.

A physeal bone bridge is an osseous connection that forms across a physis. It may cause partial premature physeal arrest. Angular deformity and limb-length discrepancy are the main complications caused by physeal bone bridges.1-4 The indications for the treatment of physeal bridges are well documented.1-5 Trauma and infection are common causes of distal femoral physeal bone bridges. Arkader and colleagues6 showed that among different types of physeal bridges, the Salter-Harris type is significantly associated with complications, among which growth arrest is the most common and occurs in 27.4% of all patients.

The treatment of distal femoral physeal bone bridges is technically difficult and provides variable results. Poor results are reported in 13% to 40% of patients.7-10 Procedure failure has been attributed to incomplete resection with the persistent tethering and dislodgement of the graft.11 Methods with improved efficacy for the removal of central physeal bridges will help prevent reformation after treatment. We have used a novel technique that allows the direct resection of a central physeal bone bridge in the distal femur through the use of a fluoroscopically guided core reamer. This technique enables the complete removal of the bone bridge and the direct visual assessment of the remaining physis. The patient’s parents provided written informed consent for print and electronic publication of this case report.

CASE

A 3-year-old boy with a history of hemifacial microsomia presented for the evaluation of genu valgum and leg-length discrepancy. His intermalleolar distance at that time was 8 cm. A standing radiograph of his lower extremities demonstrated changes consistent with physiologic genu valgum. He had no history of knee trauma, infection, or pain.

At the age of 5 years and 7 months, the patient returned for a repeat evaluation and was noted to exhibit the progressive valgus deformity of the right leg and a leg-length discrepancy of 3.9 cm (Figure 1). 

Radiographs also showed the presence of a bone bridge of unknown etiology in the boy’s distal femoral physis. Computed tomography and magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) were used to characterize the size and location of the bone bridge, which was found to involve approximately 30% of the physis (Figures 2A-2C). 
Using the multiplier method described by Paley and colleagues,12 the patient’s projected leg-length discrepancy, assuming complete growth arrest, was approximately 10.2 cm. The risks and benefits of physeal bone bridge resection, including the high rate of recurrence, were discussed with the patient’s family, who wished to proceed with resection.

 

Continue to: With the patient supine on the operating...

 

 

OPERATIVE TECHNIQUE

With the patient supine on the operating table and after the administration of general anesthesia, 3-dimensional (3-D) fluoroscopy was used to localize the bone bridge, which confirmed the fluoroscopic location that was previously visualized through preoperative 3-D imaging. The leg was elevated, and a tourniquet was applied and inflated. A lateral parapatellar approach was used to isolate the distal femoral physis anteriorly because the bone bridge was centered just lateral to the central portion of the distal femoral physis. A Kirschner wire was placed in the center of the bridge under anteroposterior and lateral fluoroscopic imaging (Figures 3A-3E). 

A series of core reamers were then introduced, starting at 10 mm diameter and increasing to 18 mm diameter before complete resection was accomplished. Irrigation was used to prevent the thermal necrosis of the physis during reaming, and lateral fluoroscopic imaging was used to prevent injury to the posterior neurovascular structures. Each time a reaming was completed, the physeal bone bed was inspected to confirm complete bone bridge resection (Figure 3C). Once 18 mm of the physis had been removed, direct visual inspection confirmed normal physis was present on all sides of the bone that remained following physeal bar resection (Figures 3D and 4A, 4B). 
The defect was irrigated with normal saline and filled with cranioplast (Figure 3E). Cranioplast (the methyl ester of methacrylic acid that easily polymerizes into polymethyl methacrylate) was chosen because the amount of adipose tissue was insufficient for harvesting for interposition given the patient’s lean body habitus. Moreover, the use of the cranioplast prevented the occurrence of exothermic reactions during curing and provided hemostasis because the cranioplast occupied the entire cavity and was strong enough to provide structural support.13 When partially set into a putty-like state to allow molding, the cranioplast was carefully contoured within the femoral trochlea. To protect the resection site from pathologic fracture, the patient was placed in a long-leg cast, and only protected weight-bearing with the use of a walker was allowed for 6 weeks.

OUTCOME

The patient healed uneventfully, and early range-of-motion exercises were started 6 weeks postoperatively. At 6-month follow-up, his leg-length discrepancy was 2.7 cm, and the bone bridge did not recur. At 3-year follow-up, his leg-length discrepancy was 3.0 cm, and the bone bridge did not recur. Over the 3 years postoperatively, the patient exhibited 9.8 cm of growth on his operative side and 9.5 cm on his nonoperative side (Figure 5). 

The patient has returned to full function and has had no pain, patellofemoral complaints, or complications associated with the cranioplast. He currently is being followed for his leg-length discrepancy. A contralateral epiphysiodesis is planned to equalize his leg-length discrepancy.

DISCUSSION

Given the considerable growth potential of the distal femoral physis,1,14-16 an injury to the distal femoral physis and the formation of a physeal bone bridge can have a profound effect on a young patient in terms of leg-length discrepancy and angular deformity. Fracture from trauma or infection is a common cause of physeal bone bridges.6,17-19 The etiology of our patient’s distal femoral physeal bone bridge is idiopathic, which is considerably less common than other etiologies, and the incidence of idiopathic physeal bone bridge formation is not well established in the literature. Hresko and Kasser21 identified atraumatic physeal bone bridge formations in 7 patients. Among the 13 patients with physeal bone bridges described by Broughton and colleagues,20 the cause of bridge formation is unknown in 1.

Physeal bone bridges that form centrally are particularly challenging because they are difficult to visualize through a peripheral approach. A number of methods for resecting central physeal bone bridges have been described. These methods have varying degrees of success. In 1981, Langenskiöld7 first described the creation of a metaphyseal mirror and the use of a dental mirror for visualization. This technique, however, yielded unfavorable results in 16% of patients. Williamson and Staheli9 reported poor results in 23% of patients. Loraas and Schmale4 described the use of an endoscope, termed an osteoscope, for visualization, citing advantages of superior illumination and potential for image magnification and capture. Marsh and Polzhofer8 also showed this technique to have low morbidity but poor results in 13% of patients, whereas Moreta and colleagues10 reported poor results in 2 out of 5 patients. The rate of poor results of these methods may be related to the technical difficulty of using dental mirrors and arthroscopes and can be improved by highly efficient direct methods with improved visualization, such as the method described in this article.

Continue to: Proper imaging is necessary for...

 

 

Proper imaging is necessary for the accurate quantification of bone bridges to determine resectability and to identify the best surgical approach to resection. MRI with software for the generation of 3-D physeal maps is a reproducible method with good interobserver reliability.22,23 Intraoperative computer-assisted imaging also is beneficial for determining the extent and location of the resection to ensure complete bone bridge removal.24

To our knowledge, a direct approach through parapatellar arthrotomy for the resection of a centrally located distal femoral physeal bone bridge has not been previously described. This novel technique provided direct access to the physeal bone bridge and was performed without injuring the adjacent physeal cartilage in the medial and lateral columns of the distal femur, which may grow normally in the absence of the bridge. Instead of using a lateral or medial approach with a metaphyseal window,4 we directly approached this central bar through a parapatellar approach and were able to completely resect it under direct visualization. This obviated the need for an arthroscope or dental mirror. To remove the entire physeal bone bridge, we needed to resect completely from the anterior cortex to the posterior cortex. Although this technique potentially increased the risk of iatrogenic fracture, we believed that this risk would not differ greatly from that of disrupting the medial or lateral metaphysis and would be more stable with either axial and torsion load. At 3-year follow-up, the patient exhibited restored normal growth in his operative limb relative to that in his nonoperative limb, had not developed angular deformity, and had maintained his previously developed limb-length discrepancy that could be corrected with the epiphysiodesis of his opposite limb at a later date.

The limitations to this technique include the fact that it may be most effective with small-to moderate-sized central physeal bone bridges, although resection has shown good results with up to 70% physeal involvement.8 In this patient, the bone bridge was moderately sized (30% of the physis), centrally located, and clearly visible on fluoroscopy. These characteristics increased the technical safety and ease of the procedure. The resection of large, peripheral bridges may destabilize the distal femur. The destabilization of the distal femur, in turn, can lead to fracture. Patellofemoral mechanics may also be affected during the treatment of distal femoral physeal bone bridges. This patient has not experienced any patellofemoral dysfunction or symptoms. Given the patient’s age and significant amount of remaining growth, he will need close monitoring until he reaches skeletal maturity.

This paper will be judged for the Resident Writer’s Award.

References

1. Murphy GA. Disorders of tendons and fascia and adolescent and adult pes planus. In: Canale ST, Beaty JH, eds. Campbell’s Operative Orthopaedics. 12th edition. Philadelphia, PA: Mosby-Elsevier; 2013:3966-3972.

2. Khoshhal KI, Kiefer GN. Physeal bridge resection. J Am Acad Orthop Surg. 2005;13(1):47-58. doi:10.5435/00124635-200501000-00007.

3. Stans AA. Excision of physeal bar. In: Wiesel SW, ed. Operative Techniques in Orthopaedic Surgery. Philadelphia, PA: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins; 2011:1244-1249.

4. Loraas EK, Schmale GA. Endoscopically aided physeal bar takedown and guided growth for the treatment of angular limb deformity. J Pediatr Orthop B. 2012;21(4):348-351. doi:10.1097/BPB.0b013e328346d308.

5. Inoue T, Naito M, Fuhii T, Akiyoshi Y, Yoshimura I, Takamura K. Partial physeal growth arrest treated by bridge resection and artificial dura substitute interposition. J Pediatr Orthop B. 2006;15(1):65-69. doi:10.1097/01202412-200601000-00014.

6. Arkader A, Warner WC Jr, Horn BD, Shaw RN, Wells L. Predicting the outcome of physeal fractures of the distal femur. J Pediatr Orthop. 2007;27(6):703-708. doi:10.1097/BPO.0b013e3180dca0e5.

7. Langenskiöld A. Surgical treatment of partial closure of the growth plate. J Pediatr Orthop. 1981;1(1):3-11. doi:10.1097/01241398-198101010-00002.

8. Marsh JS, Polzhofer GK. Arthroscopically assisted central physeal bar resection. J Pediatr Orthop. 2006;26(2):255-259. doi:10.1097/01.bpo.0000218533.43986.e1.

9. Williamson RV, Staheli LT. Partial physeal growth arrest: treatment by bridge resection and fat interposition. J Pediatr Orthop. 1990;10(6):769-776. doi:10.1097/01241398-199011000-00012.

10. Moreta J, Abril JC, Miranda C. Arthroscopy-assisted resection-interposition of post-traumatic central physeal bridges. Rev Esp Cir Orthop Traumatol. 2013;57(5):333-339. doi:10.1016/j.recot.2013.07.004.

11. Hasler CC, Foster BK. Secondary tethers after physeal bar resection: a common source of failure? Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2002;405:242-249.

12. Paley D, Bhave A, Herzenberg JE, Bowen JR. Multiplier method for predicting limb-length discrepancy. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2000;82(10):1432-1446. doi:10.2106/00004623-200010000-00010.

13. Khoshhal KI, Kiefer GN. Physeal bridge resection. J Am Acad Orthop Surg. 2005;13(1):47-58. doi:10.5435/00124635-200501000-00007.

14. Rathjen KE, Kim HKW. Physeal injuries and growth disturbances. In: Flynn JM, Skaggs DL, Waters PM, eds. Rockwood and Wilkins’ Fractures in Children. 8th edition. Philadelphia, PA: Wolters-Kluwer; 2015:135-137.

15. Peterson CA, Peterson HA. Analysis of the incidence of injuries to the epiphyseal growth plate. J Trauma. 1972;12(4):275-281. doi:10.1097/00005373-197204000-00002.

16. Pritchett JW. Longitudinal growth and growth-plate activity in the lower extremity. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 1992;275:274-279.

17. Cassebaum WH, Patterson AH. Fracture of the distal femoral epiphysis. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 1965;41:79-91. doi:10.1097/00003086-196500410-00009.

18. Dahl WJ, Silva S, Vanderhave KL. Distal femoral physeal fixation: are smooth pins really safe? J Pedatir Orthop. 2014;34(2):134-138. doi:10.1097/BPO.0000000000000083.

19. Roberts J. Fracture separation of the distal femoral epiphyseal growth line. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 1973;55:1324.

20. Broughton NS, Dickens DR, Cole WG, Menelaus MB. Epiphyseolysis for partial growth plate arrest. Results after four years or at maturity. J Bone Joint Surg Br. 1989;71(1):13-16. doi:10.1302/0301-620X.71B1.2914983.

21. Hresko MT, Kasser JR. Physeal arrest about the knee associated with non-physeal fractures in the lower extremity. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 1989;71(5):698-703. doi:10.2106/00004623-198971050-00009.

22. Lurie B, Koff MF, Shah P, et al. Three-dimensional magnetic resonance imaging of physeal injury: reliability and clinical utility. J Pediatr Orthop. 2014;34(3):239-245. doi:10.1097/BPO.0000000000000104.

23. Sailhan F, Chotel F, Guibal AL, et al. Three-dimensional MR imaging in the assessment of physeal growth arrest. Eur Radiol. 2004;14(9):1600-1608. doi:10.1007/s00330-004-2319-z.

24. Kang HG, Yoon SJ, Kim JR. Resection of a physeal bar under computer-assisted guidance. J Bone Joint Surg Br. 2010;92(10):1452-1455. doi:10.1302/0301-620X.92B10.24587.

References

1. Murphy GA. Disorders of tendons and fascia and adolescent and adult pes planus. In: Canale ST, Beaty JH, eds. Campbell’s Operative Orthopaedics. 12th edition. Philadelphia, PA: Mosby-Elsevier; 2013:3966-3972.

2. Khoshhal KI, Kiefer GN. Physeal bridge resection. J Am Acad Orthop Surg. 2005;13(1):47-58. doi:10.5435/00124635-200501000-00007.

3. Stans AA. Excision of physeal bar. In: Wiesel SW, ed. Operative Techniques in Orthopaedic Surgery. Philadelphia, PA: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins; 2011:1244-1249.

4. Loraas EK, Schmale GA. Endoscopically aided physeal bar takedown and guided growth for the treatment of angular limb deformity. J Pediatr Orthop B. 2012;21(4):348-351. doi:10.1097/BPB.0b013e328346d308.

5. Inoue T, Naito M, Fuhii T, Akiyoshi Y, Yoshimura I, Takamura K. Partial physeal growth arrest treated by bridge resection and artificial dura substitute interposition. J Pediatr Orthop B. 2006;15(1):65-69. doi:10.1097/01202412-200601000-00014.

6. Arkader A, Warner WC Jr, Horn BD, Shaw RN, Wells L. Predicting the outcome of physeal fractures of the distal femur. J Pediatr Orthop. 2007;27(6):703-708. doi:10.1097/BPO.0b013e3180dca0e5.

7. Langenskiöld A. Surgical treatment of partial closure of the growth plate. J Pediatr Orthop. 1981;1(1):3-11. doi:10.1097/01241398-198101010-00002.

8. Marsh JS, Polzhofer GK. Arthroscopically assisted central physeal bar resection. J Pediatr Orthop. 2006;26(2):255-259. doi:10.1097/01.bpo.0000218533.43986.e1.

9. Williamson RV, Staheli LT. Partial physeal growth arrest: treatment by bridge resection and fat interposition. J Pediatr Orthop. 1990;10(6):769-776. doi:10.1097/01241398-199011000-00012.

10. Moreta J, Abril JC, Miranda C. Arthroscopy-assisted resection-interposition of post-traumatic central physeal bridges. Rev Esp Cir Orthop Traumatol. 2013;57(5):333-339. doi:10.1016/j.recot.2013.07.004.

11. Hasler CC, Foster BK. Secondary tethers after physeal bar resection: a common source of failure? Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2002;405:242-249.

12. Paley D, Bhave A, Herzenberg JE, Bowen JR. Multiplier method for predicting limb-length discrepancy. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2000;82(10):1432-1446. doi:10.2106/00004623-200010000-00010.

13. Khoshhal KI, Kiefer GN. Physeal bridge resection. J Am Acad Orthop Surg. 2005;13(1):47-58. doi:10.5435/00124635-200501000-00007.

14. Rathjen KE, Kim HKW. Physeal injuries and growth disturbances. In: Flynn JM, Skaggs DL, Waters PM, eds. Rockwood and Wilkins’ Fractures in Children. 8th edition. Philadelphia, PA: Wolters-Kluwer; 2015:135-137.

15. Peterson CA, Peterson HA. Analysis of the incidence of injuries to the epiphyseal growth plate. J Trauma. 1972;12(4):275-281. doi:10.1097/00005373-197204000-00002.

16. Pritchett JW. Longitudinal growth and growth-plate activity in the lower extremity. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 1992;275:274-279.

17. Cassebaum WH, Patterson AH. Fracture of the distal femoral epiphysis. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 1965;41:79-91. doi:10.1097/00003086-196500410-00009.

18. Dahl WJ, Silva S, Vanderhave KL. Distal femoral physeal fixation: are smooth pins really safe? J Pedatir Orthop. 2014;34(2):134-138. doi:10.1097/BPO.0000000000000083.

19. Roberts J. Fracture separation of the distal femoral epiphyseal growth line. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 1973;55:1324.

20. Broughton NS, Dickens DR, Cole WG, Menelaus MB. Epiphyseolysis for partial growth plate arrest. Results after four years or at maturity. J Bone Joint Surg Br. 1989;71(1):13-16. doi:10.1302/0301-620X.71B1.2914983.

21. Hresko MT, Kasser JR. Physeal arrest about the knee associated with non-physeal fractures in the lower extremity. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 1989;71(5):698-703. doi:10.2106/00004623-198971050-00009.

22. Lurie B, Koff MF, Shah P, et al. Three-dimensional magnetic resonance imaging of physeal injury: reliability and clinical utility. J Pediatr Orthop. 2014;34(3):239-245. doi:10.1097/BPO.0000000000000104.

23. Sailhan F, Chotel F, Guibal AL, et al. Three-dimensional MR imaging in the assessment of physeal growth arrest. Eur Radiol. 2004;14(9):1600-1608. doi:10.1007/s00330-004-2319-z.

24. Kang HG, Yoon SJ, Kim JR. Resection of a physeal bar under computer-assisted guidance. J Bone Joint Surg Br. 2010;92(10):1452-1455. doi:10.1302/0301-620X.92B10.24587.

Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Use of a Core Reamer for the Resection of a Central Distal Femoral Physeal Bone Bridge: A Novel Technique with 3-Year Follow-up
Display Headline
Use of a Core Reamer for the Resection of a Central Distal Femoral Physeal Bone Bridge: A Novel Technique with 3-Year Follow-up
Sections
Inside the Article

TAKE-HOME POINTS

  • Central physeal arrest of the distal femur is challenging, but this surgical technique provides an option for treatment.
  • Partial bone bridges can be resected, but advanced imaging with MRI or CT, or both, is helpful in preoperative planning.
  • Regardless of the type of physeal bar resection that is chosen, it is unlikely that complete, normal bone growth will be restored and closed follow up will be needed.
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Gate On Date
Thu, 03/21/2019 - 15:30
Un-Gate On Date
Thu, 03/21/2019 - 15:30
Use ProPublica
CFC Schedule Remove Status
Thu, 03/21/2019 - 15:30
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.